Home

STADT PENTA USER MANUAL

1. INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 8 OUTPUT SINGLE PHASE INDUCTANCE FOR MODULAR INVERTERS S75 AND S80 6 6 8 1 AC SINGLE PHASE INDUCTANCE 4T 5T 6T CLASS INDUCTANCE INDURTANCE DIMENSIONS HOLE WEIGHT LOSSES MODEL USE RATINGS mH A L H E G mm kg W Output IM0141782 s75 ang sgo 0 015 1250 260 430 385 136 200 270 9x24 100 940 i d q A I FI 0 airs A e 45 29 15 EN DETAIL A E St SCALE1 3 in A 5 nib o wt Matenal Cu Thickness 6 2 o 7 Ik TE Li I I ILI m TE _ PN m E P000980 B 252 373 Figure 103 Mechanical features of single phase output inductance SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 9 SINUSOIDAL FILTERS The sinusoidal filter is a system component to be installed between the inverter and the motor to enhance the equipment performance Figure 104 Sinusoidal filter For more details you can refer to the User Manual for sinusoida
2. Supply Module Inverter Module Inverter Module with control unit Figure 16 Piercing templates for modular units Vy OE JL S Figure 17 Piercing templates for control unit stand alone model 50 373 SINUS PENTA S70 a 8 4 lo iis Las m 2 o o lo o
3. Ds era jOmou ie c u O cu 5 Vt Ter tet TET ice as D m p E of AIR FLOY IR FL i g 3 py r i i Tu Led Lum Lem 1 TA Figure 4 Piercing template for size 60 41 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 5 THROUGH PANEL ASSEMBLY AND PIERCING TEMPLATES STAND ALONE MODELS 505 ro 552 The through panel assembly allows segregating the air flow cooling the power section in
4. E gt SIBA Sicherungen Bau GmbH Bussmann Div Cooper UK Ltd 200 Symmetrical 100 200 kAgys Symmetrical LLI F Ratings Ratings 2 Mod No Current l t 690V Mod Current 14 690V 2 kA sec kA sec 0062 20 412 20 100 100 4 4 FWP 100B 100 3 5 0069 20 412 20 125 125 7 9 FWP 125A 125 7 3 0076 20 412 20 160 160 16 9 FWP 150A 150 11 7 0088 20 412 20 200 200 30 3 FWP 175A 175 16 7 542 0131 20 412 20 250 250 51 5 FWP 225A 225 71 2 0164 20 412 20 315 315 94 6 FWP 300A 300 71 2 0181 20 412 20 315 315 94 6 FWP 400A 350 95 6 0201 20 622 32 450 450 113 FWP 450A 450 137 0218 20 622 32 500 500 155 FWP 500A 500 170 0259 20 622 32 630 630 309 FWP 600A 600 250 20 622 32 630 FWP 600A 600 250 20 622 32 700 FWP 700A 700 300 20 622 32 800 700 FWP 800A 800 450 700 20 622 32 900 FWP 900A 900 530 20 622 32 500 FWP 500A 500 170 20 622 32 630 FWP 600A 600 250 20 622 32 700 FWP 700A 700 300 20 622 32 800 FWP 800A 800 450 20 622 32 900 FWP 900A 900 530 20 622 32 1000 FWP 1000A 1000 600 20 632 32 1250 FWP 1200A 1200 1100 20 632 32 1400 FWJ 1400A 1400 1900 2xFWP 800A 2x800 450 2 20 622 32 1000 2x1000 1298 2xFWP 1000A 2 1000 600 1130 2 20 632 32 1250 2x1250 1802 2xFWP 1200A 2x1200 1100 3xFWP 1000A 3x1000 600 In modular sizes 565 580 each supply arm shall be protected by a separate fuse see table above NOTE AN
5. P000945 0 Figure 19 Installation example of a SINUS PENTA S74 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 51 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 37 WG 8 SS P000944 0 Figure 20 Installation example of a SINUS PENTA 575 580 S75 includes two power supply unit modules 52 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION AND LAY OUT OF THE CONNECTIONS OF A MODULAR INVERTER S65 3 3 6 1
6. d IE E DE a c2 d gt e cn ej 4 FE n t le i 4 a c 4 lt gt 2 E e E c lt d le 5 4 VW e B B y 3 a S _ 2 a T 9 lt gt lt lt uJ Ko ns cx 2 a Ww 5 om E esi 5 gt a 5 4 s E PQ00011 B Figure 21 Installation example for Sinus Penta 65 in cabinet 53 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 7 STANDARD MOUNTING AND PIERCING TEMPLATES MODELS IP54 505 530 Fixing templates mm US standard mounting gale X Y 01 D2 Fastening screws S05 177 558 7 15 M6 S12 213 602 5 7 15 M6 S15 223 695 10 20 M8 S20 274 821 10 20 M8 S30 296 987 10 20 M8 Figure 22 Piercing template for inverter IP54 54 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 POWER CONNECTIONS The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series are designed both for DC and AC power supply The wiring diagrams below show the inverter connection to a low voltage 3 phase mains the 12 phase connection 12 pulse is available for sizes S70 and S75 using a dedicated transformer the power supply modules and the interphase re
7. INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 39 XMDI1 Multifunction auxiliary digital input 1 40 XMDI2 Multifunction auxiliary digital input 2 41 XMDI3 Multifunction auxiliary digital input 3 42 XMDI4 Multifunction auxiliary digital input 4 24Vdc Optoisolated digital 43 CMD V digital input isolated to control V inputs positive logic PNP Maximum 44 24V Auxiliary supply output for optoisolated multifunction active with high level signal response time to digital inputs with respect to CMD processor 500s 45 XMDI5 Multifunction digital input 5 terminals 43 and 50 46 XMDI6 Auxiliary multifunction digital input 6 Single ended In compliance with EN ECHA push pull 24V encoder input phase Frequency input 61131 2 as type 1 digital FINA A inputs 24Vdc rated 47 XMDI7 Auxiliary multifunction digital input 7 Single ended voltage push pull 24 encoder input phase Maximum 48 A Auxiliary multifunction digital input 8 Frequency input B DOS 49 24V Auxiliary supply output for optoisolated multifunction digital inputs edad 5 Mrd MG 50 CMD V digital input isolated to control V Optoisolated digital input zero volt 51 XMDOI Multifunction auxiliary digital output 1 collector 52 CMDOI Multifunction auxiliary digital output 1 emitter 53 XMDO2 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 2 collector 54 CM
8. 5 1 1 SW1 2 OFF OFF Channel A band limit disabled OFF ON Min channel A band limit ON OFF Average channel A band limit ON ON Max channel A band limit default SW1 3 SW1 4 OFF OFF Channel B band limit disabled OFF ON Min channel B band limit ON OFF Average channel B band limit ON ON Max channel B band limit default SW1 5 SW1 6 OFF OFF Channel Z band limit disabled OFF ON Min channel Z band limit ON OFF Average channel Z band limit ON ON Max channel Z band limit default OFF Termination resistor between A 13 6 default SW2 1 ON Termination resistor between A and 1100 only for input signals at 5V OFF Termination resistor between B and B 13 6 default SW2 2 Termination resistor between B and B 1100 ON only for input signals at 5V OFF Termination resistor between Z and Z 13 6kQ default SW2 3 ON Termination resistor between Z and Z 1100 only for input signals at 5V SW2 4 OFF Termination capacitor between A and A off Termination capacitor between A and A 110pF default Sw2 5 OFF Termination capacitor between B and B off Termination capacitor between and B 110pF default SW2 6 OFF Termination capacitor between Z and Z off Termination capacitor between 7 and Z 110pF default q CAUTION RE any termination resistor equal to 110Q for encoder signal amplitude 6 8 7 ENCO
9. Slow Sampling Analog Inputs Configured in PT100 Temperature Measure Mode Min Unit Type of probe Two wire PT100 Thermistor Measure range 50 260 Polarization current for PT100 0 49 mA Measure temperature coefficient 50 ppm C Digital resolution 11 bit Measure max cumulative error for temperature ranging from 40 to 50 C 0 5 1 5 Mean value temperature LSB linearization SW function 0 135 C LSB Permanent overload over inputs with no damage 10 10 V Input filter cut off frequency 1st order low pass filter 13 Hz Sampling time depending on the software being used 10 1000 ms 6 13 9 2 DIGITAL INPUTS Value Features of the Digital Inputs Min Type Max Unit Input voltage for XMDIx with respect to CMD 30 30 V Voltage corresponding to logic level 1 between XMDIx and CMD 15 24 30 V Voltage corresponding to logic level O between XMDlx and CMD 30 0 5 Current absorbed at logic level 1 5 9 12 mA Input frequency over fast inputs XMDI6 8 155 kHz Allowable duty cycle for frequency inputs 30 50 70 96 Min time at high level for fast inputs XMDI6 8 4 5 us Isolation test voltage between terminals CMD 43 and 50 with respect to 500Vac 50Hz 1min terminals CMA 3 6 14 16 18 28 30 32 34 36 38 6 13 9 3 DIGITAL OUTPUTS Val
10. 4 LY Figure 93 Position of electrical connections in box resistors Remove the grids to gain access to wiring terminals loosen fastening screws The figure shows 20Q 12kW resistor In certain models remove both panels to gain access to the wiring terminals NOTE Because the metal frame of the braking resistor can reach high temperatures appropriate cables capable of withstanding high temperatures must be used 226 373 Max Duration of Continuous Operation s SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION Operation at Operation at Operation at Operation at INSTRUCTIONS 1 2 L H RESISTOR mm mm mm mm 200 240Vac 380 500Vac 500 575Vac 660 690Vac 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 o 2 Peta as 5 2 giv re oo r 27 40 2 applicable 4 m 5 500 8kW RE3783500 9 vds 200 12kW 3 60 16kW not RE4162360 al 29 applicable not applicable PP applicable not applicable 5Q 16kW RE4162500 71 375 6 60 16kW _ 2 applicable 2 2 I 100 16kW RE4163100 7 375 15Q 16kW RE4163150 71 375 EG pd 2g ng g ao g 74 a E a a a Bg 11 9 o 1 18 24 100 24kW 15Q 24kW RE4293150 a 54 24000 EN 27 n appli t applicabl 2 1 80 32kW RE4362180
11. Terminal board pitch 3 81 mm in two separate extractable sections 6 pole and 3 pole sections Terminal Signal Type and Features CHA Encoder input channel A true polarity 2 CHA Encoder input channel A inverse polarity 3 CHB Encoder input channel B true polarity 4 CHB Encoder input channel B inverse polarity 5 CHZ Encoder input channel Z zero notch true polarity 6 CHZ Encoder input channel Z zero notch inverse polarity 7 VE Encoder supply output 5V 15V or 24V 8 GNDE Encoder supply ground 9 GNDE Encoder supply ground For the encoder connection to the encoder board see wiring diagrams on the following pages 6 7 6 CONFIGURATION DIP SWITCHES Encoder board ES836 2 is provided with two DIP switch banks to be set up depending on the type of connected encoder The DIP switches are located in the front left corner of the encoder board and are adjusted as shown in the figure below oT lol gp gt Ea zm 5 4 8 OFF ON s 000589 3 Figure 108 Positions of DIP switches and their factory setting 257 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS DIP switch functionality and factory settings are detailed in the table below Switch factory OFF open ON closed setting SW2 1 Channel B NPN or PNP Channel B Line driver or Push Pull
12. 40 Piercing template for size 560 nennen E 41 Fittings for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA S05 2022 000 42 Piercing templates for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 505 42 Fittings for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 12 ssssssssssseeen 43 Piercing template for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 512 43 Through panel assembly and piercing template for SINUS PENTA 515 520 530 44 Removing the mounting plate in SINUS PENTA 540 for through panel assembly 45 Through panel assembly and piercing templates for SINUS PENTA 540 45 Removing the mounting plate in SINUS PENTA 550 for through panel assembly 46 Through panel assembly and piercing templates for SINUS PENTA 550 46 Mechanical parts for the through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 541 542 551 552 47 Piercing templates for the through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 541 42 S51 and 552 48 Piercing templates for modular units 50 Piercing templates for control unit stand alone 50 Installation example of a SINUS Penta 864 870 e
13. 120 NPN output wiring for relay 2 nnns 121 Cascade connection frequency output gt frequency input 1 121 PNP output wiring for relay 122 NPN output wiring for relay control ccccccceceeeceeeensaceeceeeeeeeeenaaeaeeeceeeceseenneaeeeeeesessenstenseatees 122 Display keypad 7 ett at et etr e Ee a ate iet i reda P Pd eve 126 Removing the display keypad eene rennen 130 Front rear view of the display keypad and its shell sene 131 Example of multidrop and direct connection 2 22 lt 133 Pin lay out of serial link 1 2 eene 135 Recommended wiring diagram for 2 wire MODBUS connection 135 Nameplate tor BUO0O0 ee eese Ere ee et Sods tena Cen RR de e o ee Rea Ue ea Eve Ee et e 179 Positions of BU200 configuration jumpers 180 Positions of BU200 adjusting trimmers 2 2 181 Position of the Indicator 182 Dimensions and fixing points 0200 184 Termindls in BU2OO 8 cem e ent 185 Connecting one BU200 to th
14. 203 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 6 3 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 50 5T CLASS Braking Resistors Braking Unit SIZE Model Resistors to be used Wire Cross Type of section Value mm AWG Value kW Protection 0062 1 1 15 48 IP23 A 15 16 6 0069 1 1 15 48 IP23 A 15 16 6 0076 1 1 10 64 IP23 A 10 25 3 0088 1 1 10 64 23 10 25 3 542 0131 1 1 6 0 64 IP23 A 6 0 50 1 0 0164 2 3 0 48 IP23 6 0 50 1 0 0181 1 4 4 2 32 23 D 4 2 35 2 0201 1 4 3 6 48 23 D 3 6 50 1 0 0218 1 4 3 6 48 23 D 3 6 50 1 0 0259 1 4 3 0 48 IP23 D 3 0 70 2 0 0290 1 4 2 4 48 23 D 2 4 70 2 0 52 0314 1 4 2 4 48 IP23 D 2 4 70 2 0 0368 1 4 2 4 64 23 D 2 4 70 2 0 0401 1 4 1 8 64 23 D 1 8 95 4 0 Type of connection A One resistor B Two or more parallel connected resistors C Two series connected resistors D Four resistors parallel connection of two series of two resistors The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heat CAUTION resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of the cables must be 0 6 1kV 204 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 6 4 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 10 6T CLASS Braking Resistor Braking Unit Resistors to
15. 243 6 6 4 5 5T 6T CLASS Interphase 243 6 6 5 Inductance Ratings etr Het e RR E oe te 244 6 6 5 1 2T AT CLASS 3 Phase 244 6 6 5 2 5T 6T Class d ee et a etae ce de bi rns aeu a dede he e ene e asta sn a Pe e dn a 244 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 5 3 2T and Classes DC 246 6 6 5 4 5T and 6T Classes DC 246 6 6 5 5 5T 6T Class 3 Phase DU DT Inductance enn 248 6 6 6 3 PHASE AC INDUCTANCE IN IP54 CABINET 2T 55 249 6 6 7 3 PHASE AC INDUCTANCE IN IP54 CABINET 55 250 6 6 8 OUTPUT SINGLE PHASE INDUCTANCE FOR MODULAR INVERTERS S75 AND S80 252 6 6 8 1 SINGLE PHASE INDUCTANCE 4 5 6 CLASS 252 6 6 9 Sinusoidal Filters sarre ETERNI 253 6 7 ENCODER BOARD ES836 2 in 8 254 6 7 1 Identification eere eo etre bass 254 6 7 2 Environmental Requirements sss 254 6 7 3 Electrical Specific
16. 79 3 4 5 S60 Connectlon Br x ERE Gadde decipere eoa evt co te esee da ocv dva Medel eT WE 81 3 4 6 564 570 Connection 82 3 4 7 5 4 580 Connection Bars oet Hh e e lera oor RAISES SERE con aeons 83 3 4 8 Lay out of the Auxiliary Power Supply 84 3 4 9 Cross sections of the Power Cables and Sizes of the Protective Devices 85 BAI Ae 2T Voltage Class en ere ee sla d d ce ERR Eee UR e RR Rute 86 2 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 9 2 UL Approved Fuses 2T Voltage 88 3 4 9 3 AT Voltage 1 5 nere etc ea e San Ra OR RI iex Tere Tet e teens 89 3 4 9 4 UL Approved Fuses 4T Voltage 92 3 4 9 5 5T and Voltage Classes eiecti tette beet ete Pra teet be ee e ea ee 93 3 4 9 6 UL Approved Fuses 5T AND 6 4 95 3 4 10 Inverter And Motor Ground Connection 96 3 53 CONTROL TERMINALS sre eerte rero 97 3 5 1 Malin Featutes ete erede eth pense cero ote ee reet ere esae 97 3 5 1 1 Gaining Access to Control Terminals and Power Terminals for Models IP20 and IPOO 99 3 5 1 2 Gaining Access to Control Terminals and Power Terminals in IP54
17. 199 6 3 5 4 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10 AT Class 200 6 3 5 5 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 2096 AT Class ss 200 6 3 5 6 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 5096 AT Class ss 200 6 3 6 Braking Resistors for 0600 5 6 202 6 3 6 1 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10 5T Class 202 6 3 6 2 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 2096 ST Class 203 6 3 6 3 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 5096 ST Class 9 204 6 3 6 4 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10 6T Class s 205 6 3 6 5 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 2096 6T Class sm 205 6 3 6 6 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50 6T Class 206 6 4 BRAKING UNIT BU1440 FOR MODULAR 6 01 22240 02060 01 00000 000005022 207 6 4 1 Delivery Check deduce ee ee 207 6 4 1 1 Nameplate for 01440 eene eme ene nennen nere eene nennen 207 6 4 2 Op ration iieri RR HL REA Fe na RR Meee ead 208 6 4 3 Ratings eror eee E RI e Eee EY 208 6 4 4 Installing the Braking Unit iere 209 6 4 4 1 Environmental Requirements for the Braking Unit Installation Storage and Transport 209 6 4 4 2 Standard Mounting ie ee HEU ee ENT eet p ie e feci
18. 86 373 35 185 2 0AWG 350kcmils 95 4 0AWG 120 250kcmils continued SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued Cable Cross Cross 7 section to Fast Fuses Magnetic 5 SINUS E section Fitting 8 700V Circuit to 5 PENTA E Q the Terminal 9 amp q Motor Side Disc Switch Breaker Model mm mm A AWG kcmil Nm AWG kemils A A A 0179 300 40 25 30 185 400 400 400 70 240 400kcmils S40 0200 345 2 0AWG 40 25 30 T 500 400 450 500kcmils Sogkemis 0216 375 40 25 30 240 500 630 450 0250 390 40 25 30 500kcmils 630 630 500 185 0180 300 Bus bar 30 400kcmils 350 400 400 0202 345 Bus bar 30 T 500 400 450 541 500 5 0217 375 Bus bar 30 2x4 0AWG 550 630 450 2x120 0260 425 Bus bar 30 2x250kcmils 630 630 500 2x150 0312 480 Bus bar 30 2x300kcmils 800 630 550 2x185 S50 0366 550 Bus bar 30 2x350kcmils 800 800 600 2x240 0399 630 Bus bar 30 2x500kcmils 800 800 700 30 2x150 0313 480 Bus bar 2x300kcmils 700 630 550 30 2x185 S51 0367 550 Bus bar 2x350kcmils 800 800 600 30 2x240 0402 680 Bus bar 2x500kemils 1000 800 700 0457 720 Bus bar 35 1000 800 800 560 cohen X 0524 800 Bus bar 35 3x350kcmils 1000 1000 1000 Ax CAUTION
19. Jumper Function If on it configures the SLAVE operating mode J2 If on it configures the MASTER operating mode NOTE Either one of the two jumpers must always be on Avoid enabling both jumpers at a time Jumper Function J3 To be activated for class 4T inverters and mains voltage 380 Vac to 480 Vac JA To be activated for class 2T inverters and mains voltage 200 Vac to 240 Vac J5 To be activated for class 4T inverters and mains voltage 481 Vac to 500 Vac J To be activated for special adjustment requirements NOTE One of the four jumpers must always be ON Avoid enabling two or more jumpers at a time Figure 71 Positions of BU200 configuration jumpers 180 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Before changing jumper positions remove voltage from the equipment and wait DANGER at least 15 minutes CAUTION Never set jumpers to a voltage value lower than the inverter supply voltage This will avoid continuous activation of the braking unit 6 2 2 2 ADJUSTING TRIMMERS Four trimmers are installed on the inverter control board Depending on the jumper configuration each trimmer allows the fine tuning of the braking unit voltage threshold trip Jumper trimmer matching is as follows Jumper Function J3 Fine tuning of pick up voltage through trimmer RV2 J4 Fine tuning of pick up voltage through trimmer RV3 J5 Fine tuning of pick up voltage through
20. 25 3 3 3 1 20 and IPOO STAND ALONE Models S05 S60 2T 25 3 3 3 2 20 and IPOO STAND ALONE Models S05 S60 26 3 3 3 3 00 STAND ALONE Models 542 552 5T and 6T 27 3 3 3 4 Modular IPOO STAND ALONE Models S64 580 28 3 3 3 5 54 STAND ALONE Models 505 530 2T 33 3 3 3 6 54 STAND ALONE Models 505 530 4T Class sss 34 3 3 3 7 54 BOX Models 505 520 2T 99 35 3 3 3 8 54 BOX Models 505 520 4T 36 3 3 3 9 24 IP54 CABINET Models 515 580 37 3 3 4 Standard Mounting And Fixing Points Stand Alone Models IP20 And IPOO 505 S60 40 3 3 5 Through Panel Assembly And Piercing Templates Stand Alone Models S05 to S52 42 3 32531 SINUS PENTA SOS wists aeree Rte e PU E T 42 3 3 5 2 SINUS PENTA cas 43 3 9 5 3 5 515 520 530 ee ee en eoe 44 3 9 5 4 SINUS PENTA 40 eorr it Errore Fe eese ERO RS P ENS 45 3 3
21. ie ted its Soares Nace acs vibus it scenes esas 71 Single optical fibre connector cett er eee i P aae e eb ee tua 72 Double optical fibre connector 73 Internal wiring for inverters 564 75 Connection bars in 541 542 551 552 3 78 S60 Connection bats ete e een ee ee Pe etc tee EH eee e ess Pere ee 81 Connection bars for 564 570 82 Bars Tor S74 eoe Gee had TT ha eas aaa HUE EUN EO EAE ANUS 83 Connection bars for 575 580 S75 is provided with two power supply 83 Contkol termirils7s 2 tss eet ee cetera vo ade as doe cepe e Senne E NY en 98 Gaining access to the control 5 nnne eene 99 Clamping a signal shielded cable 101 Control board signals and programming seen ener nre enn 102 Gaining access to DIP switches SW1 and 5 2 2 22 eene ene eee 106 Gaining access to DIP switch SW3 and connector RS 485 SINUS PENTA 05 to S20 106 Position of DIP switch SW3 and connector RS 485 SINUS PENTA S30 to 560 107 PNP command active to 24 22 00000000000000000000 99 109 Connecting
22. 288 Example of the position of the rotary switches for 125kbits s and Device Address 29 289 Ethernet Fieldbus Communications Board sse eene 291 Cable of Cat 5 for Ethernet and standard colour arrangement in the connector 292 Setting a computer for a point to point connection to the 295 Setting the DIP switches to set the IP address 192 168 0 2 296 Example of the ping command to the IP address of the inverter interface board 297 Anybus IP config utility oic ttt rele oot NO USA BAM SIC IER pap RETE ete dodge 297 Setting ModScan for a Modbus TCP 99 298 Display of the output variables of the inverter through the Modbus TCP protocol 298 Position of indicator LEDs on the board eene enne 299 Position of the slot for ES919 board 303 ES919 Board for Meta sys 2 eot et een ed pe ERES Re re E RR EE resi CHR 304 ES919 Board for BACnset Ethernet sane Eee rr ener e en Pe e estesa 306 iet cals rr toledo 307 BACnet IP Conflguratlon e 308 ES919 Board for BACnet RS485 eed
23. JULE INVERTER JREAKE Figure 83 External power connections for modular inverters 565 570 provided with braking unit BU1440 Power supply unit n 2 power supply 2 is available for size 570 211 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS E E F z 6 rac za ug lt E E zt Det 2 X1 Li AS Umm CS ep A eH Hi 0 lx S 1 QE em al ls im ub E fe E 5 Hh Dy 5 2 6 5 5 4 bel 2715 5 5 5 H N S S Hh 2c je 5 rit be H ul a 5 Vii E na WY 5 m 5 2 H gt ol la 7 A rap Figure 84 External power connections for modular inverters 575 580 provided with braking unit BU1440 Power supply unit n 3 is available for size S80 212 373 SINUS PENTA INSTA
24. 1130 2 20622 32 1250 2 1250 1225000 2xFWP 1200A 2x1200 690000 1296 2 20 632 32 1400 2x1400 1540000 2x170M6067 2x1400 1700000 92 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS fuse see table above In modular sizes 565 575 each supply arm shall be protected by a separate 3 4 9 5 5T AND 6T VOLTAGE CLASSES Terminal Stripping Tightening Torque Cable Cross section to Mains and Motor Side Fast Fuses 700V Disc Switch Magnetic Circuit Breaker ACI Contactor mm mm AWG or kcmils AWG or kcmils Bus bar 35 2 AWG Bus bar 35 2 AWG Bus bar 50 2 0AWG Bus bar 95 3 0AWG Bus bar 120 4 0AWG Bus bar 150 300kcmils Bus bar 240 500kcmils Bus bar 240 500kcmils Bus bar 2x120 2x4 0AWG Bus bar 2x120 2x4 0AWG Bus bar 2x150 2x300kcmils Bus bar 2x150 2x300kcmils Bus bar 2x185 2x400kcmils Bus bar 2x240 2x500kcmils Bus bar 2x120 2x4 0AWG Bus bar 2x150 2x300kcmils Bus bar 2x185 2x350kcmils Bus bar 3x1 20 3x250kcmils Bus bar 3x150 3x300kcmils Bus bar 3x185 3x350kcmils Bus bar 3x240 3x500kcmils SINUS PENTA 2 3 gt Bus bar 3x240 3x500kcmils Bus bar 4x240 4x500kcmils Bus bar 6x150 6x300kcmils Bus bar 6x185 6x400kcmils 2x800 1600 2x800 2x1000 2000 2 1000 2x1250 2000 2 1000 Bus bar 6x240 6x500kcmils 3x1000
25. Always use the correct cable cross sections and activate the protective devices provided for the inverter Failure to do so will cause the non compliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed 87 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 9 2 UL APPROVED FUSES 2T VOLTAGE CLASS UL approved semiconductor fuses which are recommended for the SINUS PENTA drives are listed in the table below In multiple cable installations install one fuse per phase NOT one fuse per conductor Fuses suitable for the protection of semiconductors produced by other manufacturers may be used provided that they have the same ratings and are approved as UL R C Special Purpose Fuses JFHR2 UL approved Fuses Manufactured by SIBA Sicherungen Bau GmbH Bussmann Div Cooper UK Ltd 200 kAgus Symmetrical A I C kAgus Symmetrical ms NEN NN EIS 0007 60 033 05 16 16 FWP 15B Rm ites 0010 600 S05 0013 60 033 05 20 20 FWP 20B 20 45 0015 50 142 06 25 FWP 25B 0016 501420632 FWP 35B 0020 50 142 06 50 FWP 50B 0023 50 142 06 50 FWP 50B 12 0033 FWP 70B 907 204122080 412 20 80 onm SE 2 399 0038 515 0040 20 412 20 100 1720 FWP 100B 0049 10 90 E 0060 2041220125 20 125 1089 520 Model Z e 2 2 0067 FWP 125A 3650 0074 281 412 20 FWP 150A 5850 0086 20
26. erm INVERTER LOCAL REMOTE 14 2 5 1 1 RELA Ls 5 at Modest cw ccw DIGITAL u 1 E OUTPUTS 32 1 AN T i Erg T MDO4 250Vac INVERTER mA ISOLATED POWER SUPPLY MD04 C n ydo 34 RUN OK 34 _ 4 FACTORY DEFAULTS PRECHARGE CIRCUIT SEE BELOW Figure 23 Wiring diagram 57 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 58 373 CAUTION NOTE NOTE CAUTION Fea NOTE CAUTION SINUS PENTA In case of fuse line protection always install the fuse failure detection device that disables the inverter to avoid single phase operation of the equipment The wiring diagram relates to factory setting Please refer to the Lay out of the Power Terminals section for the ID numbers of the wiring terminals Please refer to the REACTORS section for the applicable input and output reactors When ordering Sinus Pentas 515 520 530 S40 and S50 please state if reactors are to be installed on the equipment Factory settings can be changed by changing the configuration of the DIP switches and or by changing the parameters pertaining to the terminals concerned see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual When no DC reactor is used terminals D and must be short circuited factory setting Please contact Elettronica Santerno if DC current is to be supplied to Sinus Pentas
27. Avoid exceeding min and max input voltage values not to cause irreparable damages to the equipment CAUTION Isolated supply output is protected by a self resetting fuse capable of preventing NOTE the inverter internal power supply unit from damaging due to a short circuit Nevertheless if a short circuit occurs the inverter could lock and stop the motor gt gt 112 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 4 ANALOG INPUTS TERMINALS 1 TO 9 The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series are provided with three analog inputs one single ended input and two differential inputs Analog inputs may be configured either as voltage inputs or as current inputs AIN2 input may be used to acquire a PTC thermistor in compliance with DIN44081 DIN44082 for the motor thermal protection In that case up to 6 PTCs can be series connected functionality of the overtemperature alarm is not altered Two reference outputs with rated values 10 V and 10 V are also available for the direct connection of a reference potentiometer Configuration as voltage input current input or motor PTC input is done via the DIP switches see the DIP switches section Five acquisition modes are available see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual for three hardware settings as shown in the table Type of preset data HW configuration for Full scale values and notes acquisition SW Unipolar 0 10 V Voltage input 0 1
28. eene 300 6 10 8 4 LEDs for CANopen Board 1 301 6 10 8 5 LEDs for Ethernet Board Diagnostics 301 6 10 9 Environmental Requirements Common to All 5 11 301 6 11 5919 COMMUNICATIONS BOARD SLOT 0 4 44400000000000000000 0000000 09990 302 6 11 14 Identification Data ii tet i DEG GT HER e EH deitate 302 6 11 2 Environmental Requirements Common to all 2 2 2 2 20 5 302 6 11 3 Electrical Features Common to All Boards 302 6 11 4 Installing ES919 Board on the Inverter Slot B 303 6 11 5 5919 Board for Metasys 2 304 6 11 5 1 CONFIGURATION Sea tene ee hr tenen ete eh de 304 6 11 5 2 RS485 Conneclor eee ded een 304 6 11 5 3 LEDs on the ASP485 ProtoCessor module 305 6 11 5 4 Baud Rate ble e et n EHE A ege ket 305 61 55 ADDRESS DIP SWITCHES eee ree t eene Poo tr eee e ERE 305 6 11 6 5919 Board for eene e 306 6 11 6 1 Ethernet Connector eves sedan ceo emt eo e ru Ee T ERE OU 306 6 11 6 2 LEDs on the FFP485 Prot
29. 83e a gt 5 5 o 32 gE 9 Xo o o 2 5 gt c d WxHxD WxHxD kg kg kg kW kw 0964 4T 2 4 2 2 12 2 1130 4T 2 4 24 14 4 1296 AT 2 4 230 1400 1480x1400 2 6 15 6 574 0964 5T 6T 2 4 x480 x560 18 1105 14 4 1130 5 6 2 4 3 0 18 0 1296 5T 6T 2 4 32 19 2 When housing the control unit or the splitter unit the auxiliary power supply unit the module depth is 560 mm Three inverter modules must be provided with an integrated splitter unit Two inverter modules must be provided with an integrated auxiliary power supply unit 31 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS e Inverter modules and braking module only Configuration inverter powered directly from a DC power supply source with a braking unit Models where no parallel connected inverter modules are installed S64 Power Power Dissipated 5 Modules Dimensions Weight Dissipated with 50 atInom Braking 5 2 o E o as 5 g 2 N 89 3 FRE 5 5 EG 3 72 9 5 2 x 59 53 Ble 83 e2 55 3886 pe 5 55 9 5 59 25o t tg 259 52 c pws a gt 5 8
30. MIN BRAKING RESISTOR Q BU200 130 80 3 6 6 182 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 4 INSTALLING THE BRAKING UNIT 6 2 4 1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BRAKING UNIT INSTALLATION STORAGE AND TRANSPORT Operating ambient temperatures 0 40 C with no derating from 40 C to 50 C with a 2 derating of the rated current for each degree beyond 40 C Ambient temperatures for storage and transport 25 C 70 Installation environment Pollution degree 2 or higher Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to conductive dust corrosive gases vibrations water sprinkling dripping depending on IP ratings do not install in salty environments Altitude Up to 1000 m above sea level For higher altitudes derate the output current of 1 every 100m above 1000m max 4000m Operating ambient humidity From 5 to 95 from 1g m to 25g m non condensing non freezing class according to EN50178 Storage ambient humidity From 596 to 95 from 1g m to 25g m non condensing and freezing cass 1k3 according to EN50178 Ambient humidity during transport Max 95 up to 60g m condensation may appear when the equipment is not running class 2k3 according to EN50178 Storage and operating atmospheric pressure From 86 to 106 kPa classes 3k3 and 1k4 according to EN50178 Atmospheric pressure
31. Size Model Min Wire cross Degree of of Value 2 Applicable Type Protection Connection Q SOON Resistor Q mm AWG 0007 25 0 2 1000 350W 55 B 50 2 5 14 0008 25 0 2 560 350W IP55 B 28 2 5 14 0010 25 0 2 560 350W IP55 B 28 2 5 14 S05 0013 18 0 4 1000 350W IP55 B 25 2 5 14 0015 18 0 4 1000 350W IP55 B 25 2 5 14 0016 18 0 250 1800W IP54 A 25 2 5 14 0020 18 0 250 1800W IP54 A 25 2 5 14 0023 15 0 15Q 2200W IP54 A 15 4 12 512 0033 10 0 2 25Q 1800W IP54 B 12 5 2 5 14 0037 10 0 2 250 1800W IP54 B 12 5 2 5 14 0038 7 5 2 150 2200W IP54 B 7 5 2 5 14 15 0040 7 5 2 150 2200W IP54 B 7 5 2 5 14 0049 5 5Q 4000W IP20 A 5 6 10 0060 5 0 50 8000W 1 20 A 5 10 8 s20 0067 5 0 50 8000W 1 20 5 10 8 0074 4 2 50 8000W 1 20 5 10 8 0086 42 50 8000W 1 20 5 10 8 0113 3 0 3 30 12000 IP20 A 3 3 16 6 S30 0129 3 0 3 3O0 12000W IP20 A 3 3 16 6 0150 2 5 3 30 12000 IP20 A 3 3 16 6 0162 2 5 3 30 12000 IP20 A 3 3 16 6 Type of connection A One resistor B Two or multiple parallel connected resistors CAUTION The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heat the cables must be 450 700V resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of 173 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 3 APPLICATIONS WITH BRAKING DUTY CYCLE oF 50 2T CL
32. 1 1 2 gt 2 3 gt 3 4 4 pin 52 5 pin 6 6 pin 72 7 pin 82 8 pin 95 9 The following links are required from control unit to inverter arm with auxiliary power supply unit control signals for auxiliary power supply from control unit to inverter arm U phase U control signals from control unit to inverter arm V phase V control signals from control unit to inverter arm W phase W control signals N 4 connections with AWG17 18 1mm unipolar cable pairs delivering low voltage DC power supply from inverter arm with auxiliary power supply unit to control unit control unit 24V voltage supply from inverter arm with auxiliary power supply unit to driver boards of each power arm of the inverter the power supply can be transferred from the supply unit to a driver board in arm U for instance then to arm V finally to arm W IGBT driver board 24V power supply N 4 optical fibre connections 1mm single standard plastics 0 22dB m typical attenuation with Agilent HFBR 4503 4513 connectors HFBR 4503 4513 Simplex Latching SIMPLEX CRIMP RING HFBR 4525 __ n 3 EP P000050 B Figure 36 Single optical fibre connector 72 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS The following links are required N 4 from control unit to driver board in inverter arm U U fault signal from control unit to driver board in inverter arm V V fault signal from cont
33. 15P0102B1 STADT PENTA MULTIFUNCTION AC DRIVE POWER TECHNOLOGY USER MANUAL Installation Instructions Issued on 30 09 2009 R 05 English This manual is integrant and essential to the product Carefully read the instructions contained herein as they provide important hints for use and maintenance safety This device is to be used only for the purposes it has been designed to Other uses should be considered improper and dangerous The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages caused by improper erroneous and irrational uses STADT AS is responsible for the device in its original setting Any changes to the structure or operating cycle of the device must be performed or authorized by the Engineering Department of STADT AS STADT AS assumes no responsibility for the consequences resulting by the use of non original spare parts STADT AS reserves the right to make any technical changes to this manual and to the device without prior notice If printing errors or similar are detected the corrections will be included in the new releases of the manual STADT AS is responsible for the information contained in the original version of the English manual The information contained herein is the property of STADT AS and cannot be reproduced STADT AS enforces its rights on the drawings and catalogues according to the law STADT AS Molovegen 2 NO 6083 GJERDSVIKA NORWAY Tel 47
34. 52 6T S70 6T 0831 S75 6T 0264 1130 S80 6T 167 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Model Output Current Degree of 0 85 0 7 Carrier Max Protection IP54 Inom Inom Default Carrier 16 S05 4T S05 2T Maximum Recommended Carrier Frequency SINUS PENTA Parameters and C002 2T and 4T Classes Size 16 12 4T 12 2T S15 2T AT 520 2 4 S30 2 4 168 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 5 3 OPERATING TEMPERATURES BASED ON APPLICATION CLASSES The operating temperature of the inverters of the SINUS PENTA series is maximum 40 C at rated current and can reach max 50 C if the operating current is reduced The operating temperature of some SINUS PENTA models can even exceed 40 C at rated current The maximum operating temperatures based on the inverter size and application class are detailed in the tables below The tables below relate to operating current values equal to or lower than the NOTE S current rating stated in the relevant application sheet APPLICATION 2T 4T CLASSES LIGHT STANDARD HEAVY STRONG Maximum allowable operating temperature C continued 169 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS continued APPLICATION 5
35. Figure 9 Through panel assembly and piercing template for SINUS PENTA 515 520 530 Slot size for Thread and Front and rear Templates for fastening Inverter size x through panel fastening projection holes assembly screws S1 S2 X1 Y1 X2 Y2 Y3 MX S15 256 75 207 420 185 18 449 4 x M6 S20 256 76 207 558 250 15 593 4 x M6 S30 257 164 270 665 266 35 715 4x M8 44 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 5 4 SINUS PENTA S40 For the through panel assembly of this inverter size remove the bottom mounting plate The figure below shows how to disassemble the mounting plate To disassemble the mounting plate remove 8 screws 6 the figure shows 4 screws on one side of the inverter Figure 10 Removing the mounting plate in SINUS PENTA 540 for through panel assembly The fixing points shown in the figure below are to be made on the mounting panel see relevant measures The following figure also shows the side view of the equipment through panel assembly The air flows and the front and rear projections are highlighted as well with relevant measures 54 Me 19 i 17 i Tua i D bos icon Y 1 SX p x 7 Figure 11 Through panel assembly and
36. Societ soggetta all attivit amp di Via Olmo 27 5 5 Selice 47 Codice Fiscale e Partita Iva GRUPPO direzone coordinamento di 35011 Campodarsego Pd 40060 Imola Bo 03686440284 CARRARO Carraro Spa Tal 39 049 9219111 Tel 39 0542 489711 REA PD 328951 Fax 39 049 9289111 Fax 39 0542 489797 Cad PD 054138 www elettrenicasanterno com Ident IVA Intracom salesihelettronicasanterno t 1703696440284 Pag iA 368 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO fo EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Elettronica Santerno S p A 5 8 Selice 47 40026 Imola BO Italia AS A MANUFACTURER DECLARES UNDER ITS SOLE RESPONSIBILITY THAT THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE INVERTERS OF THE SINUS PENTA BOX LINE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES SINUS PENTA S05 B SINUS PENTA SIS B SINUS PENTA 512 B SINUS PENTA S20 B AND THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE INVERTERS OF THE SINUS PENTA CABINET LINE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES SINUS PENTA S15 C Sm SINUS PENTA 530 C SINUS PENTA 564 C SINUS PENTA 841 C SINUS PENTA 570 C TE SINUS PENTA S50 C SINUS PENTA 875 C SINUS PENTA 551 WHICH THIS DECLARATION RELATES TO WHEN APPLIED UNDER THE OPERATING CONDITIONS GIVEN IN THE USER MANUAL COMPLIANT WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARD Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems 1900 9 Ed 2 Part 3 EMC requirements and specific test methods ACCORDING TO THE ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY DIRECTIVE 2004 10
37. eren nennen 325 6 13 1 Signal Conditioning and I O Expansion Board 325 6 13 2 Identification Data tec S dec c P Eee ce es e a etes oes Re 326 6 13 3 Installing ES847 Board on the Inverter Slot C 326 6 13 4 ES847 Board 5 328 6 13 5 DIPSwitches 330 6 13 6 Possible Settings for DIP switches SW1 and 5 2 331 6 197 ete sore RR eR FERE EAR NOSE RUNDE NERA ES NA 333 6 13 7 1 Connection of Fast Differential Analog 15 2 2221 4 2 0 0 0 333 6 13 7 2 Connection of Fast Current Inputs eee eene nennen 334 6 13 7 3 Connecting Slow Analog Inputs to Voltage 22 334 6 13 7 4 Connecting Slow Analog Inputs to Voltage 22 335 6 13 7 5 Connecting Slow Analog Inputs to Thermistor PT100 335 6 13 7 6 Connecting Isolated Digital Inputs 100 eene 336 6 13 7 7 Connection to an Encoder or a Frequency 22 337 6 13 7 8 Connection to Isolated Digital ene 338 6 13 8 Environmental eene eene erre enne 339 6 13 9 Electri
38. 280 380 27 S65 SNUS 1130 1000 1969 SINUS 1130 1000 1360 1145 1100 1500 1086 1700 2040 2520 500 600 600 690 705 845Vdc 845 970Vdc Penta s Supply Voltage The rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 5 of Inom Input and output choke is required for these models Legend Inom continuous rated current of the inverter Imax max current produced by the inverter for 60 seconds every 10 min Ipeak deliverable current for max seconds 164 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 5 2 CARRIER FREQUENCY SETTING The continuous current Inom generated by the inverter in continuous operation type S1 at 40 C depends on carrier frequency The higher the carrier frequency the more the motor is silent the control performance is enhanced but this causes a greater heating of the inverter thus affecting energy saving Using long cables especially shielded cables for connecting the motor is not recommended when the carrier frequency is high The max recommended carrier values that can be set in parameters C001 and C002 Carrier Frequency submenu based on the continuous current delivered by the Sinus Penta are given in the table below For example if you are using a Penta S05 0014 4T at 11kHz carrier the max continuous output current becomes 0 7 Inom i e 11 5 Do not exceed the carrier values stated in the table below If those carrier values are
39. re ogc CONNECTOR Ei STATUS STATUS FAULT B B H jve ST W Ew 9 5845 02 15543 FA W 0 5 uere cep 24V CV 424V DRYER 24N ON sza ower FAULT W STATUS W rau nu a 808 2 9 PNG CONNECTOR 07 05 ii pea VAE DUAL FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR DUAL FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR DUAL FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR DUAL FIBER GPTIE CONNECTOR z 04 vi Opt 08 E TOP 059 BOTTOM Sy 0 OF 08 SUB D 9 PRE CONNECTOR SUB D 9 PNS CONECTOR SUB D 2 CONNECTOR md pro RP PHASE zou eens FAULT STATUS V Y m C y SUB D 90 CONNECTOR 25841 Fc wu 5841 TW war 5841 peso Gy QUAL FBER OPTC CONNECTOR 013 0 4 1 1 U ors PHASE FAULT U STATUS U U C u 8 2 9 CONNECTOR Ges gona OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT FEMALE AES MOTOR o MOTOR MOTOR o DUAL FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR pust 9 g PHASE ee g G U Ga 5842 U E m 22 Wi CONTROL BOARD 61 62 ay 61 62 Fay EDISA pay suppu d 94 SUPPLY 21001 130 MESS CONTROL BOARD RACK AWG 17 18 1 mm WIRE o SHIELDED CABLE EOL eS SINGLE 1 mm PLASTIC FIBER OPTIC e INVERTER INVERTER INVERTER 2 MODULE MODULE MODULE DUAL 1 mm PLASTIC FIBER OPTIC Figure 38 Internal wiring for inverters 564 75 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 3 SINUS PENTA LAY OUT OF THE POWER TERMINALS FOR S05 S52 DESCRI
40. 0200 SINUS 0216 SINUS 0250 continued 153 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS continued SINUS 0180 SINUS 0202 SINUS 0217 SINUS 0260 SINUS 0312 SINUS 0366 SINUS 0399 200 720 864 SINUS 0313 160 220 475 280 380 480 315 430 459 355 485 471 480 600 720 S51 SINUS 0367 185 250 550 315 430 528 375 510 540 400 550 544 550 792 SINUS 0402 230 315 675 400 550 680 450 610 665 500 680 673 680 850 1020 SINUS 0524 260 350 780 450 610 765 500 680 731 560 760 751 1152 900 1100 1320 SINUS 1000 1300 1560 SINUS 1184 1200 1440 1728 SINUS 0964 900 1230 1480 1000 1360 1431 1 100 1 500 1480 1480 1780 2136 75 SINUS 1130 100011360 1645 1170 1600 1700 1270 1730 1700 1700 2040 2448 SINUS 1296 120011650 2050 1400 1830 2000 1460 1990 2050 2100 2520 3024 280 360Vdc 530 705Vdc he rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 596 of Inom Input and output choke is required for these models Legend Inom continuous rated current of the inverter Imax max current produced by the inverter for 120 seconds every 20 min up to 530 and for 60 seconds every 10 min for S40 and greater Ipeak deliverable current for max 3 seconds 154 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION
41. 254 PME EUH 325 ES85 T ostii 312 ES870 cbe die eee 344 372 373 SINUS PENTA ESO T3 i us eet e te e te te te hx 98 265 ESQ TA ss octets eRe RIAM MEI 348 ES919 iege Ree 302 F Feedback siii eie eR 267 145 254 265 Filters Torodd ees 361 ups tti o 13 14 144 G Ground connection 2 4 16 96 IED ip 13 14 140 Input inductance 234 Inputs Analog 113 119 334 335 336 340 m 115 Digital eie 109 112 342 Frequency o rr RP 111 IO Expansion Mer 333 K Key selector 355 356 ae et 126 Remoting 70 126 129 230 L LEDS HIE 126 Line Driver Encoder Configuration setis 269 Terminal board Ra 268 16 355 356 etie 359 Metasys INZ al ni iis 304 cesi erg 96 117 IGI 140 142 144 Melee m 148 Motor control vs fcc ederet 140 142 144 Ouputs Analog edi 125 Digital 120 122 124 338 342 343 Frequency I Ege Ur yer ines 121 123 Output SINUS PENTA Filters Frequenc
42. 4 E pM 109110 104110 SOHO inf co n T SPA n onm oe dS59Hd maot fsi j wpe 9 2 Gom AS HOWTOS dud wa tend 9 aw awal 47 IESI T ipBs3 WN ipgs3 ADONI 2 85 Aro 5005 A rmi OND OND 5 OOK 80 85 ADR 8 1 85 ETETS fira zin EL an ES od tL Ps a aaO ww MATI HIHO dudo ii wH HOIHO T JIL T ras M ri MN imei 2 5 um ovi 3 mEn i um a ao ie ra d PME eve ee IHd sad Ls Eres Eres sh 3 HW his 801553 suis Hols amp 1448 rin nb J Y S ALIADO aun ane mess ang ud TUN EA atico aure TONG LM B 9 7 T SP 222 LEED LES 04 2 Adda G A Video 25 99 on mm UDANEJ Eid d an wn EA y 9 E 57 BIE i e ing uni Internal wiring of inverters 565 570 provided with a brak Figure 87 215 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 5 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR BU1440 AT
43. 500kcmils 185 400kcmils 400 400 240 500kcmils 500 450 240 500kcmils 500 450 630 500 Bus bar 185 400kcmils 350 400 Bus bar 240 500kcmils 500 450 Bus bar 2x120 2x4 0AWG 550 450 Bus bar 2x120 2x250kcmils 630 500 Bus bar 2x150 2x300kcmils 800 550 Bus bar 2x185 2x350kcmils 800 600 Bus bar 2x240 2x500kcmils 800 700 Bus bar 2x150 2x300kcmils 700 550 Bus bar 2x185 2x350kcmils 800 600 Bus bar 2x240 2x500kcmils 1000 700 Bus bar 3x150 3x300kcmils 1000 800 Bus bar 3x185 3x350kcmils 1000 1000 Bus bar 3x240 3x500kcmils 1250 1000 Bus bar 3x240 3x500kcmils 1250 1200 Bus bar 4x240 4x500kcmils 1600 1600 Bus bar 6x150 6x300kcmils 2x1000 2x1000 Bus bar 6x185 6x350kcmils 2x1250 2x1200 CAUTION 90 373 Bus 6 240 6x500kcmils 2x1250 2x1200 Always use the correct cable cross sections and activate the protective devices provided for the inverter Failure to do so will cause the non compliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS Rated Output Raid inpol Curent Cable Cr
44. NOTE The wire cross sections given in the table relate to one wire per braking resistor The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heat CAUTION resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of the cables must be 0 6 1kV The power dissipated by the braking resistors may be the same as the rated CAUTION power of the connected motor multiplied by the braking duty cycle use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect to the inverter any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower CAUTION nee than the value given in the tables DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C 6 4 5 1 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 10 AT 55 Braking Resistor Resistors to be used Wire Cross Type of section Connection mm AWG or kcmils SIZE Degree of Protection 1 95 4 0 1 2 2 4 0 0 9 2 565 B 120 250 B 75 B 216 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 5 2 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 20 AT 55 Resistor Braking Unit SIZE Model to used Wire Cross Type of section 2 EE Power Degree of connection Value Q kW Protection ss ome 153 132 8 88 1 1 133 86 031 1 3 24 48 23
45. 194 373 SINUS PENTA 6 3 4 3 Power connections Link the braking module to the inverter and to the braking resistor INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS LAY OUT OF POWER TERMINALS AND SIGNAL TERMINALS Ti Wire Connection ightening Torque Bar Close section NOTES vi mm AWG or Nm kcmils 240 To be connected to terminal 47 of the Bus bar 30 inverter and to one terminal of the 500kcmils braking resistor See Resistors To be connected to the remainin B Bus bar 30 UAIR Table terminal of the braking resistor 240 To be connected to terminal 49 of the Bus bar 30 500kcmils inverter Signal connections Terminals M1 Cable Cross section Fitting Tightening N Name Description Features NOTES the Terminal Torque mm Nm AWG kcmils to be connected to terminal 1 in Braking module 0 24V active at 0 25 1 5 1 BRAKE signal command 24V the brake terminals of 24 16 0 22 0 25 inverter using the cable supplied to be connected to terminal 2 in 0 25 1 5mm 2 OV Ground OV the brake terminals of the ERE 0 22 0 25 AWG 24 16 inverter using the cable supplied 0 24V 24V with to be connected to terminal 3 in 0 25 1 5mm 3 BRERR Braking module error m the brake terminals of the JOHN braking module inverter using the cable supplied AWG 24 16 0 22 0 25 0 24V OV with to
46. 20 412 04 16 ac 20 412 04 25 140 FWP 208 116 20 4122040 350 FWP 40B 236 FwP 60B8 40 475 Eu in FWP 70B 1000 20 412 20 80 1820 FWP 80B Em 1200 700 0 2 SINUS PENTA ojo Q ojo a AM 5 5 5 5 NIN gt gt gt GO ojo ojo W o 51 FWP 100B 2290 FWP 100B 2290 FWP 125A 5655 FWP 150A 11675 FWP 175A 16725 FWP 225A 31175 FWP 250A 32000 FWP 350A 70800 FWP 450A 103000 FWP 700A 120000 FWP 350A 70800 FWP 500A 125800 FWP 600A 20 412 20 125 5040 2041220160 160 10780 20 412 20 200 19250 20 412 20 250 250 32760 315 20 412 20 315 20 412 20 400 109200 2 20 412 20 400 109200 70 550 136500 287000 8 77000 02 105000 136500 210000 20 622 32 800 406000 3 210000 36 287000 20 622 32900 900 665000 FWP 900A 900 228000 35 602000 FWP 1000A 258000 FWP 1200A 473000 1700000 os PRS fester 575 07 0 ojo WIA o 315 60200 ojo jJU NJO o N NIN N 185000 FWP 600A 185000 oo 00 180000 FWP 700A 129000 FWP 700A 129000 a 6 5 0 0 3 0 20 412 20 100 2800 50 00 0 N 72 5 0040 0049 0060 520 0087 gt a gt
47. 8 08 120050 ed 1 4 24 ea 0 120050 575 1130 120 250 64 Eus lI 9 Ee 09 120050 6 4 5 3 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 50 AT 55 Braking Resistor Braking Unit to used Wire Cross SIZE Model T ype o section 1 2 Value Q kW Protection 0598 12 4 123 12 120 250 0748 5 N E296 1 321313 1 ME 0 93 2 120 250 A One resistor B Two or multiple parallel connected resistors C Two series connected resistors D Four resistors parallel connection of two series of two resistors E Six resistors parallel connection of three series of two resistors F Eight resistors parallel connection of four series of two resistors V Two units each of them including a braking module connected to two parallel connected braking resistors ME Two units each of them including a braking module connected to six braking resistors parallel connection of three series of two resistors 217 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 6 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR BU1440 5T 6T The wire cross sections given in the table relate to one wire per braking resistor NOTE DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C The power dissipated by the braking resistors may be the same as the rated power of the connected motor multiplied by the braking duty cycle use a PAUTAN proper air cooling system Do
48. 95 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 10 INVERTER AND MOTOR GROUND CONNECTION A bolted screw for the inverter enclosure grounding is located close to the power wiring terminals The screw can be located by the symbol below Always ground the inverter to a state of the art mains To reduce disturbance and radiated interference to a minimum connect the motor grounding conductor directly to the inverter following a parallel path to the motor supply cables Always connect the inverter grounding terminal to the grid grounding using a conductor complying with the safety regulations in force Always connect the DANGER motor casing to the inverter grounding to avoid dangerous voltage peaks and electrical shock hazard Always provide a proper grounding of the inverter frame and the motor casing To fulfil UL conformity requirements of the system where the inverter is installed NOTE use a UL R C or UL Listed lug to connect the inverter to the grounding system Use a loop lug fitting the ground screw and having the same cross section as the ground cable being used 96 373 SINUS PENTA 3 5 3 5 1 CONTROL TERMINALS MAIN FEATURES INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Screwable terminal board in six extractable sections suitable for cross sections 0 08 1 5mm AWG 28 16 No Name Description I O Features DIP swi
49. Display and LEDs 4 Slot C optional p boards 4 Slot A optional angle meas boards Slot B optional communication boards UN ALCO ADEOGe hr 5 11 1 s golll rr mao s um px m NE SW1 DIP swilch SW DIP switch Analog outputs configuration configuration P000055 B Figure 47 Control board signals and programming 102 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 2 1 DISPLAY AND INDICATOR LEDS The board display and indicator LEDs allow viewing the inverter operating condition even if no user interface display keypad is provided The keypad housing allows displaying the indicator lights The indicator LEDs are the following Green LED L1 uC run If on it indicates that processors are active If it does not turn on when the inverter is normally operating this means that the power supply unit or the control board is faulty Yellow LED L2 CA run If on it indicates that the power convertor is commutating and is powering the connected load terminals U V W If off all commutation devices of the power converter are inactive and the connected load is not powered Electrical shock hazard exists even if the power converter is not operating and the inverter is disabled Possible dangerous voltage peaks on terminals U V W may CAUTION ee 5 occur Wait at least 15 minutes after switching off the inverter before operating on the electrical c
50. For the installation of a BU see the section covering the braking unit In case of fuse line protection always install the fuse failure detection device that disables the inverter to avoid single phase operation of the equipment Please refer to the REACTORS section As shown in the figure above use wires with the same length for each of the two parallel connected inverters to obtain separate links reaching the connected motor Three phase links are recommended 61 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 2 2 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR MODULAR INVERTERS S64 Pree Dh amp d J ag HE E e Es lt eS 201 1 Bec E C Yu 5 Ll c ped ed Sia e 3 gt j 88 b e ut eu PE Lej LJ LI Lo IS imi L e d 5 Er I 0 pep 1 JXILIA Figure 26 External connections for modular inverters S64 The capacitors inside the DC power supply unit must always be precharged CAUTION 7 Failure to do so will damage the inverter as well as its power
51. INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 SIZE WEIGHT AND DISSIPATED POWER 3 3 3 1 IP20 AND IPOO STAND ALONE Mobptrs S05 S60 2T CLASS SINUS PENTA MODEL g 0007 7 160 0008 7 170 0010 7 220 S05 0013 170 340 175 7 220 0015 7 230 0016 7 290 0020 7 320 0023 11 390 512 0033 215 401 225 12 500 H 0037 12 560 0038 22 5 750 15 0040 225 466 331 22 5 820 0049 0060 0067 S20 0074 279 610 332 727 1350 0086 36 1500 0113 51 2150 0129 51 2300 P000042 B S30 50 302 748 421 2450 0162 51 2700 0179 112 3200 0200 112 3650 S40 0016 630 880 381 5 4100 0250 112 4250 0180 117 2550 0202 117 3200 S41 215 500 882 409 727 32 0 0260 121 3950 0312 148 4900 550 0366 666 1000 421 148 5600 0399 148 6400 0313 141 4400 S51 0367 578 882 409 141 4900 0402 141 6300 0457 260 7400 S60 0524 890 1310 530 770 406 25 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 2 SINUS PENTA MODEL SINUS PENTA IP20 AND IPOO STAND ALONE MobELs 505 S60 AT CLASS Power W H Weight Dissipated at Inom 0086 36 1500 0113 5 2150 0129 51 2300 S30 0150 302 748 421 51 2450 0162 51 2700 0179 112 3200 0200 112 3650 540 0216 630 880 381 112 4100 0250 112 4250 0180 117 2550 0202 117 3200 541 0217 500 882 409 121 3450
52. Multifunction digital input 7 Encoder dedicated input greater signal with respect to CMD push pull 24 V single ended phase B terminal 22 In compliance with EN 21 MDI8 FINB Multifunction digital input 8 Frequency dedicated input B 61131 2 as type 1 digital inputs with rated voltage equal to 24 VDC Max response time to processor 600 us 22 CMD OV digital input isolated to control OV Optoisolated digital input zero volt 23 24V Auxiliary supply output for optoisolated multifunction digital 24V 15 Imax 200mA inputs Protect with resetting fuse 24 VMDO1 Supply input for MDO1 output 20 48 VDC IDC 10 mA output current max 60 mA continued 97 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued SINUS PENTA 25 MDO1 Multifunction digital output 1 frequency output Optoisolated digital output push FOUT pull lout 50 mA max fout max 100 kHz 26 CMDOI OV Multifunction digital output 1 Common for supply and MDO1 output 27 2 Multifunction digital output 2 Isolated digital output open collector Vomax 48 V lomax 50mA 28 CMDO2 Common for multifunction digital output 2 Common for multifunction output 2 Screwable terminal board in two extractable sections suitable for cross sections 0 2 2 5 mm AWG 24 12 Name Description Features DIP switch 29 MDO3 NC Multifunction relay digital output 3 NC contact 30 MDO3 C
53. P000087 0 Figure 122 Configuration of terminator DIP switch for line RS485 275 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 OPTION BOARDS FOR FIELDBUS SLOT B Several interface boards optional are available for the connection of the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series to automation systems based on Fieldbus Option boards allow interfacing systems based on 5305 m PROCESS FIELD BUS Profibus DP PROFldrive gt DeviceNet CAN CANopen CAN Ethernet MODBUS TCP IP Interbus ControlNet CANopen Lonworks Controler gt gt ECHELON P0009740 The inverters of the Sinus PENTA series can house only one option board per fieldbus This board allows controlling the inverter through the desired bus starting from a control device PLC industrial computer etc The control method from fieldbus integrates the control methods from local terminals remote terminals through MODBUS serial link and from keypad which are provided from the inverter For more details on the inverter command modes and the possible matching among the different sources refer to the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual Control Method and Fieldbus sections The sections below cover the installation procedure and the configuration and diagnostics of the different types of option boards The read write scan rate for Sinus Penta drives is 2ms Please refer to the N
54. S50 239 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 4 2 6T CLASS AC AND DC INDUCTANCE SINUS INPUT AC 3 PHASE DC SINGLE PHASE MODEL 2 0mH 1 Arms 2 0mH 1 1Arms 3 phase 0126044 IMO126044 1 27mH 17Arms 1 27mH 17Arms 3 phase 0126084 0140154 0126084 0 7mH 32Arms 2 8mH 32 5Arms 40 5Apeak 0 7mH 32Arms 3 phase IM0126124 0140204 IM0126124 2 0mH 0 51mH 43Arms 47 ims58 5 0 51mH 43Arms 3 phase 0126144 Md IMO126144 0036 1 2mH 69Arms 87Apeak 0 3mH 68Arms 0 32mH 68Arms 3 phase 0038 0140284 0126164 0 96mH 100A 160Apeak 0126164 0 24mH 92Arms 0 24mH 92Arms 3 phase E 0067 S20 0074 IMO 126204 IMO 140304 IMO 126204 0086 0 16mH 142Arms 0 64mH 160Arms 195Apeak 0 16mH 142Arms 3 phase Has 0140404 S30 0129 1 0126244 0 36mH IM0126244 0 09mH 252Arms 275h nis 345 Apadk 0 09mH 252Arms 3 phase 0179 IMO126284 IMO140504 IMO126284 0200 0 061mH 362Arms 0 24mH 420Arms 520Apeak 0 061mH 362Arms 3 phase Not applicable 0216 0140554 IM0126324 0 216mH 0250 054mH 410Arms 460Arms 580Apeak 0 054mH A10Arms 3 phase 0260 0 05 mH 455Arms 0 14mH 520A 650Apeak 0 035mH 440Arms 3 phase m 0126364 P IM0126364 0 033mH 662Arms 0 033mH 662Arms 3 phase 0399 740Arms 930Apeak IM012372 IMO140664 0138300 0 031mH 720Arms 0 09mH 830A 1040Apeak
55. VB control unit ES842 OP2 one phase ES843 OP2 IGBT status phase U E ST U control unit ES842 16 phoseU ES843 IGBT status phase V Soa ST V control unit 5842 phase V ES843 IGBI E phase oo ST W control unit ES842 phase W ES843 Factory set connection provided in the inverter 74 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Make sure that links are correct as incorrect links cause the inverter malfunctioning CAUTION CAUTION NEVER power the inverter when the optical fibre connectors are not connected The figure below shows the links required for the components of the modular inverter 60 x 10 mm SUB D 9 PINS CONNECTOR 5296 FEMALE F don VALE INS CONNECTOR bedem WALE OPTIC CONNECTOR 0 2 SUB D 9 C PS1 rut SINGLE POWER SUPPLY 1 B B Li H BUS BARS FE PIC OR
56. 0 025mH 700Arms 3 phase 0402 continued 0180 1 01266282 0140454 0138200 541 0202 0 063 360Arms 0 18mH 420A 520Apeak 0 070mH 360Arms 3 phase 7 0126332 0140604 0138250 240 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued 2457 0126404 221 0126404 0508 0 023mH 945Arms 1 040Arms 1 300Apeak 0 023mH 945Arms 3 phase S65 0748 0126444 IM0140854 IM0126444 0 072mH 0831 0 018mH 1260Arms 1470Arms 1850Apeak 0 018mH 1260Arms 3 phase 0964 2 x IMO126404 6 x IM0141782 2 x IMO140754 S75 1130 2 x IMO126404 0 015mH 12504Arms single 1296 2 x IM0126444 2 x IM0140854 phase Three phase 54 box inductances are available for Penta drives up to 530 241 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 4 3 5T 6T CLASS AC AND DC INDUCTANCE SINUS INPUT AC 3 PHASE DC SINGLE PHASE SIZE INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE OUTPUT INDUCTANCE 0062 IM0127167 IM0141404 IM018050 0069 0 43mH 95Arms 1 2mH 110Arms 140Apeak 0 17mH 105Arms 0076 1 0127202 0141414 IM0138100 0 29mH 140Arms 0 80mH 160Arms 205Apeak 0 11mH 165Arms 0131 IM0127227 IM0141424 IM0138150 0164 0 19mH 210Arms 0 66mH 240Arms 310Apeak 0 075mH 240Arms IM0127274 IM0141434 IM0138200 0201 0 12mH 325A 0 32mH 375Arms A90Apeak 0 070mH 360 3 phase 0218 IMO127330 IM0141554 0138250 0259 0259 0 096 415 0 27mH 475Arms 625Apeak 0 035mH 440Arms
57. 110 0964 5T 6T 2 4 x480 1730 786 2 4 1 9 16 3 1130 5T 6T 2 412 1980 1400 896 3 0 1 1 20 2 1296 5T 6T 2 412 560 3 2 1 2 21 6 When housing the control unit or the splitter unit the auxiliary power supply unit the module depth is 560 mm Three inverter modules must be provided with an integrated splitter unit Two inverter modules must be provided with an integrated auxiliary power supply unit 32 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 5 IP54 STAND ALONE MOobDELs 505 530 2T 55 Power Size SINUS PENTA Weight Dissipated at MODEL E mm mm mm kg men Rem 000 505 003 3 214 577 227 eo 0076 0020 0023 12 0033 268 0040 0049 1050 1250 339 842 366 15 6 1500 2150 76 2300 40 176 1 359 1008 460 2156 0162 2700 OPTIONAL FEATURES Front key operated selector switch for LOCAL REMOTE control and EMERGENCY pushbutton When housing optional features NOTE depth becomes 40mm 33 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 6 IP54 STAND ALONE MobDELs 505 530 55 Power Size SINUS PENTA MODEL Weight at Lem mm kg WwW 0007 S05 0009 214 577 227 0011 0014 0016 0017 0020 12 0025 250 268 0034 0036 0038 15 0040 288 715 366 0049 0060 1050 0067 1250 S20 0074 339 842 366 13
58. 250 4000W 20 250 4000 i20 0034 70 200 4000W 120 0036 20 200 4000W IP20 ios Canes sano 15 xm 0049 10 100 12000W 20 0060 10 100 12000W IP20 520 L 0067 10 100 12000W 190 0074 585 100 16000W 013 6 233e800w 20 c 66 166 szo 0122 6 2 3 30 8000w 0 66 160 oi50 5 2 100 12000 120 B 5 16 0162 5 24004200 120 5 140 Type of connection A One resistor B Two or multiple parallel connected resistors C Two series connected resistors The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heat ii CAUTION resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of the cables must be 0 6 1kV 176 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 6 APPLICATIONS WITH BRAKING DUTY CYCLE oF 50 4T CLASS BRAKING RESISTORS Type of Connection 50Q 4000W 50Q 4000W 50Q 4000W 50Q 4000W 50Q 4000W 50Q 8000W 50Q 8000W 50Q 8000W 200 12000W 200 12000W 20Q 16000W 20Q 16000W 15Q 16000W 15Q 24000W 15Q 24000W 10Q 24000W 10Q 24000W 2 150 24000W 2 150 24000W 6Q 64000W 6Q 64000W 5Q 64000W 5Q 64000W gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt g
59. 3 phase 0290 552 0314 IM0127350 0141664 0138300 0368 0 061mH 650Arms 0 17mH 750Arms 980Apeak 0 025mH 700Arms 3 phase 0127324 Laud IMO 127324 0250 0 372mH 0 093mH 410 A 520Arms 680Apeak 0 093 41 3 phase 0312 0127364 4 0127364 T 0399 0 058mH 662 A 830Arms 1080Apeak 0 058mH 662Arms 3 phase 0457 IM0127404 1803 IMO127404 E A 0 040mH 945 A 0 040mH 945Arms 3 phase 0598 1170Arms 1530Apeak IM0141904 AT 1290Arms 1680Apeak 0 030mH 1260Arms 3 phase we 6 x IM0141782 1130 3 x IMO127364 3 1 0141704 0 015mH 1250Arms single 1296 3 x IMO127404 3 x IM0141804 phase 242 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 4 4 2T AT CLASS INTERPHASE INDUCTANCE SIZE INVERTER INVERTER MODEL INTERPHASE INDUCTANCE MODEL 0598 1100A IMO143504 65 0748 0831 1400A 0143604 0964 2000 0143704 575 1130 1296 2650A 0143804 Inductance designed for 12 phase connection Carefully follow the application diagram in Figure 97 6 6 4 5 6T CLASS INTERPHASE INDUCTANCE SIZE INVERTER INVERTER MODEL INTERPHASE INDUCTANCE MODEL 0399 850A IMO144304 0457 S65 0542 1200A 0144454 0598 0748 570 0821 1450 0144504 0964 1850 0144604 575 580 1130 1296 2450A 0144754 Inductance designed for 12 phase connection Carefully follow the application diag
60. CONTROL UNIT COVER FASTENING SCREWS CONTROL TERMINAL COVER SCREWS 70 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 You can then access to connectors in control board ES842 CN3 POWER SUPPLY 2 SIGNAL CONNECTOR CN2 POWER SUPPLY 1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR OP2 VB OP6 STATUS IGBT W OP5 FAULT IGBT W eme T 16 STATUS IGBT U OP15 FAULT IGBT U CN14 INVERTER MODULE U SIGNAL CONNECTOR OP19 OP20 GATE U 24V CONTROL UNIT SUPPLY m Figure 35 ES842 Control Unit 4 Use the connection cable kit to connect the inverter components to each other Make sure that the tab of the optical fibre connectors is turned outwards to the connector fixed in the control board 5 Reassemble the covers made of Lexan and the covering of the control unit making sure not to flatten any cable optical fibre 71 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 2 6 INTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR MODULAR INVERTERS S64 The following links are required N 2 power connections with 60 10mm copper bar between the inverter arms in order to deliver DC voltage N 4 connections with 9 pole shielded cable Type of cable shielded cable N of conductors 9 Diameter of each conductor AWG20 24 0 6 0 22mm Connectors 9 pole SUB D female connectors Connections within the cable SUB D Connedior females Po female
61. D D N OV control 10VR 10V board 4 d CMA d P000285 B Figure 55 Wiring of a PLC analog output axis control board etc Wiring between terminal CMA and the signal source grounding is required for NOTE proper data acquisition Wiring may also be performed outside the shielded cable 115 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS P000286 B Sensor power P000287 B Figure 57 4 20 mA Sensor wiring 116 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 4 3 MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION INPUT PTC TERMINALS 7 8 The inverter manages the signal sent from one or more thermistors up to 6 thermistors incorporated in the motor windings to obtain a hardware thermal protection of the motor The thermistor ratings must comply with 34 11 2 BS4999 Pt 111 DIN44081 DIN44082 or to thermistors named Mark A in standard IEC60947 8 Resistor corresponding to Tnf temperature value 1000 Q typical rating Resistor at Tnf 5 C 5500 Resistor at Tnf 5 C gt 13300 The typical resistor pattern with respect to temperature is shown in the figure below Logarithmic scale P000527 B anm Figure 58 Standard pattern of the thermistor resistor for the motor thermal protection Tnf temperature is the thermistor rated transient temperature to be adjusted based on the max allowable temperature of the motor windings The inverter sends a motor overheating alarm when it detects the therm
62. Figure 95 Wiring diagram for optional inductance Harmonic currents The shapes of the different waves current or voltage may be expressed as the sum of the basic frequency 50 or 60Hz and its multiples In balanced three phase systems only odd harmonic current exists as even current is neutralized by symmetrical considerations Harmonic current is generated by non linear loads absorbing non sinusoidal current Typical sources of this type are bridge rectifiers power electronics switching power supply units and fluorescent lamps Three phase rectifiers absorb line current with a harmonic content n 6K 1 with K 1 2 3 e g 5th 7th 1 1th 13th 17th 19th etc Harmonic current amplitude decreases when frequency increases Harmonic current carries no active power it is additional current carried by electrical cables Typical effects are conductor overload power factor decrease and measurement systems instability Voltage generated by current flowing in the transformer reactance may also damage other appliances or interfere with mains synchronized switching equipment 234 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Solving the problem Harmonic current amplitude decreases when frequency increases as a result reducing high amplitude components determines the filtering of low frequency components The better way is to increase low frequency impedance by installing an inductance Power drive systems with no mains side inducta
63. Fittings for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 512 The equipment height becomes 583 mm with the two additional components see figure on the left below The same figure below also shows the piercing template of the mounting panel including four M4 holes for the inverter mounting and two slots 175 x 77 mm and 175 x 61 mm for the air cooling of the power section LI QE P Figure 8 Piercing template for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 512 43 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 5 3 SINUS PENTA S15 S20 S30 No additional mechanical component is required for the through panel assembly of these three SINUS PENTA sizes The piercing template shown in the figure below is to be made on the mounting panel Measures are shown in the table The figure below also shows the side view of the through panel assembly of the equipment The air flows and the front and rear projections are highlighted as well see measures in the table BS NN PUES Bis i T us i
64. INSTRUCTIONS Please contact Elettronica Santerno if DC supply is to be applied to SINUS CAUTION peNTAS S64 to S80 CAUTION The mounting layout in the figures above may vary based on the accessories being used input and output chokes sinusoidal filters harmonic filters 3 4 8 LAY OUT OF THE AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY TERMINALS The auxiliary power supply terminals are provided in the Penta models requiring auxiliary power supply links to be used to power air cooling systems or to power internal circuits Inverter Terminal Description Ratings 63 R 380 500Vac 100mA for 47 S64 S74 y RE Inputs for auxiliary 3 phase power class inverters 67 Toux supply 660 690Vac 0 5A for 6T class inverters ir ant 61 62 Inputs for fan power supply 230Vac 2A 84 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 9 CROSS SECTIONS OF THE POWER CABLES AND SIZES OF THE PROTECTIVE DEVICES The minimum requirements of the inverter cables and the protective devices needed to protect the system against short circuits are given in the tables below It is however recommended that the applicable regulations in force be observed also check if voltage drops occur for cable links longer than 100m For the largest inverter sizes special links with multiple conductors are provided for each phase For example 2x150 in the column relating to the cable cross section means that two 150mm parallel conductors are required for each phase Mu
65. Installation environment Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to conductive dust corrosive gases vibrations water sprinkling or dripping do not install in salty environments Operating atmospheric pressure 86 106 kPa Cooling system Forced air cooling The maximum output frequency is limited with respect to the preset carrier SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Motor control methods IFD Voltage Frequency with symmetrical PWM modulation VTC Vector Torque Control Sensorless vector direct torque control current torque limiting POWER DOWN SPEED SEARCHING DC braking autotune COMMUNICATION DISPLAY o FOC Field adjustment with field regulation and torque for synchronous motors SYN Field adjustment with torque control for asynchronous motors 5 Frequency speed setting Digital reference 0 1 Hz IFD control 1 rpm VTC control 0 01 rpm FOC control resolution 12 bit Analog reference 4096 with respect to speed range zs Open loop 0 5 of max speed E Speed precision Closed loop with an encoder lt 0 01 of max speed Overload capacity Up to 2 times rated current for 120 sec Starting torque Up to 200 Cn for 120 secs and 240 Cn for a short duration Torque boost Programmable for a rated torque increase Operation method Operation via terminal board keypad MODBUS RTU serial interface field bus interface 3
66. S64 S70 CONNECTION BARS S70 TU b kd 2 Figure 41 Connection bars for 564 570 82 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 7 S74 S80 CONNECTION BARS 9 i E EN 9 g 22 P000944 0 Figure 43 Connection bars for 575 580 575 is provided with two power supply units 83 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA
67. SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 7 4 BOARD CONFIGURATION The BACnet fieldbus communication kit contains BACnet configuration software This software allows the user to set parameters for a specific BACnet installation After installation run the Sinus Penta BACnet configurator exe file which will load the BACnet configuration software i Sinus Penta BACnet configurator 4 iol xi Download Settings Output window C BACnet IP BACnet MSTP Ping BACnet gateway each box 1255 MAC address 1 254 fe fe fp BOO a Create files Sub net mask feach box 0 255 Baud Data Bits p 3600 Download config auto TF pod 665535 Highest MAC address on MSTP network 1 127 WITHOUT UOTE Restart BACnet device BACnet davios inetsnos 1 4194303 Network Number 1 55535 pn 1 b 1j Restore default settings 22 SANTERNO GRUPPU CARRARO Figure 149 BACnet MSTP Configuration To configure and download the settings follow the steps below 1 Mount the BACnet device in the way shown in Figure 144 2 n order to configure a BACnet MSTP network you need to configure each module through Ethernet interface 3 Set up a connection on IP address 192 168 1 X from the host PC the default IP address of the BACnet fieldbus card is 192 168 1 24 DISABLE ANY OTHER NETWORK CARD ANY FIREWALL OR ANI
68. The figure below shows the pair arrangement in a 5 UTP cable and the standard colour arrangement to obtain the Straight Through cable P000518 B orange white green white Lez brown white brown Figure 134 Cable of Cat 5 for Ethernet and standard colour arrangement the connector iTA EIN TIA 292 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Direct point to point connection is obtained with a Cross Over Cable TIA EIA 568 B cat 5 This type of cable performs a cross over of the pairs so that the TD TD pair corresponds to the RD RD pair and vice versa The table below shows the colour matching on the connector pins for the Cross Over Cable and the cross over diagram of the two pairs used from 100Base T or 10Base T connection Pin and wire colour first part of the Pin and wire colour last part of the connector connector white orange white green Lee NEN E TT 7 whisvoronge white brown blue We _ Pp om B green orange ay The inverter is typically installed with other electric electronic devices inside a cubicle Normally the electromagnetic pollution inside the cubicle is remarkable and is due to both radiofrequency disturbance caused by the inverters and to bursts caused by the electromechanical devices To avoid
69. connections SECOND ENVIRONMENT PDS with rated voltage lower than 1000 V to be used in the First Environment PDS of Category C1 PDS with rated voltage lower than 1000 V if used in the First PDS of Category C2 Environment they are intended to be installed and commissioned by professional users only PDS with rated voltage lower than 1000 V to be used in the Second Environment PDS of Category C3 PDS with rated voltage equal to or higher than 1000 V or with a PDS of Category C4 current equal to or higher than 400A to be used in complex systems installed in the Second Environment 357 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Emission Limits The standards in force also define the allowable emission level for different environments The diagrams below pertain to the emission limits allowed by EN61800 3 ed 2 FIRST ENVIRONMENT Disturbance Limits 9 90 80 70 dB uV k Quasi Peak Category C2 50 Mean value Category C2 40 Quasi Peak Category C1 Mean value Category C1 20 10 0 0 1 1 10 100 log f MHz ae A EN 61800 3 issue 2 FIRST ENVIROMENT Category C2 EN5501 1 gr 1 cl A EN50081 2 61800 3 11 EN 61800 3 issue 2 FIRST ENVIROMENT Category C1 EN55011 gr 1 cl B EN50081 1 2 EN61800 3 A11
70. default SW2 2 Channel B with complementary signals default Channel B with only one single ended signal SW2 3 Channel B with no band limit Channel B with band limit default SW2 4 Channel Z NPN or PNP Channel Z Line driver or Push Pull default SW2 5 Channel Z with complementary signals default Channel Z with only one single ended signal SW2 6 Channel Z with no band limit Channel Z with band limit default SW1 1 12V Supply voltage J1 in pos 2 3 5V Supply Voltage J1 in pos 2 3 default SW1 2 Channel A NPN or PNP Channel A Line driver or Push Pull default SW1 3 Channel A with complementary signals default Channel A with only one single ended signal SW1 4 Channel A with no band limit Channel A with band limit default SW3 1 SW3 2 Load resistors towards ground enabled for all SW3 3 encoder signals required for 5V Line driver or SW3 4 Push pull encoders especially if long cables SW3 5 are used default setting SW3 6 Keep SW3 contacts ON only if a complementary Push pull or Line driver CAUTION encoder is used power supply 5V or 12V Otherwise set contacts to OFF Put ALL contacts in DIP switch SW3 to ON or OFF Different configurations may cause the malfunctioning of the encoder board NOTE 6 7 7 JUMPER SELECTING THE TYPE OF ENCODER SUPPLY Two position jumper J1 installed on encoder board ES836 2 allows setting the encoder supply voltage It is factory set to pos 2 3
71. kW Protection mm AWG or kcmils 6 6 3 6 6 3 24 24 24 24 2 Lo IERA T 04 9 24 24 1 20 05224 5 5 66 6 2 6 3 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 50 AT CLASS Resistors Braking Size Model Resistors to be used Wire Cross Type of serion EXE cu Power Degree of connection ibe av Value kr kW Protection or kemils 0524 01 M Two units each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor N Three units each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor O Four units each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor P Five units each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor Q Six units each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor R Seven units each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor S Eight units each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor 191 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 BRAKING UNITS FOR S41 S42 S51 S52 BU600 and BU700 A braking module is available for sizes 541 542 551 552 This is a dedicated module that cannot be used with different inverter sizes 6 3 1 DELIVERY CHECK Make sure that the equipment is not damaged and that it complies with the equipment you ordered by referring to the nameplat
72. o 9 5 b5b2 209 o09 gt 5 9 ES S 9 238 2 gre B 9 5 tio E gt 0 dE z TA WxHxD WxHx kg kg kg kg kW kW kW 0598 AT 1 211 2 5 0 8 8 3 0748 4 1 2 1 2 75 0 9 9 15 0831 AT 1 211 3 3 1 0 10 9 0250 5 6 1 211 1 3 0 5 4 4 0312 5T 6T 211 1 6 0 6 5 4 980x140 0366 5T 6T 2 1 230 1400 1 8 0 7 6 1 564 0x560 118 110 110 448 0399 5T 6T 2 1 480 2 1 0 8 7 1 0457 5T 6T 1 21 1 2 4 0 9 8 1 0524 5T 6T 1 211 2 6 1 0 8 8 0598 5 6 1 21 1 2 95 1 2 10 05 0748 5 6 1 211 3 25 1 3 11 05 0831 5 6 1 211 3 9 1 5 13 2 When housing the control unit or the auxiliary power supply unit the module depth is 560 mm One inverter module must be provided with an integrated auxiliary power supply unit Models including parallel connected inverter modules S74 gp Power dues T ae Dissipated wih Modules Dimensions Weight disc a 50 Broking E Duty Cycle 2 5 12 8 ge 8 E a 5 5 53 8 s E 5 i 5 joe em 3 E z 5 55 3 5 6 6 gt 5 9 o o 9 5 O 5 gt E E 5 3 9 5 c 555 Sa sza s t 3 5 gt x i i5 WxHxD WxHxD kg kg kg kg kW kw kw 0964 4T 2 411 1730 1400 786 2 2 1 3 14 5 1130 4 2 4 1 560 2 4 1 5 15 9 1296 4T 2 4 2 230x1400 75001100 896 2 6 0 9 17 4 S74 a 118 110
73. of the encoder external wiring is required as shown the figure above Connect the resistor common to the supply line for NPN encoders supply or to the common for PNP encoders 262 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ES836 2 lt lt N OO FG 6 P000593 B Figure 112 PNP or NPN encoder with single ended outputs and internal load resistors A NOTE Incorporated load resistors may be used only if NPN or PNP encoders are compatible with pull up or pull down external resistors 4 7kQ NPN or PNP encoders cause pulse distortions due to a difference in ramp up and ramp down edges Distortion depends on the load resistor ratings and the wire stray capacitance PNP or NPN encoders should not be used for applications with an encoder output frequency exceeding a few kHz dozens For such applications use encoders with Push Pull outputs or better with a differential line driver output 263 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 7 10 WIRING THE ENCODER CABLE Use a shielded cable to connect the encoder to its control board shielding should be grounded to both ends of the cable Use the special clamp to fasten the encoder wire and ground the cable shielding to the inverter Figure 113 Wiring the encoder cable Do not stretch the encoder wire along with the motor supply cable Connect the encoder directly to the inverter using a cable with no in
74. please contact the supplier as soon as possible If the equipment is stored before being started make sure that temperatures range from 20 C to 60 C and that relative humidity is lt 95 non condensing The equipment guarantee covers any manufacturing defect The manufacturer has no responsibility for possible damages due to the equipment transportation or unpacking The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages or faults caused by improper and irrational uses wrong installation improper conditions of temperature humidity or the use of corrosive substances The manufacturer is not responsible for possible faults due to the equipment operation at values exceeding the equipment ratings and is not responsible for consequential and accidental damages The braking unit BU200 is covered by a two year guarantee starting from the date of delivery 178 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 1 1 NAMEPLATE FOR BU200 4 B 270063010 Braking Unit BU200 input DC200 800V output average 80 max 130 2 Jumper Inverter Voltage Supply Minimum load 5 J4 200 240Vac 3 ohm J3 380 480Vac 6 ohm J5 480 500Vac 6 ohm Wire size sqmm 25 t FOR USE AND INSTALLATION SEE USER MANUAL C Pa AM e UL us MADE IN ITALY N990 195081 LISTED Figure 70 Nameplate for BU200 Numbered items in the figure above 1 Model BU200 br
75. power supply Imm power supply supply 24V CU unit unit inverter arm auxiliary OV control unit unipolar cable with auxiliary power MRI 2 control unit ES842 MR1 2 power supply Imm power supply supply unit unit ES841 driver board d bl ME e pu bd 24VD power t s sian a ue MR2 1 ES841 MRI 1 suppi power supply pply 24V GU unit unit inverter arm auxiliary ES841 driver board unipolar cable with auxiliary power MR2 1 phase U ES841 MRI 2 OVD power supply Imm power supply supply unit unit ES841 driver board inol bl h U 24VD power ud oy pngss ES841 MR1 3 PROS 5841 MR1 1 supply 24V GV ES841 driver board unipolar cable phase U ES841 MRI 4 phase V ES841 MRI 2 0VD power supply Imm ES841 driver board 24VD power iPolar cable phase Es841 MRr3 PhoseW supply 24V GW ES841 driver board unipolar cable phase V ES841 MRI 4 phase W ES841 MRI 2 0VD power supply Imm iis cod d ur G U control unit ES842 POR phase U 841 OP4 OP5 50 aw RE control unit ES842 phasev 5841 4 5 trol unit ES842 OP8 OP9 phoseW 5841 5 phase W fibre SONON IGBT fault phase U Single optical fay control unit ES842 OP15 phaseU 841 IGBT fault SMP Control unit ES842 phasev 5841 IGBT fault phase W Single optical FAW controlunit ES842 OP5 phoseW 5841 Vbus readout b
76. voltage variation fluctuation dissymmetry mains failures and frequency variations electrical equipment must be immune from electromagnetic disturbance The following tests are required by EN61800 3 Ed 2 Immunity EN61000 4 2 IEC1000 4 2 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 Testing and Measurement Techniques Section 2 Electrostatic Discharge Immunity Test Basic EMC Publication EN61000 4 3 IEC1000 4 3 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 Testing and Measurement Techniques Section 3 Radiated Radio frequency Electromagnetic Field Immunity Test EN61800 3 EN61000 4 4 IEC1000 4 4 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 Testing and Ed 2 Measurement Techniques Section 4 Electrical Fast Transient Burst Immunity Test Basic EMC Publication EN61000 4 5 IEC1000 4 5 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 Testing and Measurement Techniques Section 5 Surge Immunity Test EN61000 4 6 IEC1000 4 6 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 Testing and Measurement Techniques Section 6 Immunity from Radiofrequency Fields Induced Disturbance ELETTRONICA SANTERNO certifies all its products in compliance with immunity standards in force All classes are provided with CE Declaration of European Conformity according to Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004 108 CE reproduced on the last pages of this User Manual Products with ID I in column 7 in the nameplate see the
77. 0260 12 3950 0312 148 4900 50 0366 666 1000 421 148 5600 0399 148 6400 0313 141 4400 S51 0367 578 882 409 141 4900 0402 141 6300 0457 260 7400 S60 0524 890 1310 530 260 8400 26 373 P000042 B SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 3 IPOO STAND ALONE MobDELs 542 552 5T AND 6T CLASS Power Size SINUS PENTA W P Weight ppg a nom H 500 968 409 F A 128 3900 136 4550 ZA 136 4950 AHHAR AAA 5950 W 6400 914 578 968 409 00 7650 27 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 4 MODULAR IPOO STAND ALONE MOobDELs S64 S80 To obtain high power inverters the following individual modules are matched together Control unit containing ES821 control board and ES842 control board Power supply unit module composed of a 3 phase power rectifier and its control and power supply circuits Inverter module composed of an inverter phase and its control circuits Braking unit Four types of inverter modules are available Basic version Version with integrated control unit Version with integrated auxiliary supply unit to be used for those models which are not equipped with the power supply module i e S64 and S74 Version with integrated splitter unit to be used for the Penta sizes where parallel connected inverter modules are installed Matc
78. 0964 1180 1610 1369 1410 1920 136 SINUS 1130 1350 1840 1569 1620 2210 1569 1700 2040 2448 1750 2380 2100 2100 2860 2100 500 600Vac 600 690Vac 705 845Vdc 845 970Vdc Penta s Supply Voltage he rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 5 of Inom Input and output choke is required for these models Legend Inom continuous rated current of the inverter Imax max current produced by the inverter for 60 seconds every 10 min deliverable current for max seconds 158 373 SINUS PENTA Size S05 5 1 3 5 1 3 1 Sinus Penta Model Applicable Motor Power 480 500Vac INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS HEAVY APPLICATIONS OVERLOAD UP TO 175 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 2T AND AT VOLTAGE CLASSES Imax Ipeak 3s 14 380 415Vac kw HP A kW HP A A A KW HP A 2 z 6 4 37 5 66 4 5 6 72 5 5 7 5 9 2 112 75 78 103 118 142 90 120 144 173 100 103 135 155 186 125 127 180 200 240 150 153 195 215 258 180 180 215 270 324 190 191 240 290 324 220 218 300 340 408 250 257 345 365 438 270 273 375 430 516 300 390 480 576 continued 159 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS con
79. 2 5 9 75 0748 AT 1 3 2 5 2 75 10 75 0831 4 1 3 3 0 3 3 12 9 0250 5T 6T 1 3 14 1 3 5 0 0312 5 6 1 3 1 3 1 6 6 1 565 0366 5 6 1 3 980 1400 560 440 1 5 1 8 6 9 0399 5T 6T 1 3 230x1400x480 110 110 17 21 80 0457 5T 6T 1 3 1 95 2 4 9 15 0524 5T 6T 3 2 0 2 6 9 8 0598 5T 6T 1 3 2 4 2 95 11 25 0748 5 6 1 3 2 7 3 25 12 45 570 0831 5 6 2 3 1230 1400 560 550 1 6 3 9 14 9 When housing the control unit the module depth becomes 560 mm Models including parallel connected inverter modules S75 and S80 Modules Dimensions Weight Rowendissipated at Inom 2 8 gt 5 x 5 a gt gt 22 2 3 3 5 5 z 3 2 1 3 233 3524 HO gt o 5 8 L o gt 0 8 28 9 T 22 amp 2 E 2 e k a 5 o a x t 8 2 WxHxD WxHxD kg kg kg kW kW kW 0964 AT 2 6 2 2 2 17 2 1130 AT 2 6 2 5 2 4 18 9 75 1296 AT 2 6 1980x1400x560 880 2 75 2 6 21 1 0964 5T 6T 2 6 230x1400x480 110 110 2 24 184 1130 5T 6T 2 6 2 4 3 0 22 8 580 1296 5 6 3 6 2230 1400 560 990 1 9 3 2 24 9 When housing the control unit or the splitter unit the module depth becomes 560 mm Three inverter modules must be provided with an integrated splitter unit 29 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS c Inverter power supply unit and braking unit Configuration power supply delivered from
80. 2500 3x1000 Always use the correct cable cross sections and activate the protective devices CAUTION provided for the inverter Failure to do so will cause the non compliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed In modular sizes 565 580 each supply arm shall be protected by a separate fuse see table above NOTE 5 93 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Rated Output Cable Cross section Tightening Motor Cable Cross Current P Fitting the Terminal Torqu section mm mm WO or kemis AWO or kemis 390 0250 2x120 2x4 0AWG 0312 750 840 950 6x185 6x400kcmils Always use the correct cable cross sections and activate the protective devices CAUTION installed on the DC power supply line Failure to do so will cause the non compliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed p 94 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 3 4 9 6 UL APPROVED FUSES 5T AND 6T UL approved semiconductor fuses which are recommended for the SINUS PENTA drives are listed in the table below In multiple cable installations install one fuse per phase NOT one fuse per conductor Fuses suitable for the protection of semiconductors produced by other manufacturers may be used provided that they have the same ratings and are approved as UL R C Special Purpose Fuses JFHR2 UL approved Fuses Manufactured by
81. 3 6 2 FUNCTION KEYS The table below details the display keypad function keys Key Functions Quits menus and sub menus and confirms a new parameter value when the editing mode is activated the cursor starts flashing which is not saved to non volatile memory the value is lost when the inverter is turned off If the Operator mode is set up and the keypad is locked on the Keypad page press ESC for at least 5 s to restart navigation Down arrow scrolls through the menus and submenus the pages in a submenu or the parameters in descending order While programming it decrements the parameter value Hold it down along with the increment key A to access the next menu Up arrow scrolls through the menus and submenus the pages in a submenu or the parameters in ascending order While programming it increments the parameter value Accesses menus and submenus In programming mode cursor flashing this key saves to non volatile memory EEPROM the value of the parameter being altered This prevents any parameter modification from being cleared in case of mains loss If pressed when the Keypad page is displayed the SAVE ENTER key allows displaying the Keypad Help page where the variables viewed in the previous page are detailed If pressed more than once it scrolls through the menus start page access page for parameter alteration gt ID SW page keypad start page and so on Enters the pages for the
82. 301 V3 0 specifications The baud rate and the Device Address can be set through the on board rotary switches Eight baud rate levels can be set up to 1Mbit s Refer to the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual for more details on the inverter control modes through the CANopen fieldbus board The main features of the interface board are the following Unscheduled data exchange support Synch amp Freeze operating mode Possibility of setting Slave Watch dog timer Eight baud rate levels from 10kbits s to 1Mbit s Possibility of setting different Device Addresses up to max 99 nodes Optically isolated CAN interface CANopen conformity CIA 05 301 V3 0 P0005 14 B Board status AN ric AS indicator LED Fixing holes oP CANopen J d connector 3 EE Lery Tw B Configuration Fieldbus status rotary switch indicator LEDs Figure 131 CANopen fieldbus communications board Automation e V A NOTE CANopen and CiA are registered community trade marks of CAN in 288 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 6 1 CANOPEN FIELDBUS CONNECTOR The CANopen communications board is provided with a 9 pin male D connector The bus interface circuitry is internally supplied as prescribed by the CANopen specifications Pins are arranged as follows N Nam
83. 475 280 380 480 315 430 462 355 480 471 680 850 375 510 S60 SINUS 0457 160 220 475 280 380 480 330 450 493 SINUS 0524 185 250 550 315 430 528 375 510 540 SINUS 0598 355 480 400 450 550 610 497 720 880 1056 544 800 960 1152 S65 SINUS 0748 400 550 560 760 SINUS 0831 SINUS 0964 450 610 589 400 550 591 680 500 680 731 765 560 760 817 630 860 612 900 11001320 751 1000 1300 1560 864 1200 1440 1728 S575 SINUS 1130 SINUS 1296 Penta s Supply Voltage 200 240Vac 280 360Vdc 1287 1000 380 500Vac 530 705Vdc The rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 5 of Inom Input and output choke is required for these models Legend Inom continuous rated current of the inverter Imax max current produced by the inverter for 120s every 20 min up to S30 for 60s every 10 min for S40 and greater Ipeak deliverable current for max seconds 1067 1480 1780 2136 1184 1700 2040 2448 1317 2100 25203024 163 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 4 2 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 5T AND 6T VOLTAGE CLASSES Applicable Motor Power Ipeak Inom Imax Size Inverter Model 575Vac 660 690Vac 3s 55 57 85 68 93 400 560 450 600 500 665 560 720 640 850 SINUS 0250 220 300
84. 5841 4 5 ro double optical fibre G V control uni ES842 OP13 OP14 phase V ES841 OP4 OP5 1 double optical fibre G W control uni ES842 OP8 OP9 phase W ES841 OP4 OP5 GBT fault single optical fibre FA U control uni ES842 OP15 phase U ES841 OP3 phase U us single optical fibre FA V control uni ES842 OP10 phase V ES841 OP3 GBT fault 5 single optical fibre FA W control uni ES842 OP5 phase W ES841 OP3 phase W bus pred single optical fibre VB control uni ES842 OP2 one phase ES843 OP2 GBT fault 5 single optical fibre ST U control uni ES842 16 phase U ES843 OPI phase U IDET statas single optical fibre ST V control uni ES842 11 phase V ES843 OP phase V GPT QU single optical fibre ST W control uni ES842 6 phase W 5843 phase W Available for S70 only Carefully check that connections are correct Wrong connections can adversely CAUTION affect the equipment operation CAUTION NEVER supply voltage to the equipment if optical fibre connectors are disconnected 67 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS The diagram below illustrates the connections required for the components of the modular inverter model PTIC 5 ul Lj ee EY E Ls d us Iu D ina 2 5 E o 2
85. 6 CLASS LIGHT STANDARD HEAVY STRONG Max Operating Temperature C 170 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 ACCESSORIES 6 1 RESISTIVE BRAKING When a large braking torque is required or the load connected to the motor is pulled as for instance in lifting applications the power regenerated by the motor is to be dissipated This can be obtained either by dissipating energy to braking resistors in that case a braking module is required or by powering the inverter via the DC bus using a system able to deliver energy to the mains Both solutions are available The first solution is described below for the second solution please refer to the technical documentation pertaining to the Regenerative Inverter The braking modules are integrated into the Sinus Penta up to S30 included for greater sizes the braking modules are to be externally installed The resistors allowing dissipating the energy regenerated by the inverter are to be connected to the braking modules From size S05 to size S30 SINUS PENTA inverters are supplied with a built in braking module The braking resistor is to be connected outside the inverter to terminal B and terminal see Lay out of the Power Terminals for 505 552 properly set the parameters relating to the inverter braking see the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions Manual External braking units are used for greater sizes please refer to the relevant sections in this manual also fo
86. 7th harmonics harmonics left are the 11th and the 13th followed by the 23th the 25th and so on with their relevant low levels The supply current shape is very similar to a sinusoid In that case a dedicated transformer is needed along with a specific interphase inductance for current balance and an additional diode bridge installed outside the inverter two supply modules are needed for modular inverters POWER INTERPHASE TRASFORMER REACTOR AC POWER SUPPLY INVERTER POWER SUPPLY P000544 B Figure 97 Layout of a 12 phase connection 237 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 3 OUTPUT INDUCTANCE DU DT FILTERS Installations requiring cable lengths over 100m between the inverter and the motor may cause overcurrent protections to frequently trip This is due to the wire parasite capacity generating current pulses at the inverter output those current pulses are generated from the high du dt ratio of the inverter output voltage The current pulses may be limited by an inductance installed on the inverter output Shielded cables even have a higher capacity and may cause problems with shorter cable lengths The recommended output inductance is the same as the one that can be installed at the inverter input see sections below except for 541 542 S51 S52 The max distance between the motor and the inverter is given as an example as parasite capacity is also affected by the type of wiring path and wiring system For ins
87. 8 OFF 125 measure with SW1 5 8 ON Thermistor temperature measure number 2 Compliant with IEC 60751 or e d OFF DIN 43735 GER 30 CMA T2 for analog inputs for XAIN9 return Control board zero Volt ES SW2 3 Vfs 10V Rin 30kQ SW2 1 2 4 OFF Slow configurable auxiliary analog input number E SW2 4 10 Vfs 100mV Rin IMQ SW2 1 2 3 OFF _ SW2 2 ON 31 XAIN10 T34 lfs 20mA Rin 124 5 SW2 1 3 4 OFF measure with SW2 1 4 ON Thermistor temperature measure number 3 Compliant with IEC 60751 or MAR OFF DIN 43735 VERTS 32 CMA T3 OV for analog inputs for XAIN10 return Control board zero Volt S SW2 7 ON Vfs 10V Rin 30k Q SW2 5 6 8 OFF Slow configurable auxiliary analog input number RS SW2 8 ON n 100mV Rin IMQ SW2 5 6 7 OFF n e SW2 6 ON 33 XAIN11 T4 lfs 20mA Rin 124 5 SW2 5 7 8 OFF measure with SW2 5 8 ON Thermistor temperature measure number 4 Compliant with IEC 60751 or OFF DIN 43735 eae 34 14 for analog inputs for XAIN11 return Control board zero Volt 35 12 Slow voltage auxiliary analog input number 12 Vfs 10V Rin 30kQ n u 36 CMA OV for analog inputs for XAIN12 return Control board zero Volt n u 37 XAIN13 Slow voltage auxiliary analog input number 13 Vfs 10V Rin 30kQ n u 38 CMA OV for analog inputs for XAIN13 return Control board zero Volt n u 329 373
88. 80 SINUS 0200 90 SINUS 0216 110 SINUS 0250 132 continued 156 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued SINUS 0180 80 SINUS 0202 90 SINUS 0217 110 SINUS 0260 132 SINUS 0312 50 SINUS 0366 160 SINUS 0399 185 5 5 5 5 541 1152 1100 1320 1 1000 1300 1560 s 1067 1200 1440 1728 SINUS 0964 128711000 1317 1480 1780 2136 SINUS 1130 1480 1100 163011170 1570 1700 2040 2448 SINUS 1296 2050 1400 200011460 2050 2100 2520 3024 SINUS 0313 SINUS 0367 185 SINUS 0402 230 850 1020 51 60 1056 65 Penta s Supply 200 240Vac 380 500Vac Voltage 280 360Vdc 530 705Vdc The rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 5 of Inom Input and output choke is required for these models Legend Inom continuous rated current of the inverter Imax max current produced by the inverter for 120s every 20 min up to S30 for 60s every 10 min for S40 and greater deliverable current for max seconds 157 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 2 2 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 5T AND 6T VOLTAGE CLASSES Applicable Motor Power ies Size Inverter Model 660 690Vac Inom Imax 3s 65 90 80 77 85 32 95 42 SINUS 0250 315 S65 1000 1360 145 1100 1500 1086 SINUS
89. Analog Channel XAIN8 Mode 0 10V f s Default configuration Mode 0 100mV f s Mode 0 20 f s Temperature Reading with Thermistor PT100 default sw1 i sw Sw1 sw1 i Setting Slow Analog Channel XAIN9 Mode 0 10V f s Temperature Reading with Defaulkconfiguraton Mode 0 100mV f s Mode 0 20mA f s Thermistor PT100 9 default SWI Setting Slow Analog Channel XAIN10 Mode 0 10V f s Default configuration Mode 0 100mV f s Mode 0 20mA f s Temperature Reading with Thermistor PT100 default sw2 i sw2 i Sw2 Setting Slow Analog Channel XAIN11 Mode 0 10V f s Temperature Reading with Default configuration Mode 0 100mV f s Mode 0 20mA f s Thermistor PT100 9 default 5 2 5 2 Five acquisition software modes are available see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual corresponding to four hardware settings see table below 331 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Type of Preset Mode Set for SW1 and Full scale Values and Notes Acquisition SW2 Voltage 0 10 Mode 0 10V f s 0 10V Voltage 0 100mV Mode 0 100mV f s 0 100mV Current 0 20 mA Mode 0 20mA f s OmA 20mA Current 4 20 mA Mode 0 20mA f s AmA 20mA Alarm for measure 2mA cable disconnection or for measure gt 25mA Tempe
90. CMA OV for analog inputs common to control OV Control board zero Volt 7 8 XAIN2 Fast differential auxiliary analog input X 10V f s Vfs 10V Rin 10k XAIN2 number 2 Resolution 12 bits Pin 9 10 XAIN3 Fast differential auxiliary analog input 10V f s 5 10V Rin 10k Q number 3 Resolution 12 bits NOM 11 12 XAIN4 Fast differential auxiliary analog input 10V f s 5 10V Rin 10k Q PD XAINA number 4 Resolution 12 bits 13 5 Fast auxiliary analog input current input lfs 20mA Rin 2000 PD number 5 Resolution 12 bits 14 CMA for analog inputs for XAIN5 return Control board zero Volt 15 XAIN6 Fast auxiliary analog input current input 20mA Rin 200 number 6 Resolution 12 bits ies 16 CMA OV for analog inputs for XAIN6 return Control board zero Volt Fast auxiliary current analog input number 7 160mA Rin 330 17 XAIN7 Energy Counter option Resolution 12 bits PR 18 OV for analog inputs common with control OV Control board zero Volt 19 VAP Voltage analog input from ES917 phase R Vfs 10V Rin 50kQ PR Energy Counter Option Resolution 12 bits 20 VBP Voltage analog input from ES917 phase S Vfs x 10V Rin 50kQ PR Energy Counter Option Resolution 12 bits 21 VCP Voltage analog input from ES917 phase T Vfs 10V Rin 50kQ PR Energy Counter Option Resolution 12 bits 22 CMA OV for analog inputs commo
91. DHCP server If an inverter equipped with an Ethernet board is connected to the LAN and if all the DIP switches are set to zero up position when the inverter is powered on automatic negotiation with the DHCP server takes place and the inverter is assigned an IP address chosen among the available ones This configuration is then stored to the ethcfg cfg file The Anybus IP config utility contained in the CD ROM can be used to query all the inverters with an Ethernet interface in the LAN from the same computer and if required the network access parameters can be reconfigured The figure below shows the page of the programme when an inverter is acknowledged Multiple inverters can be identified from the same network through their own value of the MAC address Anybus IPconfig ip SN GW DHCP Version Type MAC 10 0254177 255 255 255 0 10 0 254254 On 1211 ABS EIP 00 30 11 02 2A 02 000523 Scan Figure 138 Anybus IP config utility Query of the inverter data through the ModScan programme Once configuration is achieved and the IP address of the interface board is available you can query the inverter variables through the Modbus TCP protocol WinTECH s ModScan application http www win tech com allows displaying the variables read with the Modbus The figure below shows the setting shield of ModScan for the connection of a board with the IP address 10 0 254 177 For the Modbus TCP connection
92. ENCODER A by the inverter software whereas the encoder acquired via option board is indicated as ENCODER B Therefore two encoders may be connected to the same inverter See Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual Input MDI8 FINB allows acquiring a square wave frequency signal from 10kHz up to 100kHz Then the frequency signal will be converted into an analog value to be used as a frequency reference Frequency values corresponding to the minimum reference and the maximum reference may be set as operating parameters Signals must be sent from a Push pull 24V output with a common reference to terminal CMD 22 see figure below 111 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS MDI6 FINA MDI8 FINB 21 GND 200mA 24V 00282 isolated Figure 53 Signal sent from a Push pull 24V output 3 5 3 5 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR DIGITAL INPUTS Specification Min Type Max Unit of m MDI input voltage related to CMD 30 30 V Voltage for logic level 1 between MDI and CMD 15 24 30 2 Voltage for logic level 0 between MDI and CMD 30 0 5 V Current absorbed by MDI at logic level 1 5 9 12 mA Input frequency for fast inputs MDI6 MDI7 MDI8 155 kHz Duty cycle allowed for frequency input 30 50 70 96 Min time period at high level for fast inputs MDI6 MDI7 MDI8 4 5 us Voltage of isolation test between CMD 22 with respect to CMA 1 9 500Vac 50Hz 1 min
93. INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 1 2 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 5T AND 6T VOLTAGE CLASSES Applicable Motor Power Inverter Model 575Vac 660 690Vac kW HP A SINUS 0831 1000 1360 1145 SINUS 0964 1270 1730 1480 1480 1780 2136 SINUS 1130 1460 1990 1700 1700 2040 2448 SINUS 1296 1750 2380 2100 705 845Vdc 845 970Vdc The rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 5 of Inom Input and output choke is required for these models Legend Inom continuous rated current of the inverter Imax max current produced by the inverter for 60 seconds every 10 min Ipeak deliverable current for max seconds 155 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 2 STANDARD APPLICATIONS OVERLOAD UP TO 140 5 1 2 1 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 2T AND 4T VOLTAGE CLASSES Sinus Penta Model SINUS 0005 SINUS 0007 SINUS 0008 SINUS 0009 SINUS 0010 S05 SINUS 0011 SINUS 0013 SINUS 0014 SINUS 0015 SINUS 0016 SINUS 0020 SINUS 0016 SINUS 0017 SINUS 0020 SINUS 0023 512 SINUS 0025 SINUS 0030 SINUS 0033 SINUS 0034 SINUS 0036 SINUS 0037 SINUS 0038 15 50 515 SINUS 0040 18 5 61 SINUS 0049 22 71 SINUS 0060 25 SINUS 0067 30 SINUS 0074 37 SINUS 0086 40 SINUS 0113 45 SINUS 0129 55 sae SINUS 0150 65 SINUS 0162 75 SINUS 0179
94. LSB 22 2 Stabilization time within 2 of the final value 1 11 ms Time period of output activation 500 us Analog outputs configured as voltage outputs are controlled by operational 4 amplifiers that are subject to fluctuations Do not install filter capacitors on analog output supply mains If noise is detected at the system input connected to the analog outputs switch to current output mode 125 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 6 OPERATING AND REMOTING THE KEYPAD For the parameter programming and view a display keypad is located on the front part of the SINUS PENTA drives The display keypad is fitted on the drive front part press the side tabs to remove the display keypad For more details see the Remoting the Display Keypad section below 3 6 1 INDICATOR LEDS ON THE DISPLAY KEYPAD Eleven LEDs are located on the keypad along with a 4 line 16 character LCD display a buzzer and 12 function keys The display shows parameter values diagnostic messages and the quantities processed by the inverter For any detail concerning menus and submenus parameter programming measure selection and messages displayed please refer to the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions Manual The figure below shows the location of the indicator Leds and their functionality REF LED Green Reference for speed e frequency or torque 0 Motor acceleration 7 I OF deceleration P000307 0 _LIMIT LED Ye
95. Models 100 3 5 1 3 Grounding Shielded Cable Braiding sse 101 3 5 2 Control Board Signals and Programming sess rene 102 3 5 2 1 Display and Indicator 1 5 103 9 95 22 DIP switehiesi nte ERE OE ID C eda less 106 3 5 2 3 Configuration Jumperts RR ttrtete 108 3 5 3 Digital Inputs Terminals 14 to 21 109 3 5 3 12 Start Terminal T4 109 3 5 3 2 Enable Terminal 135 Ter 110 3 5 9 3 Reset Terminal 6 te ie e E tai ea e RP E ced E HE Der tate 110 3 5 3 4 Connecting the Encoder and Frequency Input terminals 19 to 21 111 3 5 3 5 Technical Sheet for Digital 112 3 5 4 Analog Inputs Terminals 11409 eene enne 113 3 5 4 1 Single ended Reference Input terminal 2 114 3 5 4 2 Differential Auxiliary Inputs Terminals 5 8 6 115 3 5 4 3 Motor Thermal Protection Input PTC Terminals 7 8 117 3 5 4 4 Technical Sheet for Analog 119 3 5 5 Digital Outputs Terminals 24 to 34 0000000000002 0000000092 120 3 5 5 1 Push Pull Output and Wiring Diagrams Terminals 24 to 26 120 3 5 5 2 Open collector MDO2 Output and Wiring Diagra
96. N C 2 N C 3 B Line Positive RxD TxD according to RS 485 specifications 4 RTS Request To Send active high level when sending 5 GND Bus ground isolated from control board OV 6 5V Bus driver supply isolated from control board circuits 7 8 A Line Negative RxD TxD according to RS 485 specifications 9 6 10 3 2 CONFIGURATION OF THE PROFIBUS DP COMMUNICATIONS PROFIBUS DP communications board is provided with one DIP switch and two rotary switches used to set the operating mode The DIP switch located next to the fieldbus connector allows activating the line terminator The terminator is activated by pushing the lever downwards as shown below Fieldbus terminator on Termination of Fieldbus line cut out The termination of the fieldbus line should be cut in only with the first and last device of a chain as explained with Figure 127 The figure shows a common configuration where the first device is the Master PLC Bus Bridge or Repeater but this device can be connected also in central position Anyway the rule stating that termination should always be connected to first or last device is always valid 281 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS line termination off second inverter last inverter line termination off line termination on profibus plug with 2 cables assembled profibus plug with 1 cable assembled profibus plug with 2 cables assembled profi
97. Operation at RE3482500 150 4kW 380 500Vac s 7 not applicable RE3483150 200 4kW 21 RE3483200 250 4kW 28 RE3483250 390 4kW 35 RE3483390 500 4kW RE3483500 3 30 8 RE3762330 5O 8kW not limited not applicable RE3762500 100 8kW not applicable RE3763100 3 30 12kW RE4022330 6 60 12kW 7 not applicable RE4022660 10Q 12kW RE4023100 Max value to be set for parameter C211 When setting the braking duty cycle in C212 make sure that the maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded CAUTION A temperatures appropriate cables temperatures must be used Because the metal frame of the braking resistor can capable reach high of withstanding high 225 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 7 5 IP23 BOXES FROM 4KW TO 64KW bolt only for power jreater or equal roduct identification Earth connectior pla bol N ELM Air gratir ixing scr EL EL fixing screws 9 oe E LH Fixing screws Fixing screws hole Holes lc L Figure 92 Overall dimensions of IP23 Box resistors IECTION TERMINAL DETAIL Hetero
98. SECOND ENVIRONMENT Disturbance Limits lt Quasi Peak lt 100 Mean value I lt 100 amp Quasi Peak gt 100 Mean value I gt 100 0 1 1 10 100 log f MHz 2 EN 61800 3 issue 2 SECOND ENVIRONMENT Category C3 55011 EIS gr 2 cl A EN61800 3 A11 358 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Inverters manufactured by ELETTRONICA SANTERNO allow choosing among four levels no suppression of the emissions for users who use power drive systems in a non vulnerable environment and who directly provide for the suppression of the emissions Al suppression of the emissions for power drive systems installed in the FIRST ENVIRONMENT Category C2 A2 suppression of the emissions for power drive systems installed in the SECOND ENVIRONMENT Category C3 B suppression of the emissions for power drive systems installed in the FIRST ENVIRONMENT Category C1 ELETTRONICA SANTERNO is the only manufacturer offering power drive systems with built in A2 level filters up to 1200kW All those classes are provided with the Declaration of European Conformity Additional external RFI filters may be installed to bring emissions of devices of level or to level B Immunity levels Electromagnetic disturbance is caused by harmonics semiconductor commutations
99. Set jumper J1 to position 1 2 to select non tuned 24V encoder supply voltage Set jumper J1 to position 2 3 to select tuned 5 12V encoder supply voltage Supply values of 5V or 12V are to be set through DIP switch SW1 1 see table above 258 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 7 8 ADJUSTING TRIMMER Trimmer RV1 installed on ES836 2 allows adjusting the encoder supply voltage This can compensate voltage drops in case of long distance between the encoder and the encoder board or allows feeding an encoder with intermediate voltage values if compared to factory set values Tuning procedure 1 Put a tester on the encoder supply connector encoder side of the connecting cable make sure that the encoder is powered 2 Rotate the trimmer clockwise to increase supply voltage The trimmer is factory set to deliver 5V and 12V depending on the DIP switch selection to the power supply terminals For a power supply of 5V supply may range from 4 4V to 7 3V for a power supply of 12V supply may range from 10 3V to 17 3V SPS NOTE CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION Output voltage cannot be adjusted by trimmer RV1 jumper 1 in pos 1 2 for 24V power supply Power supply values exceeding the encoder ratings may damage the encoder Always use a tester to check voltage delivered from ES836 board before wiring Do not use the encoder supply output to power other devices Failure to do so would increase the hazard of
100. Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage 161 5 1 4 STRONG Applications Overload up to 200 162 5 1 4 1 Technical Sheet for 2T and AT voltage Classes 30 0000 0000000 162 5 1 4 2 Technical Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage Classes 164 5 2 lt CARRIER FREQUENCY SETIN G eer rete E eec P Sos Eee 165 5 39 OPERATING TEMPERATURES BASED ON APPLICATION 5 5 169 EE ere Asie doceo 171 6 1 RESISTIVE BRAKING ett e ete e See tee dte etas 171 6 1 1 Braking Resistors ora ee c eof EET ee uae oe de ere Paes 172 6 1 1 1 Applications with Braking DUTY CYCLE of 1096 2T 172 6 1 1 2 Applications with Braking DUTY CYCLE of 2096 2T 173 6 1 1 3 Applications with Braking DUTY CYCLE of 5096 2T 174 6 1 1 4 Applications with Braking DUTY CYCLE of 10 175 6 1 1 5 Applications with Braking DUTY CYCLE of 2096 176 6 1 1 6 Applications with Braking DUTY CYCLE of 5096 177 6 2 BRAKING UNIT BU200 for 540 550 560
101. Use Isolated Serial Board ES822 137 3 7 5 Eten LUE 137 3 7 6 Serial communication ratings erre nenne nene nennen 137 3 8 AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY lt 138 4 STARTUP 139 4 1 n irre waded ET este 140 4 24 NTC Motor 142 FOGC Motor Control e eee d t eats 144 5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 148 521 CHOOSING THE PRODUCT rite eie ete t Ne edet ee hes 150 5 1 1 Light Applications Overload up to 120 153 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 1 1 Technical Sheet for 2T and AT Voltage 153 5 1 1 2 Technical Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage 5 20 01 155 5 1 2 STANDARD Applications Overload Up to 140 eeceesessscceceeeeeeseensaceceeeceessesneneaeeeeeeees 156 5 1 2 1 Technical Sheet for 2T and AT Voltage 156 5 1 2 2 Technical Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage 158 5 1 3 HEAVY Applications Overload Up to 175 1 159 5 1 3 1 Technical Sheet for 2T and AT Voltage 159 5 1 3 2 Technical
102. allow getting rid of the contactor installed between the inverter and the motor Always consider any specific standard for your inverter application and comply with the safety regulations in force 3 5 3 3 RESET TERMINAL 16 If an alarm trips the inverter stops the motor performs a coast to stop and the display shows an alarm message Open the reset input for a while factory setting MDI3 on terminal 16 or press the RESET key on the keypad to reset the alarm This happens only if the cause responsible for the alarm has disappeared If factory setting is used once the inverter is unlocked it is not necessary to activate and deactivate the ENABLE command to restart the inverter Factory setting does not reset alarms at power off Alarms are stored and NOTE displayed at next power on and the inverter is locked A manual reset is then required to unlock the inverter If an alarm trips see the Diagnostics section in the Sinus Penta s Programming CAUTION Instructions manual and reset the equipment after detecting the cause responsible for the alarm Electrical shock hazard persists even when the inverter is locked on output DANGER terminals V W and on the terminals used for the connection of resistive braking devices B The motor performs a coast to stop when the inverter is locked due to an alarm trip or when the ENABLE input is inactive In case a mechanical load with CAUTION persistent resisting torque e g lifting a
103. an incremental 11 Signal sent from Push pull 24V nre nnn 112 Potentiometer linked to the REF Input esses eene nennen nennen nennen 114 Wiring of a PLC analog output axis control board nn enn 115 INSTALLAT INSTRUCTI Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 Figure 59 Figure 60 Figure 61 Figure 62 Figure 63 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 66 Figure 67 Figure 68 Figure 69 Figure 70 Figure 71 Figure 72 Figure 73 Figure 74 Figure 75 Figure 76 Figure 77 Figure 78 Figure 79 Figure 80 Figure 81 Figure 82 Figure 83 Figure 84 Figure 85 Figure 86 Figure 87 Figure 88 Figure 89 Figure 90 Figure 91 Figure 92 Figure 93 Figure 94 Figure 95 Figure 96 Figure 97 Figure 98 Figure 99 Figure 100 Figure 101 Figure 102 Figure 103 Figure 104 Figure 105 Figure 106 Figure 107 Figure 108 Figure 109 Figure 110 Figure 111 Figure 112 10 373 ION SINUS PENTA ONS Wiring of unipolar remote potentiometer REF max 116 4 520 mA Sensor Wringe te e eee P ee ae e tege e ta stead Sue ee Pee Ur FRE Seded aea AR 116 Standard pattern of the thermistor resistor for the motor thermal protection 117 PNP output wiring for relay 2
104. ba se in 270 6 9 ISOLATED SERIAL BOARD ES822 SLOT 271 6 9 1 IdeniicationiDatds iacit oe ter 271 6 9 2 Environmental Req iremients decet eset tt dea e geht dete Ne Tete da pa e ERR ERN Rer 271 6 9 3 Electrical ABIRE NBI eie OBESSE 272 6 9 4 Installing ES822 Board on the Inverter Slot 273 6 9 5 Setting ES822 Board 1e nete ce tet ipie oae RM ere EO REN e Eo ERE 274 6 9 5 1 Jumper for RS232 RS485 1 2 0 00000000 000 nnne 274 6 9 5 2 switch for RS485 0 200 0002 000 275 6 10 OPTION BOARDS FOR FIELDBUS 5 11 1 2 2 00600 276 6 10 1 Identification Data eH ed tei fans a rie ma eoi fer 277 6 10 2 Installing the FieldBus board on the Inverter slot B 277 6 10 3 Fieldbus PROFIBUS DP 280 6 10 3 1 Profibus Fieldbus eene eene eee 281 6 10 3 2 Configuration of the Profibus DP Communications Board 281 6 10 3 3 Connection to the Fieldbus aa aaae eaa ES p nennen 283 6 10 4 PROFIdrive Fieldbus Board
105. be used Wire Cross Type of section 2 Recommended Power Degree of ai Value Protection 95 4 0 120 250 gt gt S S gt gt gt 6 3 6 5 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 20 6T CLASS Braking Resistor Braking Unit Model Resistors to be used Wire Cross Type of section 1 2 Recommended Power Degree of ban Value 8 xi Protection 50 1 0 25 3 35 2 35 2 50 1 0 70 2 0 205 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 6 6 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 50 6T CLASS Braking Resistor Braking Unit Model Resistors to be used Wire Cross Type of section Recomme Bower Connection mm AWG Q ty Q ty nded kW ae or kcmils Value Q 15 48 15 48 16 6 16 6 25 3 25 3 50 1 0 50 1 0 25 3 70 2 0 70 2 0 70 2 0 70 2 0 70 2 0 120 250 120 250 gt gt gt gt AJIAIAIAIAIAIAIAININ Type of connection A One resistor B Two or more parallel connected resistors C Two series connected resistors D Four resistors parallel connection of two series of two resistors The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heat CAUTION resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of
106. board e g arm U to arm V then to arm W 24 V supply for IGBT driver boards N 4 optical fibre connections 1mm standard single plastic material typical damping 0 22dB m with connectors type Agilent HFBR 4503 4513 HFBR 4503 4513 Simplex Latching SIMPLEX CRIMP RING HF BR 4525 P000050 B Figure 29 Single optical fibre connector 65 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Connections required from control unit to arm U driver board fault U signal from control unit to arm V driver board fault V signal from control unit to arm W driver board fault W signal from control unit to bus voltage reading board assembled on inverter arm U VB signal N 4 optical fibre connections 1mm standard double plastic material typical damping 0 22dB m with connectors type Agilent HFBR 451 6 HFBR 4516 Duplex Latching DUPLEX CRIMP RING HFBR 4526 P000049 B Figure 30 Double optical fibre connector Connections required from control unit to arm U driver board IGBT top and bottom control signals from control unit to arm V driver board IGBT top and bottom control signals from control unit to arm W driver board IGBT top and bottom control signals 66 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INTE
107. cable and an RS485 USB or RS485 RS232 converter MODBUS RTU protocol in slave mode or PPP protocol Direct connection to the multidrop network of the plant devices MODBUS RTU in master mode MODBUS IDA http www modbus org Association defines the type of connection for MODBUS communications over serial link RS485 which is used by the Sinus Penta as a 2 wire cable Specifications are the following Type of cable Shielded cable composed of a balanced pair named D1 DO common conductor Common Recommended cable model Belden 3106 distributed from Cavitec Maximum length 500 meters based on the max distance measured between two stations Characteristic impedance Greater than 100Q recommended typically 1200 Standard colours Yellow brown for the D1 DO pair grey for the Common signal The typical wiring diagram recommended by the MODBUS IDA Association for the connection of 2 wire devices is shown in Figure 153 mmot mrmor 2 4 4 1 pull up pull ur 4 ty L L r pull dr a 4 4 pull dr 4 LSLAVE LAVE LAVE MASTE Figure 153 Recommended wiring diagram for the connection of 2 wire MODBUS devices The network composed of the termination re
108. during transport From 70 to 106 kPa class 2k3 according to EN50178 4 CAUTION Ambient conditions strongly affect the inverter life Do not install the equipment in places that do not have the above mentioned ambient conditions 6 2 4 2 COOLING SYSTEM AND DISSIPATED POWER The braking unit is provided with a heatsink reaching a max temperature of 80 C Make sure that the bearing surface for the braking unit is capable of withstanding high temperatures Max dissipated power is approx 150 W and depends on the braking cycle required for the operating conditions of the load connected to the motor CAUTION The max temperature alarm for the braking unit shall be used as a digital signal to control the inverter stop 183 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 4 3 MOUNTING braking unit BU200 must be installed in an upright position inside a cabinet Make sure to allow a min clearance of 5 cm on both types and 10 cm on top and bottom use cable glands to maintain IP20 rating Fix the BU200 with four MA4 screws vous Lqymmmm TRE i U 2 8 Uu gr XY 4 13924796 20 237 Distance between fixing of Figure 74 Dimensions and fixing points of BU200 184 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INST
109. eere 51 Installation example of a SINUS PENTA 574 eee emen eren nennen 51 Installation example of a SINUS PENTA S75 S80 S75 includes two power supply unit modules 52 Installation example for Sinus Penta S65 in cabinet 53 Piercing template for inverter 54 2 1 2 22 212 0000000000000 0000004048 54 Wiring AIAG bed doa EIN OI doting RN ec SERRE rx EE BES 57 External connections for modular inverters 65 870 sse 59 External connections for modular inverters 75 S80 sse 60 External connections for modular inverters 564 62 External connections for modular inverters S74 63 Layout 2 uin o Erie een e att ree Pee e PE Y Rete eT UIS ERE RES 64 Single optical fibre 22 ene TEESE EE E 65 Double optical fibre Connector rere iret Tete erede E o Te Hee Syrie derent 66 Internal wiring for SINUS PENTA 565 570 sse enne nennen nennen 68 ES840 Supply Control 69 ES841 Inverter Module Gate Unit 9 5 9 69 5843 TM sess 70 5842 Units 2 ci
110. exceeded alarm A094 Heatsink Overheated will trip Maximum Recommended Carrier Frequency Parameters C001 and C002 2T and 4T Classes piede Protection mom hom IP20 and IPOO Inom Inom Default Carrier kHz 0005 12 8 16 16 16 16 0007 10 12 8 16 16 16 S05 4T 0009 5 8 1 16 16 0011 5 8 1 16 16 0014 5 8 1 16 16 S05 2T 12 4T 12 2T 515 2 4 eol of es e afe o a aa a alaa aa continued 165 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS continued Maximum Recommended Carrier Frequency SINUS PENTA parameters C00 ond C002 Z1 and 4f Claes tee uem IP20 and IPOO Inom Inom Default Carrier ie 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 S20 2 4 S30 2 4 AN 540 2 4 541 2 4 0312 550 2 4 0366 0399 0313 551 2 4 0367 0402 560 2 4 0437 0524 0598 565 0748 0831 0964 575 AT 1130 1296 166 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Maximum Recommended Carrier Frequency Parameters 001 and C002 5T and 6T Classes Size 542 6T Degree of egree o Protection Inom 122 pe pure Nee IP20 and IPOO nom nom nom au r kHz 5 A kHz kHz kHz
111. line if drop lines are connected through a system that does not require welding Baud Rate Max length with Max length with Max length with Max length with FLAT cable THICK cable MID cable THIN cable 125 kbits s 420m 500m 300m 100m 250 kbits s 200m 250m 250m 100m 500 kbits s 75m 100m 100m 100m 286 373 SINUS PENTA gt gt INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Each DeviceNet trunk line must meet some geometric requirements and must provide two terminator nodes and at least one supply node because devices can be totally or partially powered via the bus The type of the cable being used also determines the max supply current available for the bus devices For a more comprehensive overview of the DeviceNet standard go to ODVA s home page http www odva org In particular you can refer to the Planning and Installation Manual document In case of failures or disturbance in the DeviceNet communications please fill in the DeviceNet Baseline amp Test Report form in the Appendix C of the Planning and Installation Manual before contacting the After sales service 287 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 6 CANOPEN FIELDBUS BOARD The CANopen communications board allows interfacing a Sinus PENTA drive with an external control unit using communications interface operating with a CAN protocol of the CANopen type complying with the CIA DS
112. of slot for the installation of the encoder board 2 267 Encoder board fastened to its eene eene 267 Position of the configuration DIP switches 268 Location of the jumpers selecting the encoder supply voltage 270 ES822 oard iiie de feet beta Hee e Mese e i 271 Position of the slot for the installation of the serial isolated board 273 Jumper setting 5232 85485 e 274 Configuration of terminator DIP switch for line 5485 275 Location of the slot B inside the terminal board cover of the Sinus PENTA inverters 278 Checking contacts irithe slot B ter tee ete e e ee ee e ced eas 278 Fastening the communications board to eene 279 PROFIBUS DP fieldbus communications 280 Example of a Profibus network the correct setting of the line terminators is highlighted 282 Example of the rotary switch position to set Profibus address 19 282 DeviceNet Fieldbus communications board 284 Outline of the topology of a DeviceNet trunk line essen 286 CANopen fieldbus communications board 2 2
113. order to avoid dissipating power related to inverter loss inside the inverter case The inverters available for through panel assembly are from size S05 to S52 both IP20 and IPOO As a result unless other features are included the 44 rating for the cabinet becomes 40 3 3 5 1 SINUS PENTA S05 For this inverter size no actual through panel assembly is used but the air flow of the power section is segregated from the air flow of the control section by installing two optional mechanical parts to be assembled with five 5 M4 self forming screws Figure 5 Fittings for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA S05 The equipment height becomes 488 mm with the two additional components see figure on the left below The same figure below also shows the piercing template of the mounting panel including four M4 holes for the inverter mounting and two slots 142 x 76 mm and 142 x 46 mm for the air cooling of the power section Figure 6 Piercing templates for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA S05 42 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 5 2 SINUS PENTA S12 For this inverter size no actual through panel assembly is used but the air flow of the power section is segregated from the air flow of the control section by installing two optional mechanical parts to be assembled with five 5 M4 self forming screws see figure below Figure 7
114. parameter DOWNLOAD from the keypad to the inverter TX or allows parameter UPLOAD from the inverter to the keypad RX if pressed more than once the TX RX key allows selecting either operating mode The active selection is highlighted by the page displayed the relevant TX or RX LED starts flashing To confirm Upload Download press the Save Enter key when the wanted selection is active If pressed once reference and commands are forced via keypad press it again to return to the prior configuration or to change the active reference in the Keypad page depending on the preset type of Keypad page see the Display menu in the SINUS PENTA s Programming Instruction manual Resets the alarm tripped once the cause responsible for the alarm has disappeared Press it for 8 seconds to reset the control board thus allowing the microprocessors to be reinitialized and to activate R parameters with no need to shut off the inverter If enabled it starts the motor at least one of the command sources is represented by the keypad If enabled it stops the motor at least one of the command sources is represented by the keypad The Jog key is active only when ot least one of the command sources is represented by the keypad if depressed it enters the Jog reference set in the relevant parameter If enabled at least one of the command sources is represented by the keypad it reverses the sign of the overall reference Press thi
115. piercing templates for SINUS PENTA 540 45 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 5 5 SINUS PENTA S50 For the through panel assembly of this inverter size remove the bottom mounting plate The figure below shows how to disassemble the mounting plate To disassemble the bottom mounting plate remove 6 screws M8 the figure shows the three screws in one side of the inverter 92959 3 Figure 12 Removing the mounting plate in SINUS PENTA 550 for through panel assembly The fixing points shown in the figure below right are to be made on the mounting plate see relevant measures The figure also shows the side view of the through panel assembly of the equipment The air flows and the front and rear projections are highlighted as well see measures in the table g gt gt Big fs E 44 EI twi 5777 M T 1 m zr pd I yy M aes pd if mn jd m L iog 9 i 11149 LT 1 E G pd M TES IE TURA if 1 Fd 2 pd M if i m m m 1 1 m pd E 9I uestccoont 588 e pd F oe E was Figure 13 Through panel assembly and piercing templates for SI
116. pull TTL outputs It can also be connected to 24DC encoders with both complementary and single ended push pull or PNP NPN outputs The encoder board is to be installed into SLOT A See section Installing Encoder Board ES836 2 in Slot A on the Inverter Encoder supply voltage Input configuration selection jumper dip switches d ES e e D Encoder supply voltage adjustement trimmer P000594 B Figure 105 Encoder board ES836 2 6 7 1 IDENTIFICATION DATA mm Order COMPATIBLE ENCODERS P Code POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT LINE DRIVER Bd 220095834 M NPN PNP complementary PUSH PULL NPN PNP single ended PUSH PULL 6 7 2 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Operating temperature to 50 C ambient temperature contact Elettronica Santerno for higher ambient temperatures Relative humidity 5 to 95 non condensing Max operating altitude 4000 m 5 1 254 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 7 3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Ratings Electrical Specifications Min Type Max Unit Encoder supply current 24 V protected with resettable fuse 200 mA Electronically protected encoder supply current 12V 350 mA Electronically protected encoder supply current 5V 900 mA Adjustment range for encoder supply voltage 5V mode 4 4 5 0 7 3 V Adjustment range for encoder supply voltage 12V mode 10 3 120 17 3 V Input channels T
117. remoting kit includes Plastic shell Keypad mounting plate Fastening brackets Remoting wire length 5 A NOTE The cable length can be 3m or 5m state cable length when ordering the equipment Do the following Pierce the holes as shown in the figure template 138 x109 mm 3564 4 2 Apply the self adhesive mounting plate on the rear part of the plastic shell between the shell and the cabinet make sure that holes coincide 129 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 Fit the plastic shell in the relevant slot 4 Fasten the plastic shell using the brackets supplied and tighten the fastening screws Four self threaded screws are supplied to fasten the brackets to the mounting plate four fastening screws are also supplied to fix the shell to the panel 956970 552555565 PPE BEEP EEO MK 5 5 5 SOOO OO Ss KOIDE KOI KS X e M ex KOA SIS POLE 555555 X S LLX SS M M gt 1 252 555555 5 Remove the display keypad from the inverter Figure 65 short wire with 8 pole telephone connectors is used to connect the display keypad to the inverter Press the cable tab to disconnect it P000547 B Display aH me RJ 45 connecto b Figure 65 Removi
118. section Connection mm AWG Power Degree of or kemit kW Protection 0598 0748 0831 0964 1130 P23 1296 A One resistor B Two or more parallel connected resistors D Four resistors parallel connection of two series of two resistors E Six resistors parallel connection of three series of two resistors F Eight resistors parallel connection of four series of two resistors G Ten resistors parallel connection of five series of two resistors H Twelve resistors parallel connection of six series of two resistors Fourteen resistors parallel connection of seven series of two resistors S6 S7 e 0250 0312 0366 5 0457 0524 219 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heat CAUTION resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of the cables must be 0 6 1kV 6 4 6 4 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 10 6T CLASS Resistor SIZE Model iiis BEEN to BEEN used Wire Cross Type of section 2 Recommended Power Connection mm AWG Qty Value kW or kcmils pur Um o250 1 1 48 3 A 36 70 2 0 70 2 0 565 0457 1 2 236 48 23 B 18 7020 0524 1 2 28 48 3 14 7000 0598 T 2 1 28 48 4P29 BS 14 157
119. terminals when the inverter is on This also prevents the inverter from being damaged All the screws used to fasten removable parts terminals cover serial interface NOTE connector cable plates etc are black round head cross head screws gt gt gt When wiring the inverter remove only this type of screws If different screws or bolts are removed the inverter warranty will be no longer valid 1 Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 15 minutes 2 Remove the cover allowing to gain access to the inverter control terminals The fixing spacers and the signal connector are located on the left 7 P000321 B Fixing spacers Figure 106 Position of slot A for the installation of the encoder board 3 Fit the encoder board and make sure that all contacts enter the relevant housing in the signal connector Fasten the encoder board to the fixing spacers using the screws supplied 4 Configure the DIP switches and the jumper located on the encoder board based on the connected encoder Check that the supply voltage delivered to the terminal output is correct 5 Close the inverter frame by reassembling the cover allowing to gain access to the inverter control terminals Figure 107 Encoder board fastened to its slot 256 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 7 5 TERMINALS IN ENCODER BOARD A 9 pole terminal board is located on the front side of the encoder board for the connection to the encoder
120. the housings of the fastening screws for the fixing spacers Tighten the board fixing screws as shown in Figure 124 and Figure 125 Last 6 pins not connected gt 1 DU Fixing screw aligned with spacers Figure 124 Checking contacts in the slot B 278 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION 5 6 INSTRUCTIONS P000557 0 Figure 125 Fastening the communications board to slot B Configure the DIP switches and rotary switches following the instructions given in the relevant section Connect the Fieldbus cable by inserting its connector or by connecting the wires to the terminals Close the inverter frame by reassembling the cover allowing to gain access to the inverter control terminals 279 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 3 FiELDBUS PROFIBUS DP BOARD The Profibus communications board allows interfacing between an inverter of the Sinus PENTA Series and an external control unit such as a PLC using a PROFIBUS DP communications interface The Sinus PENTA inverter operates as a Slave device and is controlled by a Master device PLC through command messages and reference values which are equivalent to the ones sent via terminal board The Master device is also capable of detecting the operating status of the inverter More details about Profibus communications are given in the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual Profibus communications board has the following features Type of fieldbu
121. the inverter in places exposed to explosion and fire hazard even if the motor is installed there SINUS PENTA AN CAUTION INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Do not connect supply voltages exceeding the equipment rated voltage to avoid damaging the internal circuits If the inverter is installed in environments exposed to flammable and or explosive substances zones AD according to standards IEC 64 2 please refer to IEC 64 2 EN 60079 10 and related standards Do not connect the equipment power supply to the output terminals U V W to the resistive braking module terminals B and to the control terminals The equipment power supply must be connected only to terminals R S T Do not short circuit terminals and and terminals and B do not connect any braking resistors with lower ratings than the required ratings Do not start or stop the motor using a contactor over the inverter power supply Do not install any contactor between the inverter and the motor Do not connect any power factor correction capacitor to the motor Operate the inverter only if a proper grounding is provided If an alarm trips a comprehensive review of the Diagnostic section in the Sinus Penta s Programming Manual is recommended restart the equipment only after removing the cause responsible for the alarm trip Do not perform any insulation test between the power terminals or the control terminals Make sure that the fastening screws of t
122. the inverter via ES914 board ES914 board complies with EN61000 4 5 Level 4 Criterion B 348 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 24V SUPPLY T24VS 0 5 RS485 A RS485 B RS485 A P001038 B SHIELDED CABLE FOR RS485 LINK PE SHIELD Connection e Optional on inverter side e On master side it makes the signal discharger totally ineffective Figure 171 Basic wiring diagram for ES914 board To inverter Alternative connections Isolated DC DC To host e g Remote Drive x Alternative connections c P001039 B Figure 172 Block diagram with 3 zone insulation 349 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 15 1 IDENTIFICATION DATA Description Order Code ES914 Adaptor for aux power ZZ0101790 supply 6 15 2 WIRING ES914 BOARD ES914 board includes three terminal boards and two connectors The signal connections going to the RS485 Master and to the inverter are available both on the screwable terminals and to DB9 connectors This allows maximum wiring flexibility The SHIELD and PE conductors are located on the power supply input terminals The PE conductor is to be connected to the safety conductor of the cabinet where the equipment is installed The SHIELD connector is the shield of the communication cable reaching the RS485 Master You can then decide whether and where to connect the cable shield The spe
123. writing of all parameters normally accessed through the display keypad Two wire RS485 is used which ensures a better immunity to disturbance even on long cable paths thus limiting communication errors The inverter will typically behave as a slave device i e it only answers to queries sent by another device a master device typically a computer is then needed to start serial communication The inverter may be connected directly to a computer or a multidrop network of inverters controlled by a master computer see Figure 67 below ENTA ENTA ENTA ENTA A NVERTE C mast CONVERTE A WERTE WERTER Addr T WITH T WITH Addr Addr 2 Addr Figure 67 Example of multidrop and direct connection The Sinus Penta is supplied with a connector which is equipped with 2 pins for each signal of the RS485 pair thus allowing easier multidrop links with no need to connect two conductors to the same pin and thus avoiding creating a star network which is not recommended for this type of bus Any information sent to from the inverter through the display keypad unit may be obtained also via serial link using the RemoteDrive software offered by Elettronica Santerno The RemoteDrive allows the following functions image acquisition keypad simulation oscilloscope functions and multifunction tester table compiler including operati
124. ys 2 E a E og A e amp 5 E Eu 5 ES xb dut eee E E gt 5 o C a 5 T EI E E o os M3 c 9 unc MEET o ess la B c 3 4 2414 FEMALE MALE DUAL FIBEF FEMALE MALE Tess M Ee se PPLY 1 PE L FEMALE MALE POWEI Figure 31 Internal wiring for SINUS PENTA S65 S70 68 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Do the following to obtain internal wiring 1 Gain access to boards ES840 ES841 and ES843 The first board is located on the front part of the supply module the remaining two boards are located on the front part of each inverter module Remove the front covers made of Lexan by loosening the cover fastening screws 000025 0 OP3 IGBT FAULT OP4 OP5 IGBT GATE COMMANDS CN3 INVERTER MODULE SIGNAL CONNECTOR Figure 33 ES841 Inverter Module Gate Unit Board 69 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS P000027 0 Figure 34 ES843 Inverter Module 2 Gain access to ES842 board located on the control unit do the following remove keypad if fitted see Remoting the Display Keypad remove the cover of the terminal board after removing its fastening screws remove the cover of the control unit after removing its fastening screws
125. 0 Bipolar 10 V Voltage input 10 10 Unipolar 0 20 mA Current input mA 20 mA Unipolar 4 20 mA Current input 4 mA 20 mA wire disconnection alarm with current values under 2 mA PTC acquisition PTC input Motor overtemperature alarm if PTC resistance exceeds threshold defined in DIN44081 DIN44082 NOTE Software parameter setting must be consistent with DIP switch setting Otherwise no predictable result is given for acquired values Any voltage or current value exceeding full scale values or dropping below min NOTE values will generate an acquired value limited to the max measure or the min measure respectively Voltage inputs have high input impedance and must always be closed when active Isolating a conductor connected to an analog input set as a voltage input will not ensure that its channel reading will be equal to zero Zero is detected CAUTION ee d only if the input is short circuited or wired to a low impedance signal source Relay contact should not series connected to the inputs to reset the detected value gt You can adjust the relationship between the analog input set as a voltage input or a current input and the detected value by altering those parameters that regulate upper values full scale values and lower values thus adjusting the analog channel gain and offset You can also adjust the signal filtering time constant For any detail concerning functionality and programmin
126. 0 1830 1560 1610 2190 1560 Penta s Supply Voltage 500 600Vac 705 845Vdc 600 690Vac 845 970Vdc he rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 596 of Inom Input and output choke is required for these models Legend Inom continuous rated current of the inverter Imax max current produced by the inverter for 60 seconds every 10 min deliverable current for max seconds 161 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 4 STRONG APPLICATIONS OVERLOAD UP TO 200 5 1 4 1 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 2T AND AT VOLTAGE CLASSES Applicable Motor Power T 200 240Vac 380 415Vac 440 460Vac 480 500Vac Inom Imex 122 3 4 3 4 fs 5 61 10 5 6 4 8 4 SINUS 0016 SINUS 0017 SINUS 0020 SINUS 0025 SINUS 0030 SINUS 0034 SINUS 0036 SINUS 0037 SINUS 0038 12 5 17 41 515 SINUS 0040 12 5 17 4 22 SINUS 0049 15 20 50 25 SINUS 0060 18 5 SINUS 0067 SINUS 0074 SINUS 0086 SINUS 0113 SINUS 0129 SINUS 0150 SINUS 0162 continued 162 373 SINUS PENTA continued INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS 0313 110 150 332 200 270 220 300 326 250 340 337 480 720 51 SINUS 0367 120 165 375 220 300 375 250 340 366 260 350 359 550 680 792 SINUS 0402 160 220
127. 0 250 123 9x24 39 270 0138100 Outputonly 0 11 165 A 300 258 198 100 250 123 9x24 42 305 0138150 Outputonly 0 075 240 A 300 321 208 100 250 123 9x24 52 410 0138200 Output only 0 070 360 B 360 401 269 120 250 200 12x25 77 650 0138250 Outputonly 0 035 440 360 401 268 120 250 200 12x25 75 710 0138300 Output only 0 025 700 B 360 411 279 120 250 200 12x25 93 875 L L 5 2 2 A Gi dc m Ld HE M M _ E _ E d 0 H t Ir 40 2 TREE 120 20 014 Sid g 20 gt aes 4 DETAIL i DETAIL J SCALE 1 2 SCALE 1 2 P000979 B 248 373 Figure 101 Mechanical features of the 3 phase du dt inductance SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 6 3 PHASE AC INDUCTANCE IN IP54 CABINET 2T CLASS won Loses INDUCTANCE TYPEOF DIMENSIONS WEIGHT LOSSES PENTA SIZE PENTA MODEL MODEL INDUCTANCE see Figure 102 0015 0020 0023 220112040 AC 3 PHASE E EME 4 220112045 12045 AC 3 PHASE 3 PHASE 207 249 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 7 3 P
128. 0 95 65A Imax At least 68 1 6 102 According to the table SINUS PENTA 0060 providing Inom 88A and Imax 112A is to be used for this type of application When multiple motors are connected it can happen that the inverter does not detect whether a motor enters a stall condition or exceeds power ratings In that case motors can be seriously damaged and fire hazard exists Always provide a failure detection system for each motor independent of the inverter in order to lock all motors when failures occur 152 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 1 LIGHT APPLICATIONS OVERLOAD UP TO 120 5 1 1 1 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 2T AND 4T VOLTAGE CLASSES Applicable Motor Power pea Imax 200 240 ae 115 aes 150 480 500Vac SINUS 0005 pv De A SINUS 0007 SINUS 0008 SINUS 0009 SINUS 0010 SINUS 0011 SINUS 0013 SINUS 0014 SINUS 0015 SINUS 0016 SINUS SINUS 0020 0016 SINUS 0017 SINUS 0020 SINUS 0023 SINUS 0025 SINUS 0030 SINUS 0033 SINUS 0034 SINUS 0036 SINUS SINUS 0037 0038 18 5 515 SINUS 0040 22 SINUS SINUS 0049 0060 SINUS 0067 SINUS 0074 SINUS SINUS 0086 0113 SINUS 0129 SINUS 0150 SINUS SINUS 0162 0179 SINUS
129. 00 50 kbits s The total resistance of the cable and number of nodes determine the max allowable length for the cable as per static features not for dynamic features Indeed the max voltage delivered by a node with a dominant bus is reduced by the resistive divider consisting of the cable resistor and the terminator resistors The residual voltage must exceed the dominant voltage of the receiving node The table below indicates the max length values based on the cable cross section i e the cable resistance and the number of nodes Cross section of the Max wiring length m based on the number of nodes conductors mm node n 32 node n 64 node n 100 0 25 200 170 150 0 5 360 310 270 0 75 550 470 410 Each CANopen trunk line shall meet particular geometric requirements and shall NOTE be equipped with two terminator nodes provided with adequate resistors Refer to the document CiA DR 303 1 CANopen Cabling and Connector Pin Assignment 290 373 and to all the application notes available at http www can cia org canopen SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 7 ETHERNET BOARD Ethernet communications board allows interfacing a Sinus PENTA inverter to an external control unit with a communications interface operating with a Modbus TCP Ethernet IEEE 802 protocol complying with the Modbus IDA V1 0 specifications The IP rating for the communications board can be c
130. 0000 0748 1 2 24 3 112 7000 3 2 18 ag 9 12099 575 0964 1 3 24 P3 B 08 7000 130 2 4 24 m3 v 1 2 2 700 00 6 4 6 5 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 20 6T CLASS Braking Resistor Resistors to be used Wire Cross Type of section 1 2 Q Recommended Power Degree of ty Value Q kW Protection 0250 1 66 48 23 B 33 259 0 0312 1 2 50 488 m3 B 25 500 0366 1 2 50 64 123 8 25 70 2 0 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 1279 120650 a 122 220 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 6 6 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 50 6T CLASS Braking Resistor Resistors to be used Wire Cross Type of section ti 2 Recommended Degree of mm AWG or kcmils Value aa Protection p23 D 36 70209 23 24 700 0 1P23 24 120050 i23 18 120050 L4 198 1 558 LC poe mu A One resistor B Two or more parallel connected resistors D Four resistors parallel connection of two series of two resistors E Six resistors parallel connection of three series of two resistors F Eight resistors parallel connection of four series of two resistors C Ten resistors parallel connection of five series of two resistors H Twelve resistors parallel connection
131. 028 0 Figure 116 Encoder board fastened to its slot 267 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 5 TERMINALS IN THE LINE DRIVER ENCODER BOARD A 9 pole terminal board is located on the front side of the encoder board for the connection to the encoder Terminal board pitch 3 81mm in two separate extractable sections 6 pole and 3 pole sections Terminal Signal Type and Features 1 Encoder input channel A true polarity 2 CHA Encoder input channel A inverse polarity 3 CHB Encoder input channel B true polarity 4 Encoder input channel inverse polarity 5 CHZ Encoder input channel Z zero notch true polarity 6 CHZ Encoder input channel Z zero notch inverse polarity 7 VE Encoder supply output 5V 15V or 24V 8 GNDE Encoder supply ground 9 GNDE Encoder supply ground For the encoder connection to the encoder board see wiring diagrams on the following pages 6 8 6 CONFIGURATION DIP SWITCHES The encoder board ES913 is provided with two DIP switch banks The DIP switches are located in the front left corner of the board and are adjusted as shown in the figure below P001026 B Figure 117 Position of the configuration DIP switches 268 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS DIP switch functionality and factory settings are detailed in the table below
132. 043 1 Figure 94 Wiring diagram of the keypad remoting kit controlling multiple inverters 6 5 2 4 THE COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOL Standard MODBUS RTU protocol is used for communications Set the values below for the inverter keypad please refer to the Programming Manual of the inverter being used for the setup of the relevant parameters see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual Setting values to the inverter Baud rate 38 400 bps Data format 8 bits Start bit Parity NO Stop bit 2 Protocol MODBUS RTU Device address configurable between 1 and 247 to avoid conflicts default address is 1 Electric standard RS485 Inverter response delay 5 ms End of message timeout 2 ms Setting values to the keypad Device address configurable between 0 and 247 default address is 1 In order to scan the connected inverters set the device address to O for the keypad The keypad can communicate with one device at a time based on the address that has been set up If different parameter values are set communication errors between the CAUTION inverter and the keypad may occur 232 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 5 2 5 CONNECTION Remove voltage from the inverter s Then proceed as follows Disconnect the keypad installed on the inverter if any Please refer to the Installation Manual of the inverter being used Connect the cable to th
133. 0mV The setting of the programming parameter must be consistent with the hardware setting Voltage analog output Voltage analog input OV control board P000273 B Figure 162 Connecting a voltage source to a slow analog input 334 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 13 7 4 CONNECTING SLOW ANALOG INPUTS TO VOLTAGE SOURCES Figure 161 shows how to connect slow analog inputs to current sources Channels XAIN8 XAIN9 XAIN10 XAIN11 corresponding to terminals 27 29 31 33 are capable of acquiring current signals with a full scale value of 20mA Properly set the DIP switches for the configuration of the analog channel being used set the full scale value to 20mA and set the relevant programming parameter to 0 20 or 4 20mA 6 13 7 5 CONNECTING SLOW ANALOG INPUTS TO THERMISTOR PT100 ES847 board allows reading temperatures directly from the connection of standard thermistors PT100 complying with DIN EN 60751 Two wire connection is used for easier wiring Use relatively short cables and make sure that cables are not exposed to sudden temperature variations when the inverter is running Proper wiring is shown in Figure 163 use a shielded cable and connect its braiding to the inverter metal frame through the special conductor terminals If a cable longer than approx 10 metres is used measure calibration is required For example if a 1mm AWG 17 shielded pair data cable is used th
134. 1 0000 00000 178 6 2 1 Delivery E 178 6 211 Nameplate for BU2O00 s ri tee ern aet eoe 179 6 2 2 EE 180 6 2 2 1 Configuration Jumpers 180 6 2 2 2 Adjusting Tritmimers n eerte p EE 181 6 2 2 3 Indicator LEDS iet entr ettet E t HP 182 6 2 3 Meu let M 182 6 2 4 Installingthe Braking ite t tee etd raria reni 183 6 2 4 1 Environmental Requirements for the Braking Unit Installation Storage and Transport 183 6 2 4 2 Cooling System and Dissipated Power eene 183 6 2 4 3 Sm 184 6 2 4 4 Lay Out of Power Terminals and Signal 5 sse 185 6 2 4 186 6 2 4 6 Master Slave Connection 187 6 2 5 Braking Resistors for 0200 2 ene e eren rennen ener ennt 188 6 2 5 1 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10 2T Class es 188 6 2 5 2 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 2096 2T Class sss 189 6 2 5 3 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 5096 2T Class sss 189 6 2 6 Braking Resistors to be Applied to 020047 190 6 2 6 1 Appl
135. 1 Campodarsego Pd 40060 Imola Ba 03686440284 CARRARO Carraro Tel 39 049 9219111 Tel 39 0542 489711 R A 328951 Fax 39 049 9259111 Fax 39 0542 489797 Cod Mecc PD 054138 www elettronicasantermo com Cod Ident IVA Intracom sales elettronicasanterno it 1703586440284 Pag JA 367 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO fo 7 EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Elettronica Santerno S p A S S Selice 47 40026 Imola BO Italia AS A MANUFACTURER UNDER ITS SOLE RESPONSIBILITY THAT THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE INVERTERS OFTHE SINUS PENTA LINE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES SINUS PENTA S05 SINUS PENTA S20 SINUS PENTA S64 SINUS PENTA 30 SINUS PENTA S40 SINUS PENTA 541 SINUS PENTA S42 SINUS PENTA 575 SINUS PENTA S50 SINUS PENTA 880 WHICH THIS DECLARATION RELATES TO WHEN APPLIED UNDER THE OPERATING CONDITIONS GIVEN IN THE USER MANUAL COMPLIANT WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5 1 Safety requirements Electrical thermal and energy CEI EN 61800 5 1 Ed 2 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5 2 CEI EN 61800 5 2 Ed 1 oe posce FOLLOWING THE PROVISIONS OF LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 2006 95 CE LAST TWO DIGITS OF THE YEAR IN WHICH THE CE MARKING WAS AFFIXED CE 03 PLACE AND DATE eneral Imola 03 09 2009 IN ORGIO Elettronica Santerno Spa Sede Legale Stabilimenti e uffici Cap Soc 2 500 000 i v
136. 16 0 22 0 25 Vomax 250 Vac To be used for remoting the lomax 3A status of the braking N Vomax 30 Vdc module RL2 lomax 3 0 25 1 5 mm 3 NO contact for braking The relay is AWG 24 16 0 22 0 25 module OK relay energized when the braking module is OK 196 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 4 4 WIRING DIAGRAM BU600 E r Q 47 BU700 INVERTER 2E 541 42 1 51 52 BRAKING RESISTOR N L 949 CN BRAKE L 1 F canny CANL R ERR Hd DN Figure 80 Wiring diagram for 541 551 542 552 with braking unit BU600 700 197 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 5 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR 0700 2T 4T The wire cross sections given in the table relate to one wire per braking resistor NOTE DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C The power dissipated by the braking resistors may be the same as the rated CAUTION Power of the connected motor multiplied by the braking duty cycle use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect to the inverter any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value given in the tables CAUTION 6 3 5 1 APPLICATIONS WITH DU
137. 17 0 Figure 68 Pin lay out of serial link 1 connector MODBUS IDA association www modbus org defines the type of wiring for MODBUS communications via serial link RS485 as a 2 wire cable The following specifications are recommended Type of cable Shielded cable composed of balanced D1 DO pair common conductor Common Min cross section of AWG 24 corresponding to 0 25 sq mm For long cable length larger cross conductors sections up to 0 75mm are recommended Max length 500 metres based on the max distance between two stations Characteristic impedance Better if exceeding 1000 1200 is typically recommended Standard colours Yellow brown for D1 DO pair grey for Common signal The figure below shows the reference wiring diagram recommended from MODBUS IDA association for the connection of 2 wire devices danced Pair danced Pair ilanced Pair mmor mmor E i pull uy pull up r r pull dr 1 1 pull dr t4 m un E m Figure 69 Recommended wiring diagram for 2 wire MODBUS connection Note that the network comprising the termination resistor and the polari
138. 2 5 SINUS PENTA 50 aite tee teeth tt He Mete ecd 46 3 3 5 6 SINUS PENTA S 41 S42 S5 1 S52 47 3 3 6 Standard Mounting and Piercing Templates for IPOO Modular Models 564 580 49 3 3 6 1 Installation and Lay out of the Connections of a Modular Inverter S65 53 3 3 7 Standard Mounting and Piercing Templates Models IP54 505 530 54 3 4 POWER CONNEGTIQONVIS 7 e to sete t aee 55 3 4 1 Wiring Diagram for inverters 505 560 57 3 4 2 Wiring Diagram for Modular Inverters S64 S80 sss eene 59 3 4 2 1 External Connections for Modular Inverters 565 570 575 580 59 3 4 2 2 External Connections for Modular Inverters 564 2 2 09 9 0070070 62 3 4 2 3 External Connections for Modular Inverters 574 63 3 4 2 4 12 Connection for Modular Inverters 22 22 42 244 9 64 3 4 2 5 Internal Connections for Modular Sinus Penta Inverters 565 570 65 3 4 2 6 Internal Connections for Modular Inverters 564 22 72 3 4 3 Lay out of the Power Terminals for 505 552 sssssssssssseseee eene enn 76 3 4 4 Lay out of the Power Terminals when DC Reactor is
139. 20 Size 0011 0011 0016 750 550 IP33 A 75Q 550 IP33 500 1100 IP55 500 1100 IP55 500 1100 IP55 500 1500 IP54 500 1500 IP54 500 1500 IP54 2 2 6 5 14 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 SJ J J J J 550W 550W W 5 W 5 W 5 W B W 5 0060 W 8000W 8000W 8000W 12000W S30 OW 16000W w Type of connection A One resistor 05 4 7 0 512 0 4 6 515 0040 0 520 4 6 E c gt NEN NES 10 26 26 The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features heat CAUTION resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of the cables must be 0 6 1kV 175 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 5 APPLICATIONS WITH BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 20 AT CLASS BRAKING RESISTOR Size Model Min Applicable Degree of Type of Value Wire cross Resistor Q Type Protection Connection Q Secon mm n 0005 50 500 00W 5 50 254 S05 gt 0007 50 soo 1100W 55 50 2504 0009 50 500 M00W lP55 50 254 oor 50 500 1500 4 50 2504 0014 50 500 1500W 4 50 254 0016 40 5002200W 4 50 2504 0017 40 500 2200W 4 50 254 5 eela _
140. 222 32000 o o o 2 40 32kW RE4362240 7 32000 not applicable 2 80 32kW RE4362280 32000 30 32kW RE4362300 7 32000 EN 530 li appl 4 1 7 2 iio eo 5 ias is s etna eo s ern o so 6 6Q 32kW RE4362660 950 1 14 10 INN 227 373 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 2 4 5 om INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS EH ehe 750 Lg em pe pere mm e fw i ee e pe e m _ 25 e e pe en mm fmf ew mi mismo e ss e re e om fond NN 0 80 64kW not 1 20 64kW 3 not m rmm n ols bein esso pere mpm E E Ecl ad d cd NN 228 373 not applicable not applicable SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS DOUR mm Eee s m mn m nr Er EET m EE E E E E s Max value to be set for parameter C211 When setting the braking duty cycle in C212 make sure that the maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded 229 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 5 KEYPAD REMOTING KITS 6 5 1 REMOTING THE KEY
141. 284 6 10 5 DeviceNet Fieldbus Board 284 6 10 5 1 DeviceNet Fieldbus enne 285 6 10 5 2 Board Configuration ss ised e MIRA 285 6 10 5 3 Connection to the 286 6 10 6 Fieldbus 288 6 10 6 1 CANopen Fieldbus sess eren 289 6 10 6 2 Board eese teer I ennt eoe SITO 289 6 10 6 3 Connection to the 6 290 6 107 ibthernetBodtrd snc e tmt tet a eh tet tS 291 6 10 7 1 Ethernet Corinect r ois eee ver ba t 292 6 10 7 2 Connection to the 292 6 10 7 3 ttes e n bete Gites dede e M er ER 294 6 10 8 Status BEDS og eese dete eco 299 6 10 8 1 LEDs for Fieldbus Interface CPU 299 6 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 8 2 LEDs for PROFIBUS DP Board 9985 300 6 10 8 3 LEDs for DeviceNet Board Diagnostics
142. 3 2T AND AT CLASSES DC INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE INDUGTANCE DIMENSIONS HOLE WEIGHT LOSSES NODE USE RATINGS mH A mml kg W imo140154 DCBUS 28 325 A 160 140 120 80 100100 7x10 8 110 iM0140204 DC BUS 20 47 A 160 240 160 80 1120 97 7x14 12 65 iM0140254 DCBUS 12 69 A 160 240 160 80 120 97 7x14 13 75 IM0140284 DCBUS 0 96 100 A 170 240 205 80 155 122 7x18 21 140 IM0140304 DCBUS 064 160 A 240 260 200 120 150 121 9x24 27 180 IM0140404 DCBUS 0 36 275 A 260 290 200 130 150 138 9x24 35 320 IM0140454 DCBUS 0 18 420 B 240 380 220 120 205 156 9x24 49 290 IM0140504 DCBUS 0 24 420 C 240 320 240 120 205 161 9x24 46 360 iM0140554 DCBUS 02141 460 C 260 320 240 130 205 176 9x24 53 450 IM0140604 DCBUS 0140 520 B 2403801235 120 205 159 9x24 57 205 IM0140654 DCBUS 0132 740 C 280 400 280 140 200 200 12 82 550 iM0140664 DCBUS 0 090 830 B 260 395 270 130 225 172 9x24 75 450 iM0140754 DCBUS 0 092 1040 C 310 470 320 155 200 200 12 114 780 1 0140854 DCBUS 0 072 1470 330 540 320 165 250 200 12 152 950 6 6 5 4 5T AND 6T CLASSES DC INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE DIMENSIONS HOLE WEIGHT LOSSES CD USE RATINGS aH A Lola mmi iM0141404 DC BUS 12 110 170 20
143. 3 3 3 4 550 0524 22 33 O 188 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 5 2 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 20 2T CLASS Braking Unit Type of Value section Value 0 kW Protection e 0179 2 2 33 40 50 mm AWG or kcmils 16 6 33 3 3 3 8 0200 2 2 33 8 3 3 3 3 3 2 6 2 5 3 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 50 2T CLASS Wire Cross Type of section connection mm AWG or kcmils A M Two units each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor N Three units each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor O Four units each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor P Five units each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor Q Six units each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor V Two units each of them including a braking module connected to two parallel connected braking resistors X Three units each of them including a braking module connected to two parallel connected braking resistors Y Four units each of them including a braking module connected to two parallel connected braking resistors W Five units each of them including a braking module connected to two parallel connected braking resistors Z Six units each of them including a braking module connected to two parallel conne
144. 3 MUST CONNECTED Figure 85 ES841 Unit gate board for the braking unit 213 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS OP4 BRAKE COMMAND FOR THE GATE IGBT IGBT FAULT SIGNAL Figure 86 Wiring points of the optical fibres in ES842 control board The figure below shows the internal wiring of inverters S65 S70 provided with a braking unit 214 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA Judo AJA JUST Eee ONY 31404 l 7 VT f tea Ta Q30ll 534 lu 5 E 405 mn guru 1101 21 DA 1 Adve TOHINOJ T T 0 Aldd Ape Y Aldd Wed Adds Wd Addis Addr Hui um TDD AF 7 4 0240 ru 3SrHd 35vH4 upea 21952 ENTERS o 9 o 9
145. 3 9 ELECTRICAL RATINGS 6 13 9 1 ANALOG INPUTS Value Fast Sampling Analog Inputs 10V f s Min Type Max Unit Input impedance 10 kQ Offset cumulative error and gain with respect to full scale value 0 5 Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset 200 ppm C Digital resolution 12 bit Value of voltage LSB 5 22 mV LSB Common mode maximum voltage over differential inputs 15 15 V Permanent overload over inputs with no damage 30 30 V Input filter cut off frequency 2nd order Butterworth filter 5 1 kHz Sampling time depending on the software being used 0 2 1 2 ms Value Fast Sampling Analog Inputs for Current Measure Min Type Max Unit Input impedance 200 Q Offset cumulative error and gain with respect to full scale value 0 5 Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset 200 ppm C Digital resolution 12 bit Value of current LSB 13 15 Equivalent resolution in 0 20mA acquisition mode 10 5 bit Permanent overload over inputs with no damage 5 5 V Input filter cut off frequency 2nd order Butterworth filter 5 1 kHz Sampling time depending on the software being used 0 2 1 2 ms 340 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Slow Sampling Analog Inputs Configured in 0 10V mode Input impedance Offset cumulative error and gain with respect to full scale value Temperature coefficient of the gai
146. 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 14 3 ES870 BOARD TERMINALS Screwable terminal board in two extractable sections suitable for cross sections 0 08 1 5mm AWG 28 16 N Name Description Features 1 AUX DIN1 Multifunction digital input 1 Optoisolated digital inputs 24 VDC positive logic PNP 2 AUX DIN2 Multifunction digital input 2 active with positive input with respect to OVE terminal 6 3 AUX DIN3 Multifunction digital input 3 In compliance with EN 61131 2 as type 1 digital inputs with 4 AUX DIN4 Multifunction digital input 4 rated voltage equal to 24 VDC 5 24VE Auxiliary supply Output Input for optoisolated 24V 15 Imax output 125mA input max 75mA multifunction digital inputs relay coils Protected with resetting fuse 6 OVE OV digital input isolated to control OV Optoisolated digital input zero volt test voltage 500Vac 50Hz 1 with respect to inverter CMA inputs 7 AUX DIN5 Multifunction digital input 5 Optoisolated digital inputs 24 VDC positive logic PNP 8 AUX DIN Multifunction digital input 6 active with positive input with respect to OVE terminal 6 9 AUX DIN7 Multifunction digital input 7 In compliance with EN 61131 2 as type 1 digital inputs with 10 AUX DIN8 Multifunction digital input 8 rated voltage equal to 24 VDC 11 24VE Auxiliary supply Output Input for optoisolated 24V 15 Imax output 125mA max input 75mA multifunction
147. 412 20 200 12000 FWP 175A 8400 700 70113 700 0179 541 600 400 125000 0312 g 2062232800 800 250000 FWP 800A 800 81000 51 88 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 9 3 AT VOLTAGE CLASS Cable Cross Fast Fuses Magnetic section Fitting 5 700V Circuit ACI the Terminal Disc Switch Breaker Contactor A 2 1 DER 2 5 12AWG 2 1 VAT 4 10AWG 2 1 2 1 2 1 0 5 10 2 1 20 6 AWG 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 0 5 10 2 1 20 6 AWG 2 1 VEN 0034 57 0 5425 18 2 5 16 BAWG 100 100 100 0036 60 20 4 18 2 5 25 4AWG 100 100 100 0 5 25 20 4 AWG 4 25 12 4 AWG 25 4AWG 35 2AWG 25 50 6 1 0 AWG 2 50 1 0AWG 95 4 0AWG 35 185 2 0AWG 350kcmils 120 250kcmils continued 89 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued iat SINUS 8 X PENTA E Model Cable Cross section Fitting the Terminal Stripping Tightening Torque Cable Cross section to Mains and Motor Side Fast Fuses 700V Disc Switch SINUS PENTA Magnetic Circuit Breaker Contactor mm AWG kcmils Nm mm AWG kcmils A A 70 240 2 0AWG
148. 5 205 80 155 122 7x18 21 165 0141414 DC BUS 0 80 160 2001200 2151100 150 1111924 27 240 0141424 DCBUS 0 66 240 240 340 260 120 205 106 x24 53 370 IM0141434 DCBUS 0 32 375 240 380235 120 205 159 9x24 56 350 1 0141554 DCBUS 0 27 475 240 380 1265 120 205 1791 9x24 66 550 IM0141604 DCBUS 0 372 520 330 460 340 165 250 200 12 133 620 im0141664 DC BUS 0 17 750 260 395 295 130 225 197 9x24 90 580 IM0141704 DC BUS 10 232 830 330 550 340 165 250 200 12 163 800 M0141804 DCBUS 016 1170 350 630 360 175 250 200 12 230 1200 imo141904 DC BUS 012 1290 350 630 360 175 250 200 12 230 1300 246 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TYPE 0 0978 Figure 100 Mechanical features of the DC inductance 247 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 5 5 AT 5T 6T CLASS 3 PHASE DU DT INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE NC DIMENSIONS HOLE WGT LOSSES MODEL USE m mH HvE tL H P M EIG mm kg w 0138050 Outputonly 0 17 105 A 300 259 192 10
149. 50 0086 1500 0113 2150 0129 2300 S30 56 359 1008 406 0162 2700 OPTIONAL FEATURES Front key operated selector switch for LOCAL REMOTE control and EMERGENCY pushbutton When housing optional features NOTE depth becomes 40mm 34 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 7 IP54 BOX MODELS 505 520 2T 55 Size 505 512 515 S20B OPTIONAL FEATURES Disconnecting switch with line fast fuses Line magnetic circuit breaker with release coil Line contactor in Front key operated selector switch for LOCAL REMOTE control and EMERGENCY push button Line input impedance Motor side output impedance Output toroid filter Motor forced cooling circuit Anticondensation resistance Additional terminal board for input output wires Power MODEL jw o ion par sing at nom 279 160 400 250 500 700 300 400 Tm P000112 B Dimensions and weights may vary depending on optional components required 35 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 8 IP54 BOX MoDELs 505 520 AT 55 Power eight Dissipated at Size MODEL Lem Mm mmimm kg wW SINUS PENTA BOX 0005 SINUS PENTA BOX 0007 505 SINUS PENTA 0009 0 600 250 SINUS PENTA BOX 0011 SINUS PENTA BOX 0014 5158 40 i M SINUS PENTA BOX 0016 128 500 700 300 SINUS PENTA BOX 0074 SINUS PENTA BOX 0086 O
150. 541 542 551 52 S60 S65 S70 575 S80 as no precharge circuit in the DC bus capacitors is provided For S60 inverters only if the supply voltage is other than 500Vac the wiring of the internal auxiliary transformer must be changed accordingly see Figure 41 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 2 WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MODULAR INVERTERS S64 S80 3 4 2 1 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR MODULAR INVERTERS S65 S70 S75 S80 TERMINALS OL CA ERTER ERTER ERTE Figure 24 External connections for modular inverters S65 S70 NOTE Power supply unit 2 is available for size S70 only For the installation of a BU see the section covering the braking unit 59 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Tuan mE Tue TEMMIM3L 0992 TOMINOZ LIN 1073 lV BI 153 4405 1804 TINO JINON 3100 JN 514415 31 13 31100 INGON 1000 4447348 112412 t J dd Figure 25 External connections for modular inverters 575 580 60 373 SINUS PENTA gt gt CAUTION NOTE CAUTION INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Power supply unit 3 is available for size S80 only
151. 6 12 3 1 WIRING RS232 SERIAL LINKS RS232 serial link is factory set for COMI port RS232 links are needed for some communication options required by ES851 DataLogger Direct connection to a computer with a null modem cable MODBUS RTU protocol in slave mode Connection via analog digital modem to a remote computer For null modem connections the DB9 connector is connected to the computer through a null modem RS232 cable cross over cable For connections via analog modem the DB9 connector is connected through an RS232 cable not crossed over RS232 Serial communication ratings Baud rate Configurable between 1200 115200 bps default value 38400 bps Data format 8 bit Start bit 1 Parity 1 EVEN ODD default Stop bits 2 1 default 2 Protocol MODBUS RTU 03h Read Holding Registers Supported functions 10h Preset Multiple Registers Device address Configurable between 1 and 247 default value 1 Electric standard RS232 Waiting time between packets Configurable between and 50 ms default value 20 ms Timeout Configurable between 0 and 1000 ms default value 500 ms 1 Ignored when receiving communication messages 316 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 12 3 2 WIRING RS485 SERIAL LINK RS485 links are needed for certain communication options required by ES851 DataLogger Direct connection to a computer with a properly wired
152. 70 02 58 00 Fax 47 70 02 58 00 Email info stadt no Web www stadt no INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS 0 1 CHAPTERS 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS wvvcciccesssctscccsesnsccannconcnctesnccssnnecwcnovecsaonssncoscoceasasccmsneswenonsanscoannsvacdouasnucesnnaenns 2 0 12 CHAPTERS pM 2 0 2 gt 3EIGURES E URINE RAE CERE PEERS 9 GENERAL DESCRIPTION eh iei ein lesa ddecucestbestssceceveccdvicnsedsdvecsieatsanessseseteiestucvecedevessdentsatee 13 TX 3REATURELIST etr EUR RR RPM OT 14 1 2 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS AVAILABLE ON SINUS PENTA 15 2 CAUTION STATEMENTS ion oerte Ere C cave E Cete 16 3 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND 5 4 040222 24 40 2 2000 18 3 1 PRODUCTS COVERED IN THIS 1 7 14 72 14 24 2 18 3 22 DELIVERY CHECK rS eee Beis Deae ee ie 19 3 2 1 Inverter Nameplate nere o et eet 20 3 9 INSTALLING TEE EQUIPMENT et tata eet ha eee eye ene eren ade Pee pon 21 3 3 1 Environmental Requirements for the Equipment Installation Storage and Transport 21 3 3 2 Air Cooling e 22 3 3 3 Size Weight and Dissipated Power eene
153. 71000 Hz resolution 0 01 Hz Braking torque DC braking 30 Cn Braking while decelerating up to 2096 Cn with no braking resistor Braking while decelerating up to 15096 Cn with braking resistors Carrier frequency with adjustable silent random modulation for more details please refer to the CARRIER FREQUENCY SETTING section and the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual NOTE frequency 148 373 SINUS PENTA TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Mains VAC supply voltage tolerance 2T 200 240 Vac 3phase 15 10 AT 380 500 Vac 3phase 15 10 5T 500 600 Vac 3phase 15 10 6T 600 690 Vac 3phase 15 10 Maximum voltage imbalance 3 of the rated supply voltage VDC supply voltage tolerance 2T 280 340 15 10 AT 530 705 Vdc 15 10 5T 705 845 15 10 6T 845 970 15 10 The DC current supply for size S41 S42 S51 S52 S60 S64 and S74 requires a precharge circuit of the external DC bus capacitors Supply frequency Hz tolerance 50 60Hz 20 Environmental Requirements Ambient temperature 0 50 C with no derating see table section 5 3 Storage temperature 25 70 Humidity 5 95 non condensing Altitude Up to 1 000m above sea level For higher altitudes derate the output current of 1 every 100 m beyond 1 000 m max 4 000 m Vibrations Lower than 5 9 m sec 0 6 G
154. 8 CE PLACE AND DATE General Manager Imola 03 09 2009 A ING GIORGIO Societs di M oad ERES Persie RS GRUPPO direzione coordinamento di 35011 03686440284 CARRARO Carraro Spa Tel 39 049 9219111 Tel 39 0542 499711 R E A PO 328951 Fax 39 049 9289111 Fax 39 0542 489797 Cad PD 054138 www elettronicasantermo com Cod Ident Intracom salestpelettronicasanterno it 1703685440284 Pag 1A 369 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS GRUPPO CARRARO SUD Z SANTERNO MANUFACTURER S DECLARATION Elettronica Santerno S p A 5 5 Selice 47 40026 Imola BO Italia AS A MANUFACTURER DECLARES UNDER ITS SOLE RESPONSIBILITY THAT THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE INVERTERS OF THE SINUS PENTA BOX LINE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES SINUS PENTA S05 B SINUS PENTA SIS B SINUS PENTA SI2 B SINUS PENTA 820 B AND THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE INVERTERS OF THE SINUS PENTA CABINET LINE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES SINUS PENTA 515 SINUS PENTA 52 C SINUS PENTA 20 C SINUS PENTA S60 C SINUS PENTA 550 SINUS PENTA S64 C SINUS PENTA S40 C SINUS PENTA 565 SINUS PENTA S41 SINUS PENTA 70 C SINUS PENTA S42 C SINUS PENTA 74 C SINUS PENTA 850 SINUS PENTA 75 C SINUS PENTA S51 SINUS PENTA S80 C WHICH THIS DECLARATION RELATES TO WHEN APPLIED UNDER THE OPERATING CONDITIONS GIVEN IN THE USER MANUAL CAN BE INCORPORATED INTO THE MACHINERY BUT MUST NOT BE COMMISSIONED UNTIL THE MA
155. ASS BRAKING RESISTORS Wire cross Min Applicable section Degree of Type of Resistor Q Type Protection Connection gt 25 0 50Q 1100W IP55 25 0 250 1800W IP54 25 0 25Q 1800W IP54 18 0 250 4000W IP20 18 0 250 4000W IP20 18 0 250 4000W IP20 18 0 200 4000W IP20 15 0 200 4000W IP20 10 0 10Q 8000W IP20 10 0 10Q 8000W IP20 6 6 10Q 8000W IP20 6 6 6 6Q 12000W IP20 6 6 6 6Q 12000W IP20 5 0 6 6Q 12000W IP20 5 0 2 100 8000W IP20 4 2 2 100 8000W IP20 4 2 2 100 8000W IP20 3 0 2 6 6Q 12000W IP20 3 0 2 6 6Q 12000W IP20 2 5 3 10Q 12000W IP20 2 5 3 10Q 12000W IP20 wiw w www w gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Type of connection A One resistor B Two or multiple parallel connected resistors The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heat i i ication h ty cycle th CAUTION resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of the cables must be 450 700V 174 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 4 APPLICATIONS WITH BRAKING DUTY CYCLE oF 10 4T CLASS BRAKING RESISTOR Model wi Min Applicable T Degree of Type of Value ie ype section Resistor Q Protection Connection 2 AWG 5 5 5 5 5 5 Q 75 75 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 25 20
156. Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C For parameters C211 and C212 do not set values exceeding the max allowable CAUTION values stated in the tables above Failure to do so will cause irreparable damage to the braking resistors also fire hazard exists Braking resistors may dissipate up to 50 of the rated power of the connected CAUTION motor use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects pp 6 4 7 1 350W MoDELs IP55 30 P000548 0 Figure 88 Overall dimensions resistor 56 100Q 350W 222 373 SINUS PENTA Type Average Power to be Dissipated INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Max Duration of Continuous Operation for 200 240 VAC s 560 350W RE2643560 350 3 5 1000 350W RE2644100 350 6 mox value to be set for parameter C211 When setting the braking duty cycle in C212 make sure that the maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded 6 4 7 2 2 5 1300W 5 IP33 300 P00054 9 0 Figure 89 Overall dimensions and ratings for braking resistor 75Q 1300W Type Mean power to be dissipated W Max duration of continuous operation for 380 5000 VCA s 75Q 1300W RE3063750 550 4 max value to be set for parameter C211 When s
157. CHINERY HAS BEEN DECLARED COMPLIANT WITH THE PROVISIONS OF MACHINERY DIRECTIVE 2006 42 CE THE FOLLOWING STANDARD IS ALSO APPLIED Safety of machinery Electrical equipment of machines CEI EN 60204 1 Ed 4 Part1 General requirements PLACE AND DATE Imola 03 09 2009 El Santano Spa Sede Legale Cop Soc 2 500 000 i v Saciet soggetta all attivit Via 37 Codice Fiscale e Parts ive GRUPPO direzone cooedinamenta di 25011 Campodarsego Pit 40060 Imala 03685440284 Carrero Spo Tel 39 049 9219111 Tel 39 1542 488711 R E A PD 328351 Fax 39 040 5285111 Fax 39 0542 489797 Cod Mece PD 054138 www elgttranirasanterno com Cod Ident IVA Tntracom salesmelettranicasanterno it 1713586440284 Pag iA 370 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO GRUPPO CARRARO SUD EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Elettronica Santerno S p A S S Selice 47 40026 Imola BO Italia AS A MANUFACTURER DECLARES UNDER ITS SOLE RESPONSIBILITY THAT THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE INVERTERS OF THE SINUS PENTA BOX LINE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES SINUS PENTA 505 B SINUS PENTA S15 B SINUS PENTA S12 B SINUS PENTA S20 B AND THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE INVERTERS OF THE SINUS PENTA CABINET LINE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES SINUS PENTA 70 C SINUS PENTA S42 C SINUS PENTA 874 C SINUS PENTA S50 C SINUS PENTA S75 C SINUS PENTA 80 C WHICH THIS DECLARATION RELATES TO WHEN APPLIED UNDER THE OPE
158. DELIVERY CHECK section CAUTION These devices are not provided with RFI filters They can produce radio interference in domestic environments additional measures should be taken to suppress radio interference Products with ID A1 in column 7 in the nameplate see the DELIVERY CHECK section the following regulation is provided CAUTION These are category C2 devices according to EN61800 3 They can produce radio interference in domestic environments additional measures should be taken to suppress radio interference Products with ID A2 in column 7 in the nameplate see DELIVERY CHECK section CAUTION These are category C3 devices according to EN61800 3 They can produce radio interference in domestic environments additional measures should be taken to suppress radio interference gt gt gt 359 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 7 1 1 RADIOFREQUENCY DISTURBANCE Radiofrequency disturbance RFI may occur where the inverter is installed Electromagnetic emissions produced by the electrical components installed inside a cabinet may occur as conduction radiation inductive coupling or capacitive coupling Emissions disturbance can be the following a Radiated interference from electrical components or power wiring cables inside the cabinet b Disturbance and radiated interference from outgoing cables power supply unit cables motor cables signal cables The figure shows how disturbance takes place
159. DER SUPPLY SELECTION JUMPER Jumpers J1 and J2 select the encoder voltage supply among 5V 12V 24V Jumper J1 Jumper J2 Encoder Supply Voltage X 2 3 24V Open 1 2 12V Closed default 1 2 default 5V 269 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS OCyESS meg T c Sal On dece i 2 d 1 YT P001027 B Figure 118 Location of the jumpers selecting the encoder supply voltage 6 8 8 ADJUSTING TRIMMER Trimmer RV1 located on ES913 board allows adjusting the encoder supply voltage This can compensate voltage drops in case of long distance between the encoder and the encoder board or allows feeding an encoder with intermediate voltage values if compared to factory set values Tuning procedure 1 Put a tester on the encoder supply connector encoder side of the connecting cable make sure that the encoder is powered 2 Rotate the trimmer clockwise to increase supply voltage The trimmer is factory set to deliver 5V and 12V depending on the DIP switch selection to the power supply terminals For a power supply of 5V supply may range from 4 4V to 7 3V for a power supply of 12V supply may range from 10 4V to 17 3V The output voltage cannot be adjusted by trimmer RV1 jumper J1 in pos 1 2 NOTE for 24V power supply Power supply values exceeding the encoder ratings may damage the encoder CAUTION Always
160. DO2 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 2 emitter 55 XMDO3 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 3 collector 56 CMDO3 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 3 emitter Open collector isolated T digital outputs Vomax 57 4 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 4 collector 48V lomax 50 58 CMDO4 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 4 emitter d 59 XMDO5 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 5 collector 60 CMDO5 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 5 emitter 61 XMDO6 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 6 collector 62 CMDO6 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 6 emitter A All digital outputs are inactive under the following conditions NOTE inverter off inverter initialization stage after power on software updating Consider this when choosing the inverter application 6 13 5 CONFIGURATION DIP SWITCHES ES847 board is provided with three configuration DIP switches Figure 157 setting the operating mode as in the table below SW Sets the operating mode for slow analog inputs XAIN8 and XAIN9 SW2 the operating mode for slow analog inputs XAIN10 and 11 SW3 Factory setting SW3 2 SW3 5 SW3 7 ON the other DIP switches are OFF Do not change factory setting 330 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 13 6 POSSIBLE SETTINGS FOR DIP SWITCHES SW1 AND SW2 Configuring Slow
161. De eee tee bebe e o do ee ebbe e Don eee 336 Connecting the incremental encoder to fast inputs XMDI7 and XMDIB 337 Signal sent from 24V Push pull frequency output 0 40 4 0 40010000000000000000000992 337 Connection of a PNP output for relay enne 338 Connection of an NPN output for relay control 338 Removing the inverter cover location of slot enne 345 ES914 Power supply unit board 11 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Figure 171 Basic wiring diagram for ES914 board 2 nennen enne 349 Figure 172 Block diagram with 3 zone 349 Figure 173 Position of the LEDs and DIP Switches in ES914 board 354 Figure 174 Wiring diagram for IP54 inverters 356 Figure 175 Disturbance sources in a power drive system equipped with an inverter 360 Figure 176 Example of correct wiring of an inverter inside a 363 Figure 177 Wiring the toroid filter for the inverters of the SINUS PENTA 364 12 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Inverters are electronic devices c
162. F LED will come on and the motor will start Make sure that the motor is rotating in the correct direction If not set parameter CO14 Phase Rotation to 1 Yes MOTOR CONTROL MENU or open the ENABLE and START inputs remove voltage from the drive and after waiting at least 15 minutes reverse two of the motor phases SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 7 Speed regulator If overshoot occurs when the speed setpoint is attained or if a system instability adjustment 8 Possible failures 9 Additional parameter alterations 10 Reset is detected uneven motor operation adjust the parameters relating to the speed loop SPEED LOOP AND CURRENT BALANCING MENU Set the two parameters relating to integral time P125 P126 as Disabled and set low values for the parameters relating to proportional gain P128 P129 Set equal values for P128 and P129 and increase them until overshoot takes place when the setpoint is attained Decrease P128 and P129 by approx 30 then decrease the high values set for integral time in P125 and P126 keep both values equal until an acceptable setpoint response is obtained Check to see if the motor runs smoothly at constant speed If no failure occurred go to step 9 Otherwise check the drive connections paying particular attention to supply voltages DC link and input reference Also check if alarm messages are displayed In the MEASURES MENU check the speed reference MOOO the reference speed
163. HASE AC INDUCTANCE IN IP54 CABINET 4T CLASS MECHANICAL INDUCTANCE TYPEOF DIMENSIONS WEIGHT LOSSES PENTA SIZE PENTA MODEL MODEL INDUCTANCE see Figure 102 mt w HE 0005 770112010 AC3 PHASE 65 2 0007 0009 220112020 AC 3 PHASE A 7 48 004 017 220112030 AC 3 PHASE 0020 12 003 220112045 AC 3 PHASE x e wo 0049 220112050 3 PHASE 2087 0074 720112060 AC 3 PHASE C 26 272 0086 0129 770112070 3 PHASE 32 5 342 0150 0162 250 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS i M El 1 Ys uei eec EY erg TYPE 1 250 Figure 102 Mechanical features of 3 phase inductance for 2T 4T Class in IP54 cabinet 251 373
164. INUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 4 2 STANDARD MOUNTING Install braking unit BU1440 for modular inverters in an upright position inside a cabinet next to the other inverter modules Its overall dimensions are the same as those of an inverter arm For more details please refer to the paragraph relating to the mechanical installation of the modular inverters LOW 2 us 230 1400 480 120 237 n 25 i tie Alar i vie i ETT iu ic i Y 1 5 Figure 82 Dimensions and fixing points of BU1440 210 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 4 3 WIRING DIAGRAM Power connections The braking unit must be connected to the inverter and the braking resistor The connection to the inverter is direct through 60 10mm copper plates connecting the different inverter modules The braking resistor is connected to the bar and to the braking unit Also connect the single phase 230Vac supply of the cooling fan TERMINALS L CA INTERFACE CAR ES842 JLE INVERTE JULE INVERTER
165. ION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA The table below shows the possible settings of the rotary switches for the baud rate selection Baudrate setting not allowed 10 kbits s 20 kbits s 50 kbits s 125 kbits s 250 kbits s 500 kbits s 800 kbits s 1000 kbits s setting not allowed Rotary switch setting 9 Ni ON Qn B GO N01 O 6 10 6 3 CONNECTION TO THE FIELDBUS High quality wiring is fundamental for the correct operation of the bus For CANopen wiring a shielded twisted pair with known resistance and impedance is recommended The conductor unit is also fundamental for the quality of the signal The higher the baud rates the shortest the bus lengths allowed The maximum length of the bus is also affected by the number of nodes The tables below indicate the cable specifications based on the cable length and the variation features of the max length based on the number of nodes and the cross section of the conductors Tables refer to copper wires with a characteristic impedance of 120Q and a typical propagation delay of 5ns m Bus length m Max specific Recommended Recommended Max baud rate resistance of the cross section for terminator Kbit s cable mQ m conductors mm resistance Q 0 40 70 0 25 0 34 124 1000 kbits s 40 300 60 0 34 0 6 150 300 500 kbits s max 100m 300 600 40 0 50 75 150 300 100 kbits s max 500m 600 1000 26 0 75 0 8 150 3
166. Inputonly 0 031 720 C 360 342 268 120 325 176 9x24 84 700 0126404 Input output 0 023 945 300 320 240 100 250 143 9 24 67 752 0126444 Input output 0 018 1260 C 360 375 280 120 250 200 12 82 1070 6 6 5 2 5T 6T 55 INDUCTANCE INPUT OUTPUT RATINGS DIMENSIONS HOLE WGT LOSSES mH me lt iHI lPI M EIG mmlk w IM0127167 Inputonly 0 43 95 B 240 224 187 80 200 122 7 18 27 160 IM0127202 Inputonly 0 29 140 B 300 254 190 100 250 113 9x24 35 240 0127227 Inputonly 0 19 210 B 300 285 218 100 250 128 9x24 48 260 0127274 Inputonly 0 12 325 C 300 286 234 100 250 143 9x24 60 490 0127324 Input output 0 093 410 C 1300 290 220 100 250 133 9 24 52 581 0127330 Inputonly 0 096 415 360 340 250 120 325 166 9x24 80 610 0127364 Input output 0 058 662 C 360 3101275 120 325 166 9x24 79 746 0127350 Inputonlyj 0 061 650 C 360 411 298 120 240 220 9x24 113 920 0127404 Input output 0 040 945 C 360 385 260 120 250 200 12 88 1193 0127444 Input output 0 030 1260 C 420 440 290 140 300 200 12 110 1438 244 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 650 720 945 P000539 B Figure 99 Mechanical features of a 3 phase inductance 245 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 5
167. LLATION INSTRUCTIONS Signal connections AN CAUTION Because the braking arm is controlled directly by the control device the following wiring is required Make sure that the control device is properly set up when using the braking arm When ordering the inverter always state the inverter configuration you want to obtain connect 24V supply of gate unit ES841 of the braking unit through a pair of unipolar wires AWG17 18 1mm connect braking IGBT to the fault IGBT signal through 2 optical fibres diameter 1mm made of plastic typical attenuation coefficient 0 22dB m provided with Agilent HFBR 4503 4513 connectors The wiring diagram is as follows Signal Type of wiring _ Wire marking Component Board Connector Component Board Connector 24VD Driver z board ES841 oe phase W ES841 MRi 3 Broking unit MRI 1 power supply blur d Unipolar wire Phase W Braking unit board ES841 Imm ES841 MR1 4 ES841 MR1 2 power supply Brake IGBT Single optical G B Control unit ES842 OP 4 Braking unit ES841 OP5 command fibre Single optical FA B Control unit ES842 OP 3 Braking unit ES841 OP3 fault fibre Do not remove the cap of connector OP4 in ES841 control board of the the braking module CAUTION R1 24V GATE UNIT SUPPLY OP3 IGBT FAULT SIGNAL OP4 MUST NOT BE CONNECTED OR SEALED 5 BRAKING IGBT GATE COMMAND CN
168. Multifunction relay digital output 3 common Change over contact with low logic level common terminal is closed 31 MDO3 NO Multifunction relay digital output 3 NO contact with NC terminal with high logic level common terminal is open with 32 MDO4 NC Multifunction relay digital output 3 NC contact NO Vomax 250 VAC lomax 5A 33 MDO4 C Multifunction relay digital output 4 common Vomax 30 VDC lomax 5A 34 MDO4 NO Multifunction relay digital output 4 NO contact A Reference In Out 98 373 Analog outputs are inactive under the following circumstances digital outputs inactive and OV OmA for analog outputs inverter in emergency mode see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions Always consider those conditions when operating the inverter The software considers encoder inputs MDI6 ECHA MDI7 ECHB as ENCODER A Inserting an option board in slot C reallocates the digital inputs and only MDI6 inverter off NOTE inverter initialization after startup Manual updating of the application software in the terminal board NOTE and MDI7 functions are active while the ENCODER A acquisition function is reallocated to the option board For more details see ENCODER BOARD ES836 2 in SLOT A ES913 LINE DRIVER ENCODER BOARD SLOT A and the Programming Instructions manual Diff Analog Analog outputs ms y dcs 2477 Digital inputs 24V su
169. N610000 4 5 Level 4 Criterion B 353 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS zi c a POWER IN ips MODBUS_MASTER MASTER COM TERMINATION Z SANTERNO GRUPPO CARRARC ye wt i x MASTER COM SUPPLY MASTER COM FAULT gt INVERTER COM FAULT gt ima INVERTER COM SUPPLY amp INVERTER SUPPLY 270101790 5914 24Vdc supply for SINUS PENTA Control INVERTER RATINGS COM Input 20 30 0 7A MAX C TERMINATION Output 9V 1A LB LL su P001040 B Figure 173 Position of the LEDs and DIP Switches in ES914 board 354 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 16 LOC 0 REM KEY SELECTOR SWITCH AND EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON FOR MODEL IP54 Inverter with rating IP54 can be provided with a key selector switch and an emergency push button optional devices supplied by request The key selector switch selects the following operating modes POSITION OPERATING MODE DESCRIPTION LOC INVERTER IN LOCAL MODE The inverter operates in Local mode the Start command and the frequency speed reference are sent via display keypad Press the Start button to start the inverter the Enable command terminal 15 is sent from the selector switch if terminals 1 and 2 are connected together factory setting Important C180 MDI 4 Local Remote command selection for digital input 0 INVERTER DISABLED Inverter disabled REM INVERTER IN REMO
170. NS 6 10 7 1 ETHERNET CONNECTOR The board is provided with a standard RJ 45 connector IEEE 802 for Ethernet connection 10 100 100Base T 10Base T The pin arrangement is the same as the one used for each network board computers are equipped with Pin arrangement P909517 0 N Name Description TD Positive signal transmission line 2 TD Negative signal transmission line 3 RD Line receiving positive signals 4 Term Terminated pair not used 5 Term Terminated pair not used 6 RD Line receiving negative signals 7 Term Terminated pair not used 8 Term Terminated pair not used 6 10 7 2 CONNECTION TO THE NETWORK Ethernet interface board can be connected to an Ethernet control device with a Modbus TCP master protocol computer or PLC through a LAN Ethernet business network or a direct point to point connection The board connection through a LAN is similar to a computer connection Use a standard cable for a Switch or Hub connection or a Straight Through Cable TIA EIA 568 B of class 5 UTP Patch cable for LAN The Ethernet interface board cannot be connected to old LANs using Thin Ethernet 10 2 coaxial cables Connection to this type of LANs is possible using a Hub NOTE provided with both Thin Ethernet 10base2 connectors and 100Base T or 10Base T connectors The LAN topology is a star one with each node connected to the Hub or the Switch through its cable
171. NSTRUCTIONS 6 10 5 1 DEVICENET FIELDBUS TERMINALS The DeviceNet Fieldbus communications board is provided with a removable screwable terminal board pitch 5 08 The bus interface circuitry has an external supply of 24VDC 10 as prescribed from the CAN DeviceNet specifications Terminal arrangement as stated in the table N Name Description 1 V Negative voltage for bus supply 2 CAN L CAN L bus line 3 SHIELD Cable shielding 4 CAN H CAN H bus line 5 V Positive voltage for bus supply 6 10 5 2 BOARD CONFIGURATION The on board DIP switches allow setting the baud rate and the MAC ID identifying the device in the DeviceNet network DIP switches 1 and 2 allow setting the baud rate that must be the same for all the related devices The DeviceNet standard allows three baud rates 125 250 and 500 kbits s Possible settings are the following Baudrate Setting of sw 1 amp sw 2 125 kbits s sw 1 OFF sw 2 OFF 250 kbits s sw 1 OFF sw 2 ON 500 kbits s sw 1 ON sw 2 OFF The MAC ID can be set between 0 and 63 by entering the configuration of the binary number for six DIP switches from sw 3 to sw 8 The most significant bit MSB is set through sw 3 while the least significant bit LSB is set through sw 8 Some possible settings are shown in the table below MAC ID sw 3 MSB sw 4 sw 5 sw 6 sw 7 sw 8 LSB 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 1 OFF OFF OFF OFF
172. NUS PENTA 3 4 1 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS WIRING DIAGRAM FOR INVERTERS 505 S60 DC RAKIN 7 BRAKI REACTOR ESI UNIT PT OPTION E p x m EM Y Io NS OY EW esee if ud Fitter 7 n WM r E E bd MOTOR aq SPEED bog REFERENCE SOURCE 1 REFERENCE A02 2 10kohm t INPUT RUE rog d SPEED REFERENCE SPEED DIFFERENTIAL 4 20mA EN REFERENCE ANALOG INPUT A03 SOURCE 2 ani 10V PID REFERENCE T1 1 20 1 bog P Pod CURRENT n _1 ANZS PTCE 17 DESERT 59 1 lon Ioa od ele PIDFEEDBACK uas py 1 P ROUM be ale etl PT LL LLL A9 LEM E x PUSH PULL E j MDO1 FOUT SPEED L DIGITAL Ys LE Lr TPUT TART ALB o START C A PEN 7 ENABLE ENABLE em 2 EN 7 ENDS l A RESET I RESET DIGITAL wl i j JUTPUT MULTISPEED 0 Mi 91 MD03 1 1 T DIGITAL me oo MULTISPEED 1 a INPUT Eg MDIS ECHA FINA i 003 3A
173. NUS PENTA S50 46 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 5 6 SINUS PENTA 541 542 551 552 For this inverter size no actual through panel assembly is used but the air flow of the power section is segregated from the air flow of the control section This application requires mounting some additional mechanical parts as shown below the screws are included in the mounting kit GROWER P000917 0 Figure 14 Mechanical parts for the through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 541 542 551 e 52 47 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS The figure below shows the piercing templates for the through panel assembly of the inverter including six M8 holes and the hole for the air cooling of the power section MIO i i i i mE eral i 8 Y l Figure 15 Piercing templates for the through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 41 42 51 and 52 48 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 6 STANDARD MOUNTING AND PIERCING TEMPLATES FOR IPOO MODULAR MODELS S64 S80 High power inverters include single function modu
174. OFF ON 2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 3 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON 62 ON ON ON ON ON OFF 63 ON ON ON ON ON ON If multiple devices are connected to the same bus different MAC IDs are to be set 285 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 5 3 CONNECTION TO THE FIELDBUS The wiring quality is fundamental for the best reliability of the bus operation The higher the baud rates the shortest the bus lengths allowed Reliability is strongly affected by the type of wiring and the wire topology The DeviceNet standard allows four types of wires based on the type of related devices It also allows connecting signal dispatching nodes line terminators and supply couplers Two types of lines are defined the trunk line and the drop lines The figure below illustrates the topology of a typical DeviceNet trunk line P000513 B device node terminating resistor Figure 130 Outline of the topology of a DeviceNet trunk line The inverter equipped with a DeviceNet interface board is typically connected through a drop line consisting of a 5 conductor shielded cable The DeviceNet standard defines three shielded cables based on their diameter THICK MID and THIN cables The maximum electric length between two DeviceNet devices depends on the baud rate and the type of cable being used The table below shows the maximum lengths that are recommended based on these variables The FLAT cable can be used for the main trunk
175. OTE Programming Instructions manual for details CAUTION Other communications protocols are available Please refer to 5919 COMMUNICATIONS BOARD SLOT B 276 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 1 IDENTIFICATION DATA Each kit including option boards for fieldbuses also includes a CD ROM containing detailed documentation instruction manuals in English utilities and configuration files which is required for the inverter configuration and integration to the automation system based on fieldbus Type of Fieldbus Order Code Profibus DP 224600045 PROFldrive 774600042 Devicenet ZZ4600055 Interbus 774600060 CANOpen ZZ4600070 ControlNet 774600080 Lonworks 224600085 Ethernet IT 774600100 The Interbus ControlNet and Lonworks boards are not described this manual Please refer to the CD ROM supplied in the kit 6 10 2 INSTALLING THE FIELDBUS BOARD ON THE INVERTER SLOT B Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter remove voltage from DANGER the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electrical shock hazard Electrical shock hazard do not connect disconnect the signal terminals or the power AUTI terminals when the inverter is on This also prevents the inverter from being damaged All the screws used to fasten removable parts terminals cover serial interf
176. Off The interface is off One flash The interface status is STOP Flashing The interface is being initialized On The interface is operating 3 ERROR It indicates the error status of the CANopen interface Off No error One flash The frame error counter has reached the warning limit Two flashes A Control Error event guard event or heartbeat event occurred Three flashes A synchronisation error event occurred the SYNC message was not received within the time out On The bus is disabled due to an unresettable event error 4 POWER Off The module is off On The module is on The word Flashing in the table indicates a LED that comes on for 200ms every 200ms One flash Two flashes and Three flashes indicate a LED that comes on one twice or three times for 200ms every 200ms and with an inactivity time of 1000ms 6 10 8 5 LEDs FOR ETHERNET BOARD DIAGNOSTICS In the Ethernet board the diagnostics LEDs indicate the status of the connection to the LAN 1 LINK Off The module has not detected any legal carrier signal and is not in the LINK status On The module has detected a legal carrier signal and is in the LINK status 2 Off The module is off MODULE Green The module is properly operating STATUS Flashing green The module was not configured and communication is in stand by Flashing red the module has detected a resettable event error Red the module has detected an unreset
177. P000093 B 1 Conducted N Radiated Radiated and radiated emissions emissions emissions Figure 175 Disturbance sources in a power drive system equipped with an inverter The measures to be taken to suppress disturbance include grounding enhancement changes made to the cabinet structure installation of mains filters on the line and installation of output toroid filters on the motor cables optimization of the wiring and cable shielding Always restrict as much as possible the area exposed to disturbance so as to limit interferences with the other components in the cabinet Grounding Disturbance occurring in the grounding circuit affects the other circuits through the grounding mains or the casing of the connected motor Disturbance may interfere with the following appliances which are installed on the machines and which are sensitive to radiated interference as they are measurement circuits operating at low voltage or current signal levels uA transducers tachos encoders resolvers thermoregulators thermocouples weighing systems loading cells PLC or NC inputs outputs photocells or magnetic proximity switches 360 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Disturbance is mainly due to high frequency currents flowing in the grounding mains and the machine metal components disturbance occurs in the sensitive sections of components optical transducer magnetic transducer capacitive transduce
178. PAD ON THE CABINET The inverter keypad may be remoted A special kit is supplied which includes the following plastic frame allowing installing the keypad on the front wall of the cabinet keypad jig allowing installing the keypad on the front door of the cabinet seal between keypad frame and cabinet remoting cable length 5 m If the kit supplied is properly assembled degree of protection IP54 is obtained for the front panel in the cabinet For any details on how to remote the keypad refer to OPERATING AND REMOTING THE KEYPAD 6 5 2 REMOTING A KEYPAD CONTROLLING MULTIPLE INVERTERS The keypad remoting kit is used to connect a standard SINUS PENTA keypad to one or multiple inverters manufactured by Elettronica Santerno via an RS485 link using protocol MODBUS RTU The keypad can then communicate with one device at a time and will become the network master thus avoiding communicating with any other master devices e g PLCs The keypad automatically detects which device it is connected to If multiple devices are connected you can select the device to be used from a selection list The devices connected to the same network must have different addresses Otherwise no communication is possible The sections below state the applicability of the keypad remoting kit to the products manufactured by Elettronica Santerno NOTE 6 5 2 1 COMPONENT PARTS The kit for the keypad used via serial link RS485 include
179. PTION 41 42 5 43 T Inputs for three phase supply the phase sequence is not important 44 U 45 V 46 W Three phase motor outputs 47 4 Link to the DC voltage positive pole It can be used for DC voltage supply the DC reactor the external braking resistor and the external braking unit for the drive models which are NOT provided with terminal 50 dedicated to the external braking resistor It can also be used for the external braking unit for the drive models where it is not built in or which are NOT provided with terminal 51 dedicated to the external braking unit 47 D Link to the positive pole of the continuous AC rectified voltage It can be used for the DC reactor if no DC reactor is used terminal 47 D must be short circuited to terminal 47 using a cable bar having the same cross section as the cables used for power supply factory setting 48 B When available it can be used to connect the IGBT brake for braking resistors 49 Link to the negative pole of the DC voltage It can be used for DC power supply the external braking unit for the drive models which are NOT provided with terminal 52 dedicated to the external braking unit 50 When available it can be used to connect the positive pole of the DC voltage to be used for the external braking resistor only 51 When available it can be used to connect the positive pole of the DC voltage to be use
180. PTIONAL FEATURES Disconnecting switch with line fast fuses Line magnetic circuit breaker with release coil Line contactor in Front key operated selector switch for LOCAL REMOTE control and EMERGENCY push button Line input impedance Motor side output impedance Output toroid filter Motor forced cooling circuit Anticondensation resistance Additional terminal board for input output wires ow Dy ee P000112 B A NOTE Dimensions and weights may vary depending on optional components required 36 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 9 IP24 IP54 CABINET MoDELs 515 580 Power SINUS PENTA CABINET Voltage W H D Weight dissipated at Bi MODEL Class Inom mm mm mm kg 0038 130 750 S15C 0040 2 4 130 820 0049 130 950 0060 500 140 1050 0067 140 1250 520 2 4 0074 600 143 1350 0086 143 1500 0113 162 2150 0129 162 2300 S30C 2 4 0150 162 2450 0162 162 2700 0179 279 3200 0200 279 3650 540 2 4 1000 0216 279 4100 0250 2000 279 4250 0180 280 2550 0202 280 3200 541 2T 4T 1000 0217 280 3450 600 0260 280 3950 0062 280 1300 0069 300 1450 0076 300 1700 0088 300 1950 0131 300 2300 S42C 5T 6T 1000 0164 300 2750 0181 300 3450 0201 300 3900 0218 300 4550 0259 300 4950 co
181. PULL Encoder with complementary outputs P000590 B Figure 109 LINE DRIVER or PUSH PULL encoder with complementary outputs is used power supply 5V or 12V If a 24V push pull encoder is used put Put SW3 contacts to ON only if a complementary Push pull or Line driver encoder A CAUTION contacts to OFF 260 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ES836 2 3 2 12345 1234 BE gt bre 673 PUSH PULL single ended Encoder P000591 B Figure 110 PUSH PULL encoder with single ended outputs Because settings required for a single ended encoder deliver a reference voltage CAUTION to terminals 2 4 6 the latter are not to be connected Failures will occur if terminals 2 4 6 are connected to encoder conductors or to other conductors Only push pull single ended encoders may be used with an output voltage equal NOTE to the supply voltage Only differential encoders may be connected if their output voltage is lower than the supply voltage gt gt 261 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 5836 2 lt NIN OU OO T P000592 B Figure 111 PNP or NPN encoder with single ended outputs and load resistors with external wiring NPN or PNP encoder outputs require a pull up or pull down resistive load to the supply or to the common As load resistor ratings are defined by the manufacturer
182. RATING CONDITIONS GIVEN IN THE USER MANUAL COMPLIANT WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5 1 CE Safety requirements Electrical thermal and energy Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5 2 EN 61800 5 2 Ed 1 Saf i nis Functional FOLLOWING THE PROVISIONS OF LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 2006 95 CE LAST TWO DIGITS OF THE YEAR IN WHICH THE CE MARKING WAS AFFIXED CE 03 PLACE AND DATE General Manfiger Imola 03 09 2009 ING GIORGIO Elettronica Santerno Spa Sede Legale Stabili Cap Soc 2 500 000 i v Societ soggetta all attivit di Via Olmo 37 5 5 7 Codice Fiscale e Partita iva GRUPPO direzione coordinamento di 35011 Campodarsego Pd 40060 Bo 03686440284 CARRARO Carraro Spa Tel 39 049 9219111 Tel 39 0542 489711 R E A PD 328951 Fax 39 049 9289111 Fax 39 0542 489797 Cod PD 054138 www elettronicasanterno com Cod Ident IVA Intracom ssiesielettronicasanternoit 1703686440284 Pag 1A 371 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 8 INDEX A gt asit 22 ER RR RN Gd 103 149 Application FICGVY MCCC 151 HT 151 Standard see d ee iria 151 151 eere IP ES 140 142 146 Auxiliary power supply 22 4 138 B BACNet Ethernet erte
183. RNAL CONNECTIONS 565 570 2 Cable Signal Type of connection marking Component Board Connector Component Board Connedor dbi e S 9 pole shielded cable C PS1 control uni ES842 CN4 supply 1 ES840 CN8 control signals 1 supply 2 5 9 pole shielded cable C PS2 control uni ES842 CN3 supply 2 ES840 CN8 ee teas 9 pole shielded cable C U control uni ES842 CN14 phase U ES841 CN3 9 pole shielded cable control uni ES842 CN11 phase V ES841 CN3 CORTO nas 9 pole shielded cable C W control uni ES842 CN8 phase W ES841 CN3 phase W 24V Power supply control unipolar cable 1mm supply 1 ES840 MR1 1 control unit ES842 MR1 1 unit OVD Power supply control unipolar cable 1mm supply 1 ES840 MR1 2 control unit ES842 MR1 2 unit 24VD Power h U supply driver unipolar cable 1mm supply 1 ES840 MR1 3 phase ES841 1 1 boards ES841 24V GU OVD Power h U supply driver unipolar cable 1mm supply 1 ES840 MR1 4 Petes ES841 MR1 2 boards ES841 24VD Power haseU h supply driver unipolar cable 1mm P ES841 MRI 3 posse ES841 MRI 1 boards ES841 2AV GV OVD Power hase h supply driver unipolar cable 1mm P ES841 MR1 4 phase ES841 MR1 2 boards ES841 24VD Power hase V h w supply driver unipolar cable 1mm phos ES841 MR1 3 pese ES841 MRI 1 boards ES841 24V GW OVD Power hase V h w supply driver unipolar cable 1mm P ES841 MR1 4 ES841 MR1 2 boards ES841 double optical fibre G U control uni 5842 19 20 phase U
184. RUCTIONS 6 2 4 4 LAY OUT OF POWER TERMINALS AND SIGNAL TERMINALS Remove the cover of the braking unit to gain access to its terminal blocks Just loosen the four fixing screws of the cover located on the front side and on the bottom side of the braking unit Loosen the fastening screws to slide off the cover from above Power terminals consist of copper bars that can be reached through the three front holes Terminal N Type ot Cable cross section mm Connection terminal 20 Copper bar 25 Inverter DC side connected to terminal B 21 Copper bar See Resistors table Connection to braking resistor 22 25 Inverter DC side connected to terminal Terminal block M1 Description Notes Features Cable cross section mm 1 Not used M1 2 OVE Signal zero volt Control board zero volt 0 5 1 3 Modulation input 0 10 To used for Rin 10kQ 0 51 V special applications NS 4 Sin Logic input for signal The SLAVE brakes if Max 30V 0 541 sent from Master a signal gt 6 V is sent 1 5 RL NO NO contact of The relay energizes 250Vac 3A 05 1 thermoswitch on relay when 30Vdc 3A i 6 RL C Common of the contact overtemperature of thermoswitch on alarm trips for 0 5 1 relay BU200 M1 7 RL NC NC contact of A 0 5 1 thermoswitch on relay M1 8 Mout Digital output for Slave Hi
185. S919 board behaves as a serial gateway and makes all the Mxxx measures and the CAUTION box inputs available to the addresses given in the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual The Fieldbus section in the Sinus Penta s Programming manual does not apply to ES919 comms board 6 11 1 IDENTIFICATION DATA Description Order code BACnet RS485 SINUS PENTA Module 770102402 BACnet Ethernet SINUS PENTA Module ZZ0102404 Metasys N2 SINUS PENTA Module ZZ0102406 6 11 2 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL BOARDS Operating temperature to 50 C ambient temperature contact Elettronica Santerno for higher ambient temperatures Relative humidity 5 to 95 non condensing Max operating altitude 4000 m a s l 6 11 3 ELECTRICAL FEATURES COMMON TO ALL BOARDS ES919 is enabled through switch SW1 factory setting CAUTION If enabled LED L1 ON the RS485 serial port located on the inverter serial link 9 ES821 control board is automatically disabled The operation of ES919 control board is as follows L1 EN OFF OFF L2 TX OFF L3 RX OFF ii ON L1 EN ON default 2 22009 FLASHING IF COMMUNICATION IS OK L3 RX FLASHING IF COMMUNICATION IS OK 302 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 4 INSTALLING ES919 BOARD ON THE INVERTER SLOT B Before gaining access to the components inside the i
186. T BU1440 5 6T 600 690Vac 0 69 2200 208 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 4 INSTALLING THE BRAKING UNIT 6 4 4 1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BRAKING UNIT INSTALLATION STORAGE AND TRANSPORT Operating ambient temperatures 0 40 C with no derating peu 1 Won 4020 1 rated current for each degree beyond 40 C Installation environment Pollution degree 2 or higher Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to conductive dust corrosive gases vibrations water sprinkling or dripping do not install in salty environments Altitude Up to 1000 m above sea level For higher altitudes derate the output current of 1 every 100m above 1000m max 4000m Operating ambient humidity From 5 to 95 from 1g m to 25g m non condensing and freezing class according to EN50178 Storage ambient humidity From 596 to 9596 from 1g m to 25g m non condensing and freezing class 1k3 according to EN50178 Ambient humidity during transport Max 9596 up to 60g m condensation may appear when the equipment is not running class 2k3 according to EN50178 From 86 to 106 kPa classes 3k3 and 1k4 according to EN50178 From 70 to 106 kPa class 2k3 according to EN50178 Ambient conditions strongly affect the inverter life Do not install the CAUTION equipment in places that do not have the above mentioned ambient conditions 209 373 INSTALLATION S
187. TE MODE The control mode is defined by programming parameters C140 C147 of the Control Method menu The Enable command terminal 15 is sent from the selector switch if terminals 1 and 2 are connected together factory setting When pressed the emergency push button immediately stops the inverter An auxiliary terminal board with voltage free contacts is provided for the selector switch status the emergency push button status and the Enable command TERMINALS FEATURES FUNCTION DESCRIPTION Optoisolated digital input ENABLE Connect terminal 1 to terminal 2 to enable the inverter terminals 1 and 2 are connected together factory setting 2 O V digital inputs CMD digital input ground 3 4 voltage free contacts STATUS OF LOC 0 REM contacts closed selector switch 230V 3A 24V 2 5A SELECTOR SWITCH position LOC contacts open selector switch position or REM 5 6 voltage free contacts STATUS OF LOC 0 REM contacts closed selector switch 230V 3A 24V 2 5A SELECTOR SWITCH position REM contacts open selector switch position O or REM 7 8 voltage free contacts STATUS OF EMERGENCY contacts closed emergency push 230V 3A 24V 2 5 A PUSH BUTTON button not depressed contacts open emergency push button depressed When the key selector switch and the emergency push button are installed NOTE multifunction digital
188. TIVIRUS program 4 Conned the host PC to the BACnet device using an Ethernet crossover cable or straight through cable if connecting from a Hub Switch 5 Ping the BACnet device using the Ping BACnet gateway button within the BACnet configurator software to ensure communication has been achieved A command window will appear containing the IP address of any BACnet fieldbus devices that the host PC can detect 6 Select your choice of BACnet MSTP within the BACnet configuration software 7 Enter the MAC address baud rate parity stop bits data bits and highest MAC address on the network 8 Enter the BACnet device instance and the Network Number 9 Click on Create Files 10 Click on Download config file to configure the BACnet fieldbus network card 11 Click on Restart BACnet Device after the download has completed 12 Mount the BACnet device in the way shown in Figure 147 13 Connect the device to the BACnet MSTP network and test if the device can be achieved 311 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 12 ES851 DATALOGGER BOARD SLOT B ES851 DataLogger is an option board allowing acquiring the operating variables of a plant and interfacing to a supervisor computer even a remote computer through different connecting modes for data logging and monitoring of the devices connected to the plant The main features of the DataLogger are the following 8 Mb Data Flash allowing setting how many variables an
189. TU connection through the serial link the Modbus TCP connection is characterised by an offset of 400h 1024 for write variables because the Ethernet board dialogues with the inverter and splits a buffer shared for two segments of 1kbyte each One segment is dedicated to the messages sent from the inverter to the Fieldbus the other is dedicated to the messages sent from the Fieldbus to the inverter In order to write the interface variable 001 042 5 Reference from FIELDBUS whole part see Programming Instructions the Modbus TCP transaction must be addressed to log 1025 not to log 1 The Ethernet board also offers advanced IT functionality For example you can send e mail messages following particular events occurring in the inverter or you can create a dynamic web page inside the inverter to display its operating conditions For advanced functionality refer to the relevant manual contained in the CD ROM supplied with the option board kit 6 10 8 STATUS LEDs Each option fieldbus board is equipped with a column provided with four LEDs installed on its front edge to monitor the bus status and with one LED red green installed on the communications board for debugging as shown in the figure below P000314 0 Figure 141 Position of indicator LEDs on the board The red green LED mounted on the board relates to all interface models whereas the LEDs mounted on the board column have different meanings b
190. TY CYCLE 10 2T CLASS Type of section Connection clue 0 mm AWG Recommended Power Degree of or kemils ay Value Protection 3 3 3 3 8 8 8 8 48 6 3 5 2 Unit Resistors to used Wire Cross Type of section 2 Las Power Degree of Value kW Protection 16 6 16 6 16 6 16 6 16 6 16 6 185 350 198 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 5 3 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 50 2T CLASS Braking SIZE Model Unit Resistors to be used Wire Cross Type of section Value 9 mm AWG Value Q kW Protection 0180 1 4 6 6 12 IP20 B 1 65 16 4 41 0202 1 4 6 6 12 IP20 B 1 65 16 4 0217 1 1 2 64 IP23 A 1 2 120 250 0260 1 1 2 64 IP23 A 1 2 120 250 0313 1 2 16 48 IP23 B 0 8 95 4 0 51 0367 1 2 1 6 48 23 0 8 95 4 0 0402 1 2 1 2 64 IP23 B 0 6 120 250 Type of connection A One resistor B Two or more parallel connected resistors The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heat CAUTION resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of the cables must be 450 700V 199 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 5 4 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 10 AT 55 Braking Resistors RENE CNN Uni
191. ace NOTE connector cable plates etc are black round head cross head screws gt gt gt When wiring the inverter remove only this type of screws If different screws or bolts are removed the inverter warranty will be no longer valid 1 Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 15 minutes 2 The electronic components in the inverter and the communications board are sensitive to electrostatic discharge Be careful when you reach the component parts inside the inverter and when you handle the communications board The board should be installed in a workstation equipped with proper grounding and provided with an antistatic surface If this is not possible the installer must wear a ground bracelet properly connected to the PE conductor 277 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 Loosen the two front screws located in the lower part of the inverter cover to remove the covering of the terminal board In the PENTA s control board you can then reach the slot B where you can install the Profibus communications board jr T 000309 Fixing Figure 123 Location of the slot inside the terminal board cover of the Sinus PENTA inverters 4 Insert the communications board in the slot B make sure that the comb connector in the board is inserted in the front part of the slot only and that the last 6 pins are not connected If installation is correct the three fastening holes will match with
192. actance The 18 phase 18 pulse connection is available for Size S80 using a dedicated transformer the power supply modules and the interphase reactance For certain sizes VDC direct connection is also available with no need to change the inverter layout only a safety fuse is to be installed in the VDC supply line please refer to Cross sections of the Power Cables and Sizes of the Protective Devices for the safety fuses to be installed On the other hand for sizes 541 542 S51 552 S60 S64 S74 an external precharge system is required because no precharge circuit is fitted inside the inverter DC voltage supply is normally used for a parallel connection of multiple inverters inside the same cubicle Output DC power supply units both one way and two way with power ratings ranging from 5kW to 2000kW for 200Vac to 690Vac rated voltage can be supplied by Elettronica Santerno To access the power terminals please refer to Gaining Access to Control Terminals and Power Terminals for Models IP20 and IPOO and Gaining Access to Control Terminals and Power Terminals in IP54 Models 55 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS DANGER AN CAUTION 56 373 SINUS PENTA Before changing the equipment connections shut off the inverter and wait at least 15 minutes to allow for the discharge of the heatsinks in the DC link Use only B type differential circuit breakers Connect power supply only to the power supply terminals The connection of
193. ails and for analytical calculations based on the configuration of the grid connection EASY HARMONICS you can use the Easy Harmonics application from Y Elettronica Santerno PO01023 80 70 Bl With no inductance With AC inductance 50 With DC inductance 40 30 20 10 d m m 5th 7 11 13 17 19 23 25 60 Figure 96 Amplitude of harmonic currents approximate values CAUTION instability converters installed for DC motors loads generating strong voltage variations at startup power factor correction systems j Always use an input inductance under the following circumstances mains Use the input inductance under the following circumstances when Penta drives up to S12 included are connected to grids with a short circuit power over 500kVA with Penta drives from 515 to S60 when short circuit power is 20 fold the CAUTION inverter power with Penta 565 or greater unless the inverter or the inverters are powered via a dedicated transformer with modular inverters provided with multiple power supply units size S70 S75 S80 The ratings of optional inductance recommended based on the inverter size are detailed in the section below 236 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 2 12 PHASE CONNECTION For gt 500kW drives a 12 pulse rectifier is normally used This suppresses the lowest harmonic current in the supply line A 12 pulse inductance suppresses 5th and
194. aking unit 2 Voltage class List of applicable voltage classes 3 Supply ratings 200 800 Vdc DC supply voltage produced by the inverter terminals 4 Output current 80A average average current in output cables 130A max max current in output cables 5 Min load Minimum value of the resistor to be connected to the output terminals see application tables below 6 Cable cross section Dimensioning of the power cables 179 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 2 OPERATION The basic size of the braking unit can be used with a braking resistor avoiding exceeding a max instant current of 130 A corresponding to a maximum braking power of approx 97 5 kW class 4T and to an average power of 60 kW class 4T For applications requiring higher braking power values multiple braking units can be parallel connected in order to obtain a greater braking power based on the number of braking units To ensure that the overall braking power is evenly distributed to all braking units configure one braking unit in MASTER mode and the remaining braking units in SLAVE mode and connect the output signal of the MASTER unit terminal 8 in connector M1 to the forcing input for all SLAVE braking units terminal 4 in connector M1 6 2 2 1 CONFIGURATION JUMPERS Jumpers located on the control board for BU200 are used for the configuration of the braking unit Their positions and functions are as follows
195. amento 41 25011 Campodarsego Pd 40060 mula Bo 03585440284 CARRARO Carraro Spa Tel 39 049 9219111 Tol 39 0542 489711 R E A PD 328951 39 049 9280111 Fax 39 0542 489797 Cod Mecc FD 054133 www elettronicasanterno com Cod Ident IVA Intracam sales elettromicasanterne 1703696440284 Pag 1A 366 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS GRUPPO CARRARO SUD Z SANTERNO MANUFACTURER S DECLARATION Elettronica Santerno S p A S S Selice 47 40026 Imola BO Italia AS A MANUFACTURER DECLARES UNDER ITS SOLE RESPONSIBILITY THAT THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE INVERTERS OF THE SINUS PENTA LINE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES SINUS PENTA 512 SINUS PENTA 815 SINUS PENTA 20 SINUS PENTA 74 SINUS PENTA S75 WHICH THIS DECLARATION RELATES TO WHEN APPLIED UNDER THE OPERATING CONDITIONS GIVEN IN THE USER MANUAL CAN BE INCORPORATED INTO THE MACHINERY BUT MUST NOT BE COMMISSIONED UNTIL THE MACHINERY HAS BEEN DECLARED COMPLIANT WITH THE PROVISIONS OF MACHINERY DIRECTIVE 2006 42 CE THE FOLLOWING STANDARD IS ALSO APPLIED Safety of machinery Electrical equipment of machines CEIEN 60204 1Ed 4 Patt General requirements PLACE AND DATE M Imola 03 09 2009 B ING GIORGIO Elettronica Santerno Spa Sede Logale Stabilimenti e uffici Cap Soc 2 500 000 i v Societ soggetta all attivit di Via Olmo 37 5 5 Setice 47 Codice Fiscale Partita Iva GRUPPO direzione coordinamento di 2501
196. ameters 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 1 FOC Auto no rotation are set up as for current autotune 024 is computed even if no autotune procedure occurs 144 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 4 Encoder TEST The motor must run when testing the encoder Set the source of the encoder signal used as a speed feedback Encoder A in terminal board Encoder B from ES836 or ES913 option board with parameter C189 enter the number of pulse rev with parameter C190 or C191 In the MOTOR CONTROL MENU set the parameter relating to the speed feedback from encoder 012 Yes Open the ENABLE command and set parameter 1073 Select Autotune Type as Encoder Tune Use the ESC key to confirm changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until encoder tune is complete W32 Open Enable is displayed Once encoder tune is complete the display will show one of the following messages W31 Encoder Ok the speed feedback is correct If the speed detected by the encoder is opposite to the desired speed the drive will automatically reverse the feedback sign parameter C199 A59 Encoder Fault the speed detected from the encoder is not consistent with the control speed Possible causes e Wrong number of pls rev of the encoder Wrong power supply of the Encoder e g 5V instead of 24V check the encoder ratings and the position of jumpers and DIP switches for the encoder supply in the optional encoder board Wrong config
197. analog inputs to be configured as voltage current inputs Reference analog inputs 1 single ended input max resolution 12 bits auxiliary inputs 2 differential inputs max resolution 12 bits E Analog quantities from keypad serial interface field bus 5 Digital inputs 8 digital inputs 3 preset inputs ENABLE START RESET and 5 configurable inputs 15 sets of programmable speed values 32 000 rpm first 3 sets with resolution 0 01 P rpm FOC control 4 4 accel decel ramps to 6 500 secs possibility to set user defined patterns 4 configurable digital outputs with possibility to set internal timers activation deactivation delay E x 1 push pull output 20 48 Vdc 50 mA max Digital outputs 1 open collector NPN PNP output 5 48 Vdc 50 mA max 5 2 relay outputs with change over contacts 250 VAC 30 VDC Auxiliary voltage 24 Vdc 5 200 mA 6 Reference voltage for 10 Vdc 0 8 10 mA potentiometer 10 Vdc 0 8 10 mA Anales 3 configurable analog outputs 10 10 Vdc 0 10 Vdc 0 4 20 mA resolution 9 11 bits Inverter thermal protection motor thermal protection mains failure overvoltage undervoltage overcurrent at constant speed or ground failure overcurrent while Mares accelerating overcurrent while decelerating overcurrent during speed search IFD SW only 5 auxiliary trip from digital input serial communication failure control board failu
198. apable of powering an AC electric motor and of imposing speed and torque values The inverters of the PENTA series manufactured by Elettronica Santerno SpA allow adjusting speed and torque values of three phase asynchronous motors and brushless permanent magnet AC motors with several control modes Control modes may be user defined and allow obtaining the best performance in terms of fine tuning and energy saving for any industrial application The basic control modes that can be selected for PENTA inverters are the following IFD voltage frequency scalar control for asynchronous motors FOC vector control for asynchronous motors VTC sensorless vector control for asynchronous motors Special application software is also available including the most well known automation functions programmable by the user See SPECIAL APPLICATIONS AVAILABLE ON SINUS PENTA INVERTERS for more details Available SINUS PENTA models range from 1 3 kW to 2010 kW AVAILABLE SINUS PENTA MODELS Products may have different ratings and or appearance than the ones shown in the picture above The proportion of enclosure to the other is shown as an example and is not binding 13 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 1 1 FEATURE LIST One product multiple functions vector modulation IFD software for general purpose applications V f pattern sensorless vector VIC software for high torque demanding performance direct torqu
199. ased on the max distance between two stations Characteristic impedance Better if exceeding 1000 1200 is typically recommended Standard colours Yellow brown for D1 DO pair grey for Common signal 351 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Power Supply LEDs ES914 board is equipped with three indicator LEDs for indicating the status of the power supply voltage LED Colour Function L1 Green Presence of power supply voltage 5V in inverter side RS485 circuits L2 Green Presence of inverter power supply voltage 9V L3 Green Presence of power supply voltage 5V in Master side RS485 circuits RS485 FAULT Signals ES914 board is equipped with two LEDs indicating the fault status for the RS485 signals both on the inverter side and to the Master side The FAULT indication is valid only when the line is properly terminated i e DIP switches SW1 and SW2 are ON LED Colour Function L5 Red Inverter side RS485 signal fault L Red Master side RS485 signal fault The following faults can be detected e Differential voltage between A and B lower than 450mV e Aor B exceed the common mode voltage range 7V 12V e A or B connected to fixed voltage this condition can be detected only when communication is in progress Diagnostic Display Figure 173 shows the indicator LEDs and the configuration DIP switches of ES914 board Configuration of ES914 board ES914
200. ased on the type of fieldbus being used 6 10 8 1 LEDs FOR FiELDBUS INTERFACE CPU DIAGNOSTICS The LED located on the printed circuit of any version of the interface board indicates the status of the CPU dedicated to communication The table below shows the possible type of signals 5 Board Red Unknown internal error or module operating in bootloader mode diagnostic 1 Hz Red blinker RAM fault 2 Hz red blinker ASIC or FLASH fault 4 Hz Red blinker DPRAM fault 2 Hz green blinker Module not initialized 1 Hz green blinker Module initialized and operating 299 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 8 2 LEDs FoR PROFIBUS DP BOARD DIAGNOSTICS In the PROFIBUS DP board LED 1 is inactive the remaining LEDs are described below amp Function 2 It indicates that the inverter is on line on the fieldbus On Line Green The module is on line data exchange is allowed Off The module is not on line 3 It indicates that the inverter is off line on the fieldbus Off Line Red The module is off line data exchange is not allowed Off The module is not off line 4 Fieldbus It indicates some possible errors Diagnostics 1 Hz Red blinker Configuration error the length of IN messages and OUT messages set while initializing the module does not match with the message length set while initializing the network 2 Hz Red blinker User Parameter error the data leng
201. ash memory deletion letter E flashing Flash memory programming letter P flashing An alarm tripped while deleting or programming the software flash memory Repeat programming letter A flashing Autoreset letter C flashing Current limit and voltage limit while running Symbol or sequence displayed Inverter condition Current limit while accelerating or voltage limit due to overload conditions letter H flashing if the output current is limited to the values set in the operating parameters Output voltage limit letter L flashing if no voltage is delivered to the motor due to a too weak value Voltage limit when decelerating letter U flashing if Vpc in the equipment exceeds the rated value by 2096 during dynamic braking Braking function active letter D flashing when the inverter is stopping the motor by applying DC current See Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual DC Braking function The display can be seen only after removing the remotable keypad Please refer NOTE to the relevant section for more details 105 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 2 2 DIP SWITCHES The inverter control board includes three banks of DIP switches SW1 SW2 and SW3 for the following functions switch SW1 analog input configuration switch SW2 analog output c
202. ations eee dee Ted ek E e eee TRE 255 6 7 4 Installing Encoder Board ES836 2 in Slot A on the 256 6 7 5 Terminals in Encoder 257 6 7 6 Configuration DIP switches ie ie tee ite apio Hte boule Hee ee PR ELE Lene tta 257 6 7 7 Jumper Selecting the Type of Encoder Supply 0 0 0 0 00 06 0 258 6 7 8 Adjusting Trirrimer C cues e 259 6 7 9 Encoder Wiring and 2 259 67 10 Winng the Encoder Cable etel ette tle die t ettet 264 6 8 ES913 LINE DRIVER ENCODER BOARD SLOT A eee 265 6 8 1 Identification Data eee ete eal das nase ob ei P her v Ee e ieee 265 6 8 2 Environmental Requirements esses eene nennen 265 6 8 3 Electrical Specifications ione tense E tr GR Hee EG e rd 266 6 8 4 Installing the Line Driver Board on the Inverter Slot 267 6 8 5 Terminals in the Line Driver Encoder Board 2 268 6 8 6 Configuration DIP switches 9 268 6 8 7 Encoder Supply Selection 4020 001200000000000000000000000 269 6 8 8 E RETE
203. back lit 16 x 4 character LCD display provided 9 Degree of protection 0 IPOO 2 1 20 5 IP54 19 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 2 1 INVERTER NAMEPLATE Typical nameplate for voltage class 4T 220102018 24003 SINUS PENTA 0038 4T BIK2 input AC3PH 380 500V 10 15 50 60 2 lin 650 15 IP20 output AC3PH 0 500V 0 625Hz nom 65 A Imax 75 A UL ratings 500Vac 56 3 kVA max drive 45 0 kW 60Hp motor Short Circuit Rating 10000 Arms 500Vac Aux Contact Ratings 5A 250Vac resistive 3A 250Vac 5A 30Vdc FOR FURTHER DETAILS SEE USER MANUAL Fuse A 100 Circ breaker 100 Cont 1 100 Wiresize 25 AWG4 kW application table Ho IND CONT EQ motor voltage light standard heavy strong 2YF1 C US 2 2 S E 37 30 30 25 LISTED 56 40 0 40 40 35 3 45 37 30 28 lt 60 0 50 0 40 0 N990 y P000982 B Figure 1 Inverter nameplate 20 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT Inverters of the SINUS PENTA series degree of protection IP20 can be installed inside another enclosure Only models with degree of protection IP54 may be wall mounted The inverter must be installed vertically The ambient conditions the instructions for the mechanical assembly and the electrical connections of the inverter are detailed in the sections below CAUTION not install the inverter horizonta
204. bana clearance clearance between Top Bottom Wo Size iwo between two between two inverter clearance clearance invente inverter inverter supply modules and mm mm units modules modules supply iram modules mm S65 S80 20 50 50 400 100 2255 300 Figure 2 1 mil INVERTE UNIT DULE 1 Cit Figure 2 Clearance to allow when installing the Inverter Power supply unit modules 23 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS The air circulation through the enclosure must avoid warm air intake make sure to provide adequate air cooling through the inverter The technical data related to dissipated power is shown in the ratings table To calculate the air delivery required for the cabinet cooling consider coefficients for ambient temperature of about 35 and altitudes lower than or equal to 1 000 m a s l The air delivery required is equal to Q Pti Pdsu At 3 5 m h Pti is the overall thermal power dissipated inside the cabinet and expressed in W Pdsu is the thermal power dissipated from the cabinet surface At is the difference between the air temperature inside the cabinet and the air temperature outside the cabinet temperatures are expressed in degrees centigrade C For sheet steel enclosures power dissipated from the cabinet walls Pdsu may be calculated as follows Pdsu 5 5 x Atx S where S is equal to the enclosure ov
205. be connected to terminal 4 in 0 25 1 5mm 4 BU Braking module fitted braking module the brake terminals of the 0 22 0 25 AWG 24 16 fitted inverter using the cable supplied Command for a parallel be connected to terminal 1 X 5 5 SLAVE connected braking nud ar the M1 of a parallel connected 22 02 module braking module if any 0 22 0 25 to be connected to terminal in 0 25 1 5mm 6 OV Ground OV the brake terminals of the NUR UNA S 0 22 0 25 AWG 24 16 inverter using the cable supplied to be connected to terminal 7 in 0 25 1 5mm 7 CANL CAN bus low the brake terminals of the AWG 24 1 6 0 22 0 25 CAN Communications inverter using the cable supplied Bus to be connected to terminal 8 in 0 25 1 5mm 8 CANH CAN bus high the brake terminals of the 0 22 0 25 AWG 24 16 inverter using the cable supplied 195 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Terminals M2 Cable Cross section Fitting Tightening N Name Description Features NOTES the Terminal Torque mm Nm AWG kcmils Auxiliary 24V voltage 5 1 24VE d nerated infemally 24V 100mA Available to send the Reset 0 25 1 5mm to the braking module signal AWG 24 16 0 22 0 25 To be connected to 24VE Brak dule fault 0 25 1 5mm 2 RESET 0 24 active at 24V by means of a push button AWG DAE 0 22 0 25 for fault rese
206. board includes two 2 position DIP switches These DIP switches allow RS485 line termination to be configured both on inverter side and on master side DIP switch Function Notes SW Master side RS485 ON 1500 resistor between A and 4300 resistor between A and termination 5VE 4300 resistor between B and OVE default OFF no termination and polarisation resistor SW2 Inverter side RS485 ON 150Q resistor between A and B 430Q resistor between A and termination 5VM 4300 resistor between B and OVM default OFF no termination and polarisation resistor 352 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Value Electrical Specifications Min Typ Max Unit Operating temperature range of the components standard z m version Max relative humidity non condensing 95 Pollution degree 2 Degree of protection of the plastic case IP20 Insulation test voltage between the encoder signals and the 500Vac 1 power supply ground Value Connection to the inverter Min Typ Max Unit Input voltage 19 24 30 V Power supply voltage to the inverter 8 5 9 16 11 1 V Inverter power supply output current 830 mA Input lines Two lines signals A and B RS485 bus Type of input signals RS485 Standard from 1200bps to 115200bps Value Connection to the power supply line Min Typ Max Unit 24 Power supply absorption 700 mA Compliance E
207. braiding to the metal frame of the female connector to be connected to the inverter To avoid obtaining a too high common voltage for driver RS 485 of the master or the multidrop connected devices connect together terminals GND if any for all devices This ensures equipotentiality for all signal circuits thus providing the best operating conditions for drivers RS 485 however if devices are connected to each others with analog interfaces this can create ground loops If disturbance occurs when communication interfaces and analog interface operate at a time use optional galvanically isolated communications interface RS 485 Otherwise serial link 1 can be connected through RJ 45 connector Pins of RJ 45 connector are the following PIN FUNCTION 1 2 4 5 max 100mA for the power supply of external optional RS 485 RS232 converter 3 TX RX B Differential input output B bidirectional according to standard RS485 Negative polarity with respect to pins 1 3 for one MARK Signal D1 according to MODBUS IDA association 5 TX RX A Differential input output A bidirectional according to standard RS485 Positive polarity with respect to pins 2 4 for one MARK Signal D1 according to MODBUS IDA association 6 7 8 control board zero volt Common according to MODBUS IDA association 134 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS The pin lay out of RJ 45 connector is shown in the figure below 2095
208. bus plug with 1 cable assembled P000312 B Profibus cable Figure 127 Example of a Profibus network the correct setting of the line terminators is highlighted Each device in the network must have its own Profibus address The addresses of the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series are set through the rotary switches installed in the interface board Each rotary switch is provided with a pin that can be turned to position 0 9 using a small screwdriver The rotary switch on the left sets the tenths of the Profibus address while the rotary switch on the right sets the units Figure 128 shows an example of the correct position to set address 19 P0000313 B Tenth digit 1 Unit digit 9 Figure 128 Example of the rotary switch position to set Profibus address 19 NOTE The rotary switches allow setting Profibus addresses ranging from 1 to 99 Addresses exceeding 99 are not yet allowed 282 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 3 3 CONNECTION TO THE FIELDBUS Make sure that wiring is correct specially if the fieldbus operates at high baud rates higher than or equal to 1 5Mb s Figure 127 is an example of a Profibus link connecting multiple devices Use special Profibus cables Profibus Standard Bus Cable Type A do not exceed the max allowable connection length based on the baud rate use proper connectors The table below shows the standard baud rate values and the corresponding max length
209. cal 340 6 13 91 Andog 340 6 13 9 2 Digital Inputs det eO MEER 342 6 13 9 3 342 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 14 RELAY I O EXPANSION BOARD ES870 Slot 344 6 1427 identification Data ee strated peste erri e ek het ere de Sean 344 6 14 2 Installing ES870 Board on the Inverter Slot 345 6 14 3 ES870 Board 5 2 22 2125 epe ee e ee Pe eed 347 6 15 ES914 Power Supply Unit Board treten eei bes e Eri ARATRI 348 6 15 1 Identification Data itt etr epe Lave ti aah te eere ea NE aea de eon te 350 6 152 Wiring ES914 Board ions tte atre e ete bete e dettes 350 6 16 LOC O REM KEY SELECTOR SWITCH AND EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON FOR MODEL IP54 355 6 16 1 Wiring IP54 Inverters with Optional LOC 0O REM Key Selector Switch and Emergency Push button 356 7 NORMATIVE REFERENCES aoo eu ee Ya ep eee eee ae sad eb Eae euge eroe 357 7 1 Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive enne rere 357 ZA RADIOFREQUENCY 01 211222 2 20000000600000 8 000000009 360 7 te Power Supply ceed elie 361 7 322 Outpu
210. can select a range for the rated mains voltage or the power supply from DC Bus stabilised from a Regenerative Penta 2 as the control algorithm in 010 3 Motor ratings C015 fmot1 Rated frequency C016 rpmnom1 Rated RPM C017 Pmot1 Rated power C018 Imot1 Rated current C019 Vmot1 Rated voltage e 029 1 Max desired speed If the no load current of the motor is known in C021 Ip set the value of l expressed as a percentage of the rated motor current If the no load current of the motor is not known but the motor can run with no connected load start the motor at its rated speed in IFD mode read the current value detected by the drive parameter M026 in the Motor Measures Menu and use it as the first attempt value for lo NOTE If the connected motor must run at higher speed than its rated speed flux weakening measure the no load current value at its rated speed to ensure better performances If the no load current of the motor is not known and the motor cannot run in no load conditions use a first attempt value for that is automatically computed by the drive as described in step 5 NOTE When parameter C021 l 0 whenever the motor autotune step 5 is performed the drive will automatically set a value depending on the motor ratings Once a no load current value is entered in 021 the value of the parameter relating to mutual inductance CO24 will be automatically computed when par
211. ce versa for logic 0 normally called a SPACE 3 7 3 MULTIDROP NETWORK CONNECTION SINUS PENTA inverters may be connected to a network through electrical standard RS485 allowing a bus type control of each device up to 247 inverters may be interconnected depending on the link length and baud rate Each inverter has its own identification number which can be set in the Serial network submenu as a unique code in the network connected to the PC 3 7 3 1 CONNECTION For the connection to serial link O use the 9 pole male D connector located on the control board sizes 505 515 or on the inverter bottom besides the terminal board sizes gt S20 The D connector pins are the following PIN FUNCTION 1 3 TX RX A Differential input output A bidirectional according to standard RS485 Positive polarity with respect to pins 2 4 for one MARK Signal D1 according to MODBUS IDA association 2 4 TX RX B Differential input output B bidirectional according to standard RS485 Negative polarity with respect to pins 1 3 for one MARK Signal D1 according to MODBUS IDA association GND control board zero volt Common according to MODBUS IDA association 8 not connected 5 6 VTEST Auxiliary supply input see AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY 7 9 5 V max 100 mA for power supply of optional converter RS 485 RS 232 The D connector metal frame is connected to the grounding Wire duplex cable
212. cifications of the terminals and the connectors are given below e MI Terminals power supply of ES914 board separable terminals 3 81mm pitch suitable for 0 08 1 5mm AWG 28 16 cables Terminal N Name Description 24VS ES914 Power supply input 2 OVS ES914 Power supply common 3 SHD Shield of RS485 wire for external connections 4 PE Protective Earth e M2 Terminals 5485 connection to the Master separable terminals 3 81mm pitch suitable for 0 08 1 5mm AWG 28 16 cables Terminal N Name Description 5 RS485 Am RS485 signal A Master 6 RS485 Bm RS485 signal B Master 7 OVE Common for connections to the Master 8 SHD Shield of RS485 wire 9 PE Protective Earth CNI Connector RS485 connection to the Master male DB9 connector Am Bm SHIELD OVE 350 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS e M3 Terminals RS485 connection to the inverter separable terminals 3 81mm pitch suitable for 0 08 1 5mm AWG 28 16 cables Terminal N Name Description 10 RS485 Ai RS485 A signal Inverter 11 RS485 Bi RS485 B signal Inverter 12 OVM Common for connections to the inverter 13 9VM Inverter power supply output connector RS485 connection to the inverter female DB9 connector Ai Bi 9VM OVM Recommended connection to the inverter It is recommended that a shielded cable w
213. coming and outcoming conductor cables that are to be filtered must go through the ferrite 7 1 1 3 THE CABINET To prevent input and output of electromagnetic emissions to and from the cabinet draw particular attention to the cabinet doors opening and cable paths A Use a seam welded metal frame ensuring electrical continuity B Provide an unpainted reference grounding support on the frame bottom This steel sheet or metal grill is to be connected to the metal frame which is also connected to the ground mains of the equipment All components must be bolted directly to the grounding support C Hinged parts or mobile parts i e doors must be made of metal and capable of restoring electrical conductivity once closed D Segregate cables based on the type and intensity of electrical quantities and the type of devices which they are connected to components that may generate electromagnetic disturbance and components that are particularly sensitive to disturbance 361 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS High sensitivity Analog inputs and outputs voltage reference and current reference sensors and measurement circuits ATs and VTs DC supply 10V 24V Low sensitivity digital inputs and outputs optoisolated commands relay outputs Low perturbation filtered AC supply High perturbation Power circuits in general inverter non filtered AC supply contactors inverter motor wires Measures to take when wiring the cabine
214. communications cables to the relevant ports based on the type of communications to be established Set DIP switches accordingly see sections below 5 Close the inverter frame by reassembling the cover allowing to gain access to the inverter control terminals 314 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 12 3 CONNECTIVITY any safety measure required before touching the connectors and handling the Remove voltage from the inverter before wiring ES851 DataLogger board Take CAUTION DataLogger board ES851 is provided with the following serial communications ports Modem PC connection COMI 5232 5851 CN3 DB Male COMI RS485 Slave supervisor ES851 11 Male connection RS485 Master Supervisor ES851 CN8 DB9 Female connection Ethernet connection ES851 CN2 RJ45 CN3 RS232 connection replaces CN11 RS485 connection Factory setting is CN3 RS232 NOTE The Master or Slave operating mode of the COM ports can be changed by NOTE setting some configuration parameters of ES851 board accordingly see the Programming Instructions manual of ES851 DataLogger for further details The preset configurations are given in the table above A modem connection can replace the Ethernet connection ES851 DataLogger NOTE board does NOT support both the modem connection and the Ethernet connection gt gt gt 315 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS
215. connector cable plates etc are black round head cross head screws gt gt gt When wiring the inverter remove only this type of screws If different screws or bolts are removed the inverter warranty will be no longer valid 1 Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 15 minutes 2 Remove the whole inverter covering by loosening the four hexagonal screws located on the top side and bottom side of the inverter to reach the fixing spacers and the signal connector Figure 169 Slot connecting the keypad to the control board to avoid damaging the link between Before removing the inverter cover draw out the keypad and disconnect the cable CAUTION the keypad and the control board OPEN BY 7mm PIPE KEY OPEN BY STAR SCREWDRIVER P00202 0 Figure 169 Removing the inverter cover location of slot C 345 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 Insert the two contact strips supplied in the bottom part of ES870 board make sure that each contact enters its slot in the connector Insert ES870 board over the control board of the PENTA inverter make sure that each contact enters its slot in the signal connector Use the screws supplied to fasten board ES870 to the fixing spacers 4 For the terminal board wiring follow the instructions given in the section below 5 Close the inverter frame by reassembling the cover allowing to gain access to the inverter control terminals 346
216. control interference and short circuits with possible uncontrolled motor operation due to the lack of feedback The encoder supply output is isolated from the common terminal of the analog signals incoming to the terminals of the control board CMA Do not link the two common terminals together 6 7 9 ENCODER WIRING AND CONFIGURATION The figures below show how to connect and configure the DIP switches for the most popular encoder types gt gt gt CAUTION NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE A wrong encoder board connection may damage both the encoder and the board In all the figures below DIP switches SW1 4 SW2 3 SW2 6 are set to ON i e 77 kHz band limit is on If a connected encoder requires a higher output frequency set DIP switches to OFF The max length of the encoder wire depends on the encoder outputs not on the encoder board ES836 Please refer to the encoder ratings DIP switch SW1 1 is not shown in the figures below because its setting depends on the supply voltage required by the encoder Refer to the DIP switch setting table to set SW1 1 Zero notch connection is optional and is required only for particular software applications However for those applications that do not require any zero notch its connection does not affect the inverter operation See Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual for details 259 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS ES836 2 LINE DRIVER or PUSH
217. cted braking resistors 189 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 6 BRAKING RESISTORS TO BE APPLIED TO BU200 AT NOTE The wire cross sections given in the table relate to one wire per braking resistor The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heat CAUTION resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of the cables must be 0 6 1kV The power dissipated by the braking resistors may be the same as the rated CAUTION Power of the connected motor multiplied by the braking duty cycle use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect to the inverter any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower CAUTION MAC than the value given in the tables DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C 6 2 6 1 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 10 AT 55 Size Wire Cross Type of section 2 Q Recommended Power Degree of ee i Value kW Protection m 2 SA 5 60 66 12 66 12 66 12 66 12 66 12 IP20 66 12 66 12 66 12 66 12 190 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 6 2 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 20 AT 55 Braking Size Model Resistors to be used Wire Cross Type of Value section Value Q
218. d interface type RS 485 RS 232 3 7 3 2 LINE TERMINATORS Provide a linear wiring not a star wiring for multidrop line RS 485 To do so two pins for each line signal are provided on the inverter connector The incoming line may be connected to pins 1 and 2 whereas the outgoing line may be connected to pins 3 and 4 The first device in the multidrop connection will have only one outgoing line while the last device will have only one incoming line The line terminator is to be installed on the first device and the last device In serial link O the terminator is selected through DIP switch SW3 in the control board see DIP switches section for SINUS PENTA inverters The line master computer is typically placed at the beginning or at the end of a multidrop connection in that case the line terminator of the farthest inverter from the master computer or the only inverter in case of direct connection to the master computer shall be enabled DIP switch SW3 selector switches 1 and 2 in position ON The line terminator of the other inverters in intermediate positions shall be disabled DIP switch SW3 selector switches 1 and 2 in position OFF Communication does not take place or is adversely affected if multidrop terminators NOTE are not properly set especially in case of a high baud rate If more than two terminators are fitted some drivers can enter the protection mode due to thermal overload thus stopping dialoguing with some of the c
219. d for the external braking unit only 52 When available it can be used to connect the negative pole of the DC voltage to be used for the external braking unit only S05 4T 515 520 Terminal board S05 2T Terminal board Connection bars 47D and 47 are short circuited as a factory setting The CAUTION DC choke if any shall be linked between bars 47D and 47 after removing the short circuit If DC supply is required and if an external braking resistor is to be installed remove the short circuit between 47 D and 47 and use terminal 47 CAUTION Use terminals 47 and 48 B if an external braking resistor is to be installed 76 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 12 Terminal board Connection bars 47 D and 47 are short circuited as a factory setting The CAUTION DC choke if any shall be linked between bars 47 D and 47 after removing the short circuit CAUTION If DC supply is required and if an external braking resistor is to be installed remove the short circuit between 47 D and 47 and use terminal 47 4 CAUTION Use terminals 47 and 48 B if an external braking resistor is to be installed A S30 Terminal board NOTE Connect the braking resistor to terminals 50 and 48 B Avoid using terminals 50 and 48 B for applying DC power supply 540 Terminal board NOTE Connect the external braking unit to terminals 51 and 52 Avoid using term
220. d which variables are acquired as well as their acquisition time for optimum performance of the available memory 85485 and RS232 interface with Modbus RTU protocol Ethernet interface with TCP IP protocol Interface for the connection via GSM modem and analog modem SMS functionality for events monitored by the DataLogger available only when a GSM modem is used Board 0061 MAC address 0050C244A03D eo EA EE es con EEE AN UM Figure 150 ES851 DataLogger Board Each DataLogger is capable of monitoring up to 15 devices through RS485 or RS232 network with Modbus protocol ES851 is the master and the connected devices are the slaves A remote computer can be connected to the plant via RS485 or RS232 serial links via modem or via Ethernet The RemoteDrive software allows performing any operation both on the plant devices and on ES851 scanning the devices connected to the DataLogger and activating data acquisition except for the devices excluded from logging see the Programming Instructions of ES851 DataLogger for more details The connection modes and specifications are detailed in the following sections 312 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 12 1 IDENTIFICATION DATA Description Order Code ES851 FULL DATALOGGER ZZ0101820 6 12 2 INSTALLING ES851 BOARD ON THE INVERTER SLOT B Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter remove
221. dard RS485 Negative polarity with respect to pins 1 3 for one MARK GND control board zero volt 8 Not connected 5 6 VTEST Test supply input do not connect 7 9 5 V max 100 mA power supply The metal frame of the connector is connected to the inverter grounding Connect the braiding of the twisted pair data cable to the metal frame of the female connector to be connected to the inverter Connector RJ 45 must be connected to the keypad This connector has the following connections PIN FUNCTION 4 TX RX A Differential input output A bidirectional according to standard RS485 Positive polarity with respect to pin 6 for one MARK 6 TX RX B Differential input output B bidirectional according to standard RS485 Negative polarity with respect to pin 4 for one MARK 1 2 3 GND keypad zero volt 5 7 8 5V 100 mA power supply 231 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS The figure below shows the wiring diagram REMOTE DISPLAY KEYPAL JNVERTE AC CONVERTER AC CONVERTE ldr Addr Addr 247 AC Supply input SABLE 1 E AJB c A RJ 45 ctc ERA Twisted and shielded cable CONVERTE E Multidrop connectior example max 247 devices 01
222. densation resistance PT100 instruments for motor temperature control Optional features components by request P000143 0 The value H includes the fans and the cabinet base 39 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 4 40 373 STANDARD MOUNTING AND FIXING POINTS MODELS IP20 AND 00 S05 S60 SINUS PENTA STAND ALONE Fixing Templates mm SINUS Standard Mounting PENTA Size X X1 Y 01 02 Fastening screws S05 156 321 4 5 MA S10 192 377 6 12 5 5 12 192 377 6 12 5 M5 15 185 449 7 15 6 520 175 593 7 15 6 530 213 725 9 20 8 S40 540 270 857 9 20 M8 S41 380 190 845 12 24 M8 M10 S42 380 190 931 12 24 M8 M10 S50 560 280 975 11 21 M8 M10 51 440 220 845 12 24 M8 M10 52 440 220 931 12 24 M10 S60 570 285 1238 13 28 M10 M12 7 i Figure 3 Fixing points for STAND ALONE models from S05 to 52 included SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Size S60 has an IPOO open cabinet and can be installed only inside the equipment enclosure AIR FL AIR FL AIR FL n 1 Li
223. digital inputs relay coils Protected with resetting fuse 12 OVE OV digital input isolated to control OV Optoisolated digital input zero volt test voltage 500Vac 50Hz 1 with respect to inverter CMA inputs NOTE The total load on 24VE inverter connection cannot exceed 200mA The total load is referred to all 24VE connections available on the main terminal board and the option terminal board The relay coils fitted on ES870 option board can sink up to 75mA from 24 Coil consumption must be subtracted from the 200mA rated current capability By opening jumper J1 terminal n 5 and 11 can be used as 24Vdc supply input for relay coils unloading the inverter internal power supply Screwable terminal board in three extractable sections suitable for cross sections 0 2 2 5mm AWG 24 12 N Name Description Features 13 XDO1 NC Multifunction relay digital output 1 NC contact Change over contact with low logic level common terminal is 14 XDO1 C Multifunction relay digital output 1 common closed with NC terminal with high logic level common 15 XDO1 NO Multifunction relay digital output 1 NO contact 16 XDO2 NC Multifunction relay digital output 2 NC contact 17 XDO2 C Multifunction relay digital output 2 common 18 XDO2 NO Multifunction relay digital output 2 NO contact 19 XDO3 NC Multifunction relay digital output 3 NC contact 20 XDO3 C Multif
224. e NOTE Install a 50A fuse with a DC current of at least 700 Vdc type URDC SIBA series NOTE NH1 fuse provided with a safety contact CAUTION Link the safety contact of the fuse being used with the external alarm of BU200 187 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 5 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR BU200 2T Refer to the tables below for the connection of the braking resistors NOTE The wire cross sections given in the table relate to one wire per braking resistor The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heat CAUTION resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of the cables must be 450 700V DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C The power dissipated by the braking resistors may be the same as the rated CAUTION power of the connected motor multiplied by the braking duty cycle use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect to the inverter any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower CAUTION RU than the value given in the tables 6 2 5 1 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 10 2T CLASS Braking Unit Type of section 2 i Value Q kW Protection 8 8 8 20 9 8 8 8 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
225. e Description Shell CAN SHLD Cable shielding 2 L L line 3 CAN GND _ Common terminal of the CAN driver circuit 4 5 CAN SHLD Cable shielding 6 GND Option common terminal internally connected to pin 3 7 CAN CAN H line 8 9 reserved do not use The CANopen connector is the same type as the connector fitted in all the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series for the Modbus serial communications but the CAUTION pin arrangement and the internal circuitry are totally different Make sure that connectors are not mismatched A wrong connection of the CANopen connector to the Modbus interface or vice versa can damage the inverter and the other devices connected to the Modbus and CANopen networks 6 10 6 2 BOARD CONFIGURATION The CANopen communications board shall be used with three rotary switches for configuration which are required to set up the inverter operating mode The rotary switches also allow setting the baud rate and the Device Address The figure below shows the position of the rotary switches and a setting example with a baud rate of 125kbits s and a Device Address equal to 29 P000515 B Baudrate 4 125 kbit s Address tenth 2 Address unit 9 Figure 132 Example of the position of the rotary switches for 125kbits s and Device Address 29 A NOTE Device Address O is not allowed by the CANopen specifications Values ranging from 1 to 99 can be selected 289 373 INSTALLAT
226. e RESET key in the display keypad and perform the autotune procedure again NOTE if the ENABLE command was not opened before autotune was over decrease by 596 the no load current value set in CO21 and perform the autotune procedure again 145 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 7 Tuning the rotor rotor time constant C025 is estimated with a special autotune procedure time constant allowing the motor to run even in no load conditions Open the ENABLE command and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 2 FOC Auto rot Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until autotune is over warning W32 Open Enable is displayed When autotune is complete the value obtained for the rotor time constant is automatically saved in parameter C025 If the motor cannot run in no load conditions use a first attempt value for lo that is automatically computed by the drive as described in step 5 8 Startup Now that all the parameters have been set for the FOC motor control algorithm activate the ENABLE input terminal 15 and the START input terminal 14 and send a speed reference the RUN LED and REF LED will come on and the motor will start Make sure that the motor is rotating in the correct direction If not set parameter C014 Phase Rotation to 1 Yes or open the ENABLE and START inputs remove voltage from the drive and after waiting at least 15 minutes reverse two of the motor p
227. e and current limit for relay contacts MDO3 MDO4 3A 250Vac 30Vdc Residual resistance with closed contact for outputs MDO3 and MDO4 30 Durability of relay contacts MDO3 and MDO4 from mechanical and 5x107 oper electrical point of view 10 Max allowable frequency for relay outputs MDO3 and MDO4 30 oper s CAUTION Avoid exceeding min and max input voltage values not to cause irreparable damages to the equipment Digital outputs MDO1 and MDO2 are protected against transient short circuits NOTE by a self resetting fuse After wiring the inverter make sure that the output voltage is correct as a persistent short circuit may damage the equipment Isolated supply output is protected by a self resetting fuse capable of preventing NOTE the inverter internal power supply unit from damaging due to a short circuit Nevertheless if a short circuit occurs the inverter could lock and stop the motor gt gt gt 124 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 6 ANALOG OUTPUTS TERMINALS 10 TO 13 Three analog outputs are available AO1 terminal 10 AO2 terminal 11 and AO3 terminal 12 related to common terminal CMA terminal 13 They can be set as voltage outputs or current outputs Each analog output is controlled by a DAC digital to analog converter that can be configured in order to output as analog signals three measured values chosen among the available values for each application see Si
228. e control vector FOC functionality with an encoder for accurate torque requirements and wide speed range RGN Active Front End function for power exchange with the mains with unitary power factor and very low harmonic current see SPECIAL APPLICATIONS AVAILABLE ON SINUS PENTA INVERTERS gt special optional functions for any application such as MUP see SPECIAL APPLICATIONS AVAILABLE ON SINUS PENTA INVERTERS VVVV Wide range of supply voltage values 200 VAC 690 VAC both for stand alone models and cabinet models Standard power supply 280 VDC 970 VDC Wide power range from 1 3 kW to 2010 kW Wide range of voltage values and power values for the electric motors to be connected to any inverter size MODEL LIGHT STANDARD HEAVY mone SINUS PENTA 0025 4TBA2X2 22kW 18 5kW 15kW 11kW Built in filters for the whole SINUS PENTA range in compliance with EN61800 3 issue 2 concerning emission limits e No line contactor needed The new hardware configuration i standard supplied with a safety system including redundant contacts for the inhibition of firing pulses in the power circuit in compliance with the latest requirements of the safety regulations in force EN 61800 5 1 EN61800 5 2 However respect the specific rules of the field of application e Beyond performance enhancement the new series of SINUS PENTA models is more compact than the prior models the SINUS PENTA may be installed in cabinets and its design offers a b
229. e interface converter and the keypad Connect connector DB9 to the inverter or to network RS485 The inverter side with telephone connector RJ45 must be already connected to the keypad Check that communication is correct Turn on one of the inverters connected to the network The keypad shows POWER ON To scan the inverters connected to the network set the device address on the keypad to O The list of the connected devices appears on the display keypad Select the device to be used to start communicating with the keypad using all functionalities offered by the connected device Please refer to the Users Manual of the device being used for the operation of the keypad connected to the device Segregate the keypad power supply using the supply Connect the supply output to the proper plug and set the toggle to ON 233 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 REACTORS 6 6 1 INPUT INDUCTANCE We suggest that a three phase inductance or a DCBUS DC inductance be installed on the supply line to obtain the following benefits limit input current peaks on the input circuit of the inverter and value di dt due to the input rectifier and to the capacitive load of the capacitors set reducing supply harmonic current increasing power factor thus reducing line current increasing the duration of line capacitors inside the inverter
230. e inverter 0 2 000 0 186 Master Slave multiple connection 2000 ene 187 Nameplate for BUS00 5 ette re eter rete pense cie ab 192 Dimensions and fixing points of 0600 0700 194 Wiring diagram for 541 551 542 552 with braking unit 6 700 197 Nameplate tor BU TAA Oss rel cs 207 Dimensions and fixing points 01440 210 External power connections for modular inverters S65 S70 provided with braking unit BU1440 211 External power connections for modular inverters S75 S80 provided with braking unit BU1440 212 ES841 Unit gate board for the braking 2 2 213 Wiring points of the optical fibres in E5842 control board 214 Internal wiring of inverters 565 570 provided with a braking unit 215 Overall dimensions resistor 56 1000 350 2 200202200000110 1 222 Overall dimensions and ratings for braking resistor 750 1300 223 Overall dimensions and mechanical features for braking resistors from 1100W to 2200W 224 Overall dimensions for braking resistors 4AKW 8kW 12 225 Overall di
231. e located on the inverter front part see figure below If the equipment is damaged contact the supplier or the insurance company concerned If the equipment does not comply with the one you ordered please contact the supplier as soon as possible If the equipment is stored before being started make sure that temperatures range from 20 C to 60 C and that relative humidity is lt 95 non condensing The equipment guarantee covers any manufacturing defect The manufacturer has no responsibility for possible damages occurred while shipping or unpacking the equipment The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages or faults caused by improper and irrational uses wrong installation improper conditions of temperature humidity or the use of corrosive substances The manufacturer is not responsible for possible faults due to the equipment operation at values exceeding the equipment ratings The manufacturer is not responsible for consequential and accidental damages The braking unit is covered by a two year guarantee starting from the date of delivery 6 3 1 1 NAMEPLATE FOR BU600 700 ZZ0063020 input DC400 1200V outpul average 300 600 A eser ST 500 600 Vac 8T 600 690 Vac FOR USE AND INSTALLATION SEE USER MANUAL coe OA 0 E195081 LISTED MADE IN ITALY Figure 78 Nameplate for BU600 1 Model BU600 Braking module 2 Supp
232. e power supply unit being used is capable of delivering such current ratings Elettronica Santerno provides a suitable power supply unit as an option see ES914 Power Supply Unit Board 138 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 4 STARTUP This section covers the basic startup procedures for IFD VTC FOC motor control configurations For any detail concerning startup procedures of devices configured as RGN regenerative inverter see SINUS PENTA REGENERATIVE APPLICATION For more details on the equipment functionality please consult Sinus Penta s Programming Instruction manual Before changing the equipment connections shut off the inverter and wait at least Pare 15 minutes to allow for the discharge of the heatsinks in the DC link At startup if the connected motor rotates in the wrong direction send a low frequency reference in IFD mode and check to see if the direction of rotation is DANGER correct With respect to its shaft the motor normally rotates clockwise if the connection sequence is U V W and if a positive reference is set FWD Contact the motor manufacturer to check the preset direction of rotation of the motor po When an alarm message is displayed find the cause responsible for the alarm trip before restarting the equipment CAUTION 139 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 4 1 IFD Motor Control SINUS PENTA drives are factory set with the IFD C010 control algo
233. ected loads see wiring diagrams below Similarly to a closed contact electrical conductibility is to be found on open collector output between terminal and terminal CMDO2 when OC output is active i e when symbol B is displayed for output MDO2 parameter M056 Both PNP and NPN connected loads are activated Power supply may result from the inverter isolated supply or from an auxiliary source 24V or 48V see dashed lines in the figure Optionale external power supply 24 48 Optional exernal power supply 24V 48V OV isolated P000293 B Figure 63 NPN output wiring for relay control CAUTION Always use a freewheeling diode for inductive loads e g relay coils Diode wiring is shown in the figure Connect either isolated inverter supply or auxiliary supply to feed the output NOTE dashed lines in the figure 122 373 SINUS PENTA 3 5 5 3 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS RELAY OUTPUTS TERMINALS 29 34 Two relay outputs are available with potential free change over contacts Each output is equipped with three terminals a normally closed NC terminal a common terminal C and a normally open terminal NO Relays may be configured as MDO3 and MDO4 outputs When outputs MDO3 and MDO4 are active symbol li displayed for MDO1 measure parameter M056 close the normally open contact and the common contact and open the normally closed contact P So CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION NOTE Contacts may
234. em tiet en eet ete a de TORRE HER 309 310 BACnet MSTP Configuration 311 5851 Datalogger Boards 2e te efr t et bead 312 Position of the slot for the installation of E5851 DataLogger 313 ES851 DataLogger fitted into slot B essen eene nennen 314 Recommended wiring diagram for the connection of 2 wire MODBUS devices 317 Cable of Cat 5 for Ethernet and standard colour arrangement in the connector 322 Location of the Ethernet cese shade eere ct ate Yen rco eR tee de Lo to RR ue eee 324 Wining ofthe Ethernet cable reete 324 Signal conditioning and additional I Os board ES847 sss 325 Removing the inverter cover location of slot eene 326 Fitting the strips inside ES847 board and fixing the board on slot 327 Connection of a bipolar voltage source to a differential input 333 Connection of 0 20mA 4 20mA sensors to fast current inputs 0 334 Connecting a voltage source to a slow analog 2 2 334 Connecting thermoresistors PT100 to analog channels XAIN8 11 1 4 335 PNP input Wiring asisite arere e Po
235. ent configuration 250 Q Offset cumulative error and gain with respect to full scale value 0 25 96 Temperature coefficient of gain error and offset 200 ppm C Digital resolution in voltage mode 12 bit Digital resolution in current mode 11 bit Value of voltage LSB 4 88 mV Value of current LSB 9 8 Max voltage of differential input common mode 7 7 V Rejection ratio for differential input common mode at 50Hz 50 dB Persistent overload with no damaging in voltage mode 50 50 V Persistent overload with no damaging in current mode 23 23 mA Input filter cut frequency first prevailing order over REF 230 Hz Input filter cut frequency first prevailing order over AINT AIN2 500 Hz Sampling time 0 6 1 2 ms Max current of resistance measure in PTC acquisition mode 2 2 mA Resistive trip threshold for PTC protection 3300 3600 3930 Q Resistive trip threshold for PTC protection deactivation 1390 1500 1620 Q Resistive trip threshold for PTC short circuit 20 Q Tolerance of reference output voltage 10 VR 10 VR 0 8 Current absorbed by reference outputs 10 mA Note 1 depending on the commutation time period set for the connected motor CAUTION damages to the equipment gt gt Avoid exceeding min and max input voltage values not to cause irreparable Reference outputs are electronically protected against temporary short circuits NOTE After wiring the inverter make sure that the output voltage is correct as a persisten
236. eption response has been sent ON Panic OFF No Panic has occurred YELLOW YELLOW RED RED If you receive a poll for data that does not exist you turn that LED on briefly Basically the system received a valid poll but could not find a corresponding data point 6 11 5 4 BAUD RATE DIP SWITCHES Use factory default Baud Rate 9600 L3 OFF Use Baud from Switches as per table below L3 ON 0 0 0 0 1 6 11 5 5 ADDRESS DIP SWITCHES Corresponds to the Metasys N2 Address L4 will indicate that the DIP switch address is being used 305 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 6 ES919 BOARD FOR BACNET ETHERNET The Module BACnet Ethernet board uses the Ethernet port to communicate with the system using the BACnet communications protocol BACnet A Data Communication Protocol for Building Automation and Control Networks Developed under the auspices of the American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASHRAE BACnet is an American national standard a European standard a national standard in more than 30 Countries and an ISO global standard ISO 16484 5 The protocol is supported and maintained by ASHRAE Standing Standard Project Committee 135 SSPC 135 Please see http www bacnet org This board is composed of the ProtoCessor FFP 485 communications module Enabled Switch Fthernet Port P001030 B Figure 144 ES919 Board fo
237. er bottom plate the following CAUTION safety measures are required to maintain degree of protection IP54 cable glands or similar with degree of protection not lower than IP54 Always remove the inverter front plate before piercing holes for ingoing outgoing cables thus preventing metals chips from entering the equipment CAUTION gt gt 100 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 1 3 GROUNDING SHIELDED CABLE BRAIDING The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series include special conductor terminals connected to the inverter grounding conductor terminals are located near the control terminals Their function is dual they allow cables to be mechanically fastened and they allow braiding of signal shielded cables to be grounded The figure shows how to wire a shielded cable 1 n mn p foana 2 m 447 Shield connected to ground Cable damp fixing screw 4 e 4 P000054 B Figure 46 Clamping a signal shielded cable If no state of the art wiring is provided the inverter will be more easily affected by CAUTION disturbance Do not forget that disturbance may also accidentally trigger the motor startup 101 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 2 CONTROL BOARD SIGNALS AND PROGRAMMING RS 485 Serial link connector J P d LEN gp gt E J1Jumper E SW3 DIP switch lermination resistor Size setting 4 setting
238. er is connected to the inverter through a Cross Over Cable a local network is created which is composed of two participant nodes the computer and the inverter with 192 168 0 1 and 192 168 0 2 as IP addresses respectively When the inverter is powered on the LINK LED see below in the interface board should turn on The following command ping 192 168 0 2 launched by a command line window of the computer performs the correct connection to the board Connection with a computer through a LAN without any DHCP server The network administrator will assign a static IP address for each inverter to be connected to the LAN Suppose that the IP address assigned from the administrator to an inverter is 10 0 254 177 and proceed as follows Set all the DIP switches in the Ethernet interface board to O up position Connect the board to the LAN using a Straight Through cable and power on the inverter Make sure that the green light of the LINK LED see below comes on Note down the MAC address of the Ethernet board that is written on a label placed at the bottom of the printed circuit Suppose that the MAC address of the interface board is 00 30 11 02 2A 02 n a computer connected to the same LAN connected to the same sub network i e with an IP address equal to 10 0 254 xxx open the command interpreter window and enter the following commands arp s 10 0 254 177 00 30 11 02 2 02 ping 10 0 254 177 5 arp d 10 0 254 177 In the ARP tab
239. erall surface in m Q is the air flow expressed in m per hour circulating through the ventilation slots and is the main dimensioning factor to be considered in order to choose the most suitable air cooling systems Example Enclosure with a totally free external surface housing a SINUS PENTA 0113 and a 500 VA transformer dissipating 15 W Total power to be dissipated inside the enclosure Pti generated the Pi 2150 inverter generated from other 15W components Pti Pi Pa 2165W Temperatures Max inside temperature desired Ti 40 C Max outside temperature Te 35 C Difference between temp Ti and Te At 5 C Size of the enclosure metres Width W 0 6m Height H 1 8m Depth D 0 6m Free external surface of the enclosure S WxH Wx H Dx H Dx H Dx W 4 68 m Thermal power dissipated outside the enclosure Pdsu only for sheet steel enclosures Pdsu 5 5 x Atx S 128 W Remaining power to be dissipated Pti Pdsu 2037 W To dissipate Pdiss left provide a ventilation system with the following air delivery Q Q Pdsu At x 3 5 1426 m h The resulting value for air delivery is to be divided by one or multiple fans or air exhausting tower fans 24 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION
240. eratures to 50 C ambient temperature contact Elettronica Santerno for Relative humidity 5 to 95 non condensing Max operating altitude 4000 m 5 1 271 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 3 ELECTRICAL FEATURES WIRING Once ES822 board is fitted connector RS 485 installed on the inverter will automatically disable D type 9 pole male connector RS 485 or female connector RS 232 DTE located on ES822 board activate depending on the position of J1 Contacts of CN3 D type 9 pole male connector RS 485 are as follows PIN FUNCTION 1 3 TX RX A Differential input output A bidirectional according to standard RS485 Positive polarity with respect to pins 2 4 for one MARK 2 4 TX RX B Differential input output B bidirectional according to standard RS485 Negative polarity with respect to pins 1 3 for one MARK GND control board zero volt Not connected GND control board zero volt CO ON 5 V max 100mA for the power supply of an auxiliary converter RS 485 RS 232 if any Contacts of CN2 D type 9 pole female connector RS 232 DCE are as follows PIN FUNCTION 9 Not connected TX A Output according to standard RS232 RX A Input according to standard RS232 GND zero volt 6 be connected together for loopback DTR DSR 8 be connec
241. erminator RS232 Modbus RTU Mode F000687 0 The pin layout for flying COMI connector is as follows 2 Description Shield Frame of the connector connected to the PE CD Carrier Detect 2 RD Received Data 3 TD Transmitted Data 4 DTR Data Terminal Ready 5 GND Ground 6 DSR Data Set Ready 7 RTS Request To Send 8 CTS Clear To Send 9 RI Ring Indicator 319 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS RS485 Modbus RTU Mode The pin layout for flying COM1 connector is as follows CAUTION This is NOT the default operating mode for ES851 DataLogger board CAUTION oo port RS485 mode is an ALTERNATIVE to RS232 Either one must be Mi o rad Name Description 1 3 A Line TX RX A Differential input output A bidirectional according to RS485 standard Positive polarity in respect to pins 2 4 for one MARK 2 4 B Line TX RX B Differential input output B bidirectional according to RS485 standard Negative polarity in respect to pins 1 3 for one MARK 5 GND OV Control board zero volt 6 Not connected 7 8 GND GND Control board zero volt 9 5 V max 100mA for the power supply of the external optional RS 485 RS 5V 232 converter 320 373 SINUS PENTA 6 12 3 4 COM2 CONFIGURATION AND WIRING INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS DB9 female connector COM2 on ES851 is preset as RS485 Modbus Master The DIP s
242. erters When operating as an AC DC converter the PENTA operates as a bidirectional mains interface both to power connected inverters and to regenerate the braking powers of the connected motors Mains power supply always provides sinusoidal currents and a unitary power factor thus avoiding using braking resistors power factor correction capacitor banks and damping systems of the harmonics delivered to the mains Any detail concerning optional functionality is given in separate manuals covering the Sinus PENTA s SW applications 15 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 2 SINUS PENTA CAUTION STATEMENTS This section contains safety statements The non observance of these safety instructions may cause serious injury or death and equipment failure Carefully read the instructions below before installing starting and operating the inverter Only competent personnel must carry out the equipment installation SYMBOLS S p DANGER CAUTION NOTE Indicates operating procedures thot if not correctly performed may cause serious injury or death due to electrical shock Indicates operating procedures that if not carried out may cause serious equipment failure Indicates important hints concerning the equipment operation SAFETY STATEMENTS TO FOLLOW WHEN INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE EQUIPMENT gt 16 373 DANGER Always read this instruction manual before starting the equipment The ground connection
243. etter price performance ratio Detection of the heatsink temperatures Sizes 505 512 541 542 S51 552 S60 and modular sizes and control component temperatures Automatic control of the cooling system Size 505 512 541 542 S51 and 552 The ventilation system activates only when required and indicates any failures of the cooling fan This ensures a greater energy saving a minor wear of the cooling fans and reduced noise In case of equipment failure it is possible to adjust the system speed in order not to stop the equipment and to limit dissipated power Built in braking module up to Size 30 included Noiseless operation ensured by high modulation frequency programmable up to 16 kHz Motor thermal protection to be integrated both through thermal relay function and PTC input in compliance with DIN44081 2 Remotable control panel with a 12 key LCD display showing full words for an easier managing and programming of the displayed measures Five languages available Function parameter saving to remotable display keypad and possibility of data transfer to multiple inverters Four access levels to the operation parameters and preset parameters for the most common applications PC interface for WINDOWS environment with REMOTE DRIVE software in six foreign languages PC compiled software for the programming of more than 20 application functions Serial communication RS485 MODBUS RTU for serial links to PCs PLCs and control interfaces Fieldbuses w
244. etting the braking duty cycle in C212 make sure that the maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded 223 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 7 3 MODELS IP55 54 FROM 1100W 2200W P000550 0 Figure 90 Overall dimensions and mechanical features for braking resistors from 1100W to 2200W Max Duration of Continuous Average Operation Degree of Power to be Protection Dissipated W Operation at Operation at 380 200 240Vac s 500Vac s RESISTOR 150 1100W RE3083150 200 1100W RE3083200 500 1100W RE3083500 100 1500W RE3093100 390 1500W RE3093390 500 1500W RE3093500 250 1800W RE3103250 150 2200W RE3113150 500 2200W RE3113500 75Q 2200W RE3113750 6 not applicable 8 not applicable 5 not applicable 60 not limited Wire standard length 300mm max value to be set for parameter C211 When setting the braking duty cycle in C212 make sure that the maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded 224 373 SINUS PENTA 6 4 7 4 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS MODELS IP20 FROM 4KW 8KW 12KW Fassacavo FG 11 RESISTOR Degree of Protection d H C L 000551 0 Max Duration of Continuous Operation 5Q AkW Operation at 200 240Vac s
245. ferent if you use a point to point connection to the computer if the board is connected to a LAN that is not provided with a DHCP server and if the board is connected to a LAN that is provided with a DHCP server The section below covers these types of connection LAN is provided with a DHCP server If this is not the case your network administrator will assign the static IP addresses for each inverter For the connection to the LAN consult your network administrator who can tell if the A NOTE 294 373 SINUS PENTA Point to point connection to the computer If a point to point connection to the computer is used first configure the network board of the computer by setting a static IP address as 192 168 0 nnn where nnn is any number ranging from 1 to 254 To set the static IP address with Windows 2000 or Windows XP open the Network Properties folder in the field for the properties of the TCP IP protocol set the address value e g 192 168 0 1 Figure 135 shows the correct setting of the computer properties for Windows 2000 Settings are very similar for computers running on Windows XP Area Connection Properties Connect using Intel R PRO 100 VE Network Conne This connection uses the following items Client for Microsoft Networks File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 QoS Packet Scheduler Internet Pro
246. fety of machinery Electrical equipment of machines Part General requirements ELETTRONICA SANTERNO is able to provide the EC Declaration of Conformity according to the LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 2006 95 CE reproduced on the last pages of this User Manual 365 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 7 3 Declarations of Conformity GRUPPO CARRARO Z SANTERNO EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Elettronica Santerno S p A S S Selice 47 40026 Imola BO Italia AS A MANUFACTURER DECLARES UNDER ITS SOLE RESPONSIBILITY THAT THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE INVERTERS OF THE SINUS PENTA LINE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES SINUS PENTA S05 SINUS PENTA S51 SINUS PENTA 512 SINUS PENTA 52 SINUS PENTA S15 SINUS PENTA S60 SINUS PENTA S20 SINUS PENTA S64 SINUS PENTA S30 SINUS PENTA S65 SINUS PENTA 74 WHICH THIS DECLARATION RELATES TO WHEN APPLIED UNDER THE OPERATING CONDITIONS GIVEN IN THE USER MANUAL COMPLIANT WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARD Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems CEL EN SRA 62 Part 3 EMC requirements and specific test methods ACCORDING TO THE ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY DIRECTIVE 2004 108 CE PLACE AND DATE General Manager Imola 03 09 2009 OMBARDA GIO Elettronica Santerno Spa Sede Legale Stabilimenti e uffici Soc 2 500 000 i v Societ soggetta all attivit Via Otmo 37 5 5 Selice 47 Codice Fiscale e Partita Iva GRUPPO direzione e coordin
247. g of analog input parameters see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual 113 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 4 1 REF SINGLE ENDED REFERENCE INPUT TERMINAL 2 Reference input REF 2 is assigned to the inverter speed reference factory setting and is a single ended input related to terminal CMA 1 The figure below shows wiring to a unipolar potentiometer a bipolar potentiometer and a sensor with 4 20mA current output The REF input is factory set as a 10V voltage input Potentiometer lkohm 5kohm Potentiometer Voltage analog input 2kohm 5kohm Voltage analog input OV control board 10V 10V P000283 B Current analog input Sensor power supply OV control board P000284 B Figure 54 Potentiometer linked to the REF Input A for unipolar command 0 REFMAX B Potentiometer wiring for bipolar command REFmax REFmax C 4 20 mA Sensor wiring Do not apply 24V voltage available on terminal 23 of the control board to supply 4 20 mA analog sensors because it is used for the common terminal of the digital inputs CMD terminal 22 not for the common terminal of CMA analog inputs Galvanic isolation exists between the two terminals and must not be suppressed 114 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 4 2 DIFFERENTIAL AUXILIARY INPUTS TERMINALS 5 8 Auxiliary inputs allow auxiliary
248. gh level output PNP output 0 15V command signal when the Master is 0 5 1 braking M1 9 Not used MI 10 Not used e Terminal block M1 P000074 B PE connection screw Figure 75 Terminals in BU200 185 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 4 5 WIRING The braking unit must be connected to the inverter and the braking resistor The braking unit is connected directly to the inverter terminals or copper bars for sizes greater than S40 of the DC output while the braking resistor must be connected to the inverter on one side and to the braking unit on the other side The wiring diagram is shown in the figure below 2 OVE to the inverter 5 QT dcs ayt lal external alarr 5 1 n E 05 ES 8397 the inverter 8 5 2 external alari Figure 76 Connecting one BU200 to the inverter The braking resistor must be connected between terminal B of BU200 and terminal of the inverter In that way no sudden variation in braking current occurs in the supply line between the inverter and BU200 In order to minimize electromagnetic radiated emissions when BU200 is operating the loop obtained from the wiring connecting terminal of the inverter the braking resistor terminals B and of BU200 and terminal of the inverter should be as s
249. h A1 A2 B in the ID number If built in filters are fitted disturbance amplitude ranges between allowable emission limits As for devices of group 1 class B for standard EN55011 and VDE0875G just install an additional output toroid filter e g type 2xK618 on the models with incorporated filter A1 make sure that the three cables between the motor and the inverter go through the core The figure shows the wiring diagram for the line the inverter and the motor GROUND en GROUND R R INTERNAL u b EMC S S FILTER v T T WO OUTPUT SINUS INVERTER TOROID FILTER P000095 B Figure 177 Wiring the toroid filter for the inverters of the SINUS PENTA series NOTE Install the output filter near the inverter to comply with the standards in force leave a minimum clearance for the cable connections NOTE Install the toroid filter by leading the connection cables between the motor and the inverter inside the toroid 364 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 7 2 Low Voltage Directive Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 CE IEC EN 61800 5 1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5 1 Safety requirements Electrical thermal and energy IEC EN 61800 5 2 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5 2 Safety requirements Electrical thermal and energy IEC EN60204 1 Sa
250. h the elements above to obtain the proper inverter dimensioning for your application Properly configure ES842 control board inside the control unit When ordering CAUTION the inverter always state the inverter configuration you want to obtain a control unit The control unit can be installed separately from the inverter modules or inside an inverter module this option must be stated when ordering the inverter Dimensions of the control unit separate from the inverter Dissipated EQUIPMENT mm mm kg W Control unit 222 410 189 6 100 In the standard configuration the control unit is installed on an inverter module 28 373 SINUS PENTA b Inverter modules and supply modules Configuration power supply delivered from the mains Models where no parallel connected inverter modules are installed S65 and S70 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Power dissipated at Modules Dimensions Weight Inom 3 gt 75 o 5 5 2 e Sm P E 5 5 55 2 5 gt 3 gt ea dq ne gt gt 9 5 9 53 28 9 9 g9 958 299 FAR 2 22 22 65 8 22165 c 2 2 8 5 a oa a 9 2 5 WxHxD WxHxD kg kg kg kW kW kw 0598 AT 1 3 2 25
251. hases 9 Speed regulator If overshoot occurs when the speed setpoint is attained or if a system instability is adjustment detected uneven motor operation adjust the parameters relating to the speed loop SPEED LOOP AND CURRENT BALANCING MENU Set the two parameters relating to integral time P125 P126 as Disabled and set low values for the parameters relating to proportional gain P128 P129 Set equal values for P128 and P129 and increase them until overshoot takes place when the setpoint is attained Decrease P128 and P129 by approx 3096 then decrease the high values set for integral time in P125 and P126 keep both values equal until an acceptable setpoint response is obtained Check to see if the motor runs smoothly at constant speed 10 Possible failures If alarm A060 Fault No Curr trips this means that the current loop is not properly tuned Follow the instructions given in step 6 and decrease the value of 1 parameter C021 in the MOTOR CONTROL MENU If the motor is noisy when starting this means that the rotor time constant is not correct Follow the instructions given in step 7 again or manually change the value of the rotor time constant parameter C025 for a smooth motor startup If no failure occurred go to step 11 Otherwise check the drive connections paying particular attention to supply voltages DC link and input reference Also check if alarm messages are displayed In the Motor Measure menu check the s
252. he ENABLE command access the AUTOTUNE MENU and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 0 All Ctrl no rotation Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until tune is complete Warning W32 Open Enable is displayed The drive has computed and saved the values for C022 stator resistance and C023 leakage inductance If alarm A097 Motor Wires KO trips check the motor wiring If alarm A065 Autotune KO trips this means that the ENABLE command has opened before autotune was complete In this case reset the drive sending a command from terminal MDI3 or press the RESET key in the display keypad and perform the autotune procedure again Set the maximum overload current with parameters C043 C044 C045 Activate the ENABLE input terminal 15 and the START input terminal 14 and send a speed reference the RUN LED and REF LED will come on and the motor will start Make sure that the motor is rotating in the correct direction If not set parameter C014 Phase Rotation to 1 Yes or open the ENABLE and START inputs remove voltage from the drive and after waiting at least 15 minutes reverse two of the motor phases SINUS PENTA 7 Possible failures 8 Additional parameter alterations 9 Reset INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS If no failure occurred go to step 8 Otherwise check the drive connections paying particular attention to supply voltages DC link and input reference Als
253. he control terminal board and the power terminal board are properly tightened Do not connect single phase motors Always use a motor thermal protection use the inverter motor thermal model or a thermoswitch installed in the motor Respect the environmental requirements for the equipment installation The bearing surface of the inverter must be capable of withstanding high temperatures up to 90 C The inverter electronic boards contain components which may be affected by electrostatic discharges Do not touch them unless it is strictly necessary Always be very careful so as to prevent any damage caused by electrostatic discharges 17 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series are full digital inverters capable of controlling asynchronous motors and brushless motors up to 2010 kW Inverters of the SINUS PENTA series are designed and manufactured in Italy by the technicians of Elettronica Santerno they incorporate the most advanced features offered by the latest electronic technologies SINUS PENTA inverters fit any application thanks to their advanced features among which 32 bit multiprocessor control board vector modulation power control with the latest IGBTs high immunity to radio interference high overload capability Any value of the quantities required for the equipment operation may be easily programmed through the keypad the alpha
254. hort as possible Install a 50A fuse with a DC current of at least 700 Vdc type URDC SIBA series NOTE NH1 fuse provided with a safety contact CAUTION Link the safety contact of the fuse being used with the external alarm of BU200 gt 186 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 4 6 MASTER SLAVE CONNECTION The Master Slave connection must be used when multiple braking units are connected to the same inverter An additional connection must be done between the Master output signal terminal 8 in M1 and the Slave input signal terminal 4 in M1 zero volt of the signal connector in the Master module terminal 2 in M1 must be connected to zero volt of the signal connector in the Slave module terminal 2 in M1 The connection of more than two modules must always be done by configuring one module like a master and the other modules like slaves Use configuration jumpers accordingly The max temperature alarm of the braking unit must be used as a digital signal to control the inverter stop All contacts voltage free contacts in all braking modules may be series connected as shown in the diagram below o the inverter external alarm to the inverter xternal alarm Figure 77 Master Slave multiple connection NEVER connect signal zero volt terminal 2 in M1 to zero volt of the inverter power supply voltag
255. hree channels A B and zero notch Z Type of input signals Complementary or single ended Voltage range for encoder input signals 4 24 V Pulse mox frequency with noise filter on 77kHz 1024pls 4500rpm Pulse mox frequency with noise filter off 155kHz 1024pls 9000rpm internal load resistors activated via SW3 at max frequency see Configuration DIP switches Input impedance in NPN or PNP mode external pull up or pull down resistors 15k Q required Input impedance in push pull or PNP and NPN mode when internal load 3600 Q resistors at max frequency are connected Input impedance in line driver mode or complementary push pull signals with 780 Q ISOLATION The encoder supply line and inputs are galvanically isolated from the inverter control board grounding for a 500 VAC 1 minute test The encoder supply grounding is in common with control board digital inputs available in the terminal board 255 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 7 4 INSTALLING ENCODER BOARD ES836 2 IN SLOT A ON THE INVERTER Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter remove voltage from DANGER the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electrical shock hazard Electrical shock hazard do not connect disconnect the signal terminals or the power AUTI ewes
256. ications with DUTY CYCLE 10 AT Class se 190 6 2 6 2 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 2096 AT Class se 191 6 2 6 3 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 5096 AT Class s 191 6 3 BRAKING UNITS 541 542 551 552 BU600 and 700 192 6 3 1 Delivery Check 5 siut Ue 192 6 3 1 1 Nameplate for 600 700 192 6 3 2 Operating Mode 2 oe te edet eet E Ru Eee ere Ego 192 6 3 3 Specifications tene Pe e e E Lee ere te canta See 193 6 3 4 Installing the Braking Unit sess n rennen 193 6 3 4 1 Environmental Requirements For The Braking Unit Installation Storage And Transport 193 6232429 euet reete Pte vane cab ees desee vanes Vrae OPEN Eee PTS 194 6 3 4 3 Lay Out of Power Terminals and Signal Terminals sese 195 6 9 4 4 Wining e nette le 197 6 3 5 Braking Resistors for 0700 2 4 020200 1 1 0 00000000000 198 6 3 5 1 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10 2T Class ss 198 6 3 5 2 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 2096 2T 198 4 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 5 3 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50 2T Class
257. ide Segregate power cable from signal cables Leave a clearance of at least 0 5m between signal cables and Motor cables Series connect common mode inductance toroid approx 100 to the inverter Motor connection Limiting the disturbance in the motor cables will also limit mains disturbance Shielded cables allow both signal sensitive cables and perturbator cables to run in the same raceway When using shielded cables 360 shielded is obtained with collars directly bolted to the ground support The figure below illustrates the correct wiring of an enclosure containing an inverter example of the correct wiring of an inverter installed inside an enclosure 362 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS EL SIGNAL LES SE PO PERPENDICULA ARRANGEMENT 80 UNPAINTED REAR GNAL Bs PD GREGATED FROM WER CABLES POSSIBLE Control terminals SUPPLY CABLES SEGREGATED FROM OUTPUT CABLES OUTPUT TOROID FILTER IF ANY SCREENING IF ANY FOR GROUND OUTPUT WIRE TO THE INVERTER AS NEAR AS POSSIBLE TO THE OUTPUT TOROID INDUCTANCE AND TO THE MOTOR ell 92 0 Figure 176 Example of correct wiring of an inverter inside a cabinet 363 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 7 1 1 4 INPUT AND OUTPUT FILTERS The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series may be delivered with incorporated input filters in that case models are marked wit
258. ight Through or Cross Over cables should be purchased from an authorised dealer gt gt 323 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 12 3 6 ETHERNET PORT WIRING Remove voltage from the Penta drive before wiring ES851 DataLogger board AN CAUTION any safety measure required before touching the connectors and handling the DataLogger board lt r _ Tom n TS oe utu rorem ap ow owl op ux 7 8 9 101112 1920 2422 72829 3031 2 59 40 414243 44 6152535455 58 E T lt lt um mmm 22243 z 52 52 i 4 LES Y gri M 000690 Figure 155 Location of the Ethernet port Remove the cover and access to the control board of the Sinus Penta Insert the male connector to the female RJ45 connector located ES851 Press until the tab snaps Figure 156 Wiring of the Ethernet cable 324 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 13 EXPANSION BOARD 5847 in SLOT 6 13 1 SIGNAL CONDITIONING AND I O EXPANSION BOARD ES847 Board allows implementing an additional set for any product of the PENTA series Additional functionality includes XAIN1 2 3 4 Four fast sampling analog inputs 12 bit X 10V f s XAIN5 6 Two fast sampling analog inputs 12 bit for AC current measure via CTs or for 0 20mA sensor measures resolution 11 bits XAIN7 One fast sampling analog input for 160mA f s sensor measures resolution 12 b
259. in for S40 and greater sizes Each inverter model may be connected to different motor power sizes depending on load performance Four types of torque current overloads are available LIGHT overload up to 120 may be connected to light loads with constant quadratic torque pumps fans etc STANDARD overload up to 140 may be connected to standard loads with constant torque conveyors mixers extruders HEAVY overload up to 175 may be connected to heavy loads with constant torque lifts injection presses mechanical presses translation and lifting of cranes bridge cranes mills etc STRONG overload up to 200 may be applied to very heavy loads with constant torque mandrels axis control etc The table below indicates the overload class typically required for each application Dimensioning is not binding the torque model required by the duty cycle of the connected machine should be known 150 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Application OVERLOAD LIGHT STANDARD HEAVY STRONG Atomizer bottle washer screw compressor no load damped axial fan undamped axial fan centrifugal damped fan undamped centrifugal fan high pressure fan bore pumps centrifugal pumps positive displacement pumps dust collector grinder etc Slurry pump Agitator centrifuge piston compressor no load screw compressor loaded roller conveyor cone crusher rotary crusher vertical im
260. inals 51 and 52 for DC power supply S50 Connection bars 77 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Connection bars for 541 542 551 552 Connection bars 47 D and 47 are short circuited as a factory setting The CAUTION DC choke if any shall be linked between bars 47 D and 47 after removing the short circuit Please contact Elettronica Santerno if DC supply is to be applied to SINUS CAUTION PENTAs 541 42 51 52 NOTE Use terminals 47 and 49 if the external braking unit is to be installed ZN 78 373 p NOR S SN 3 br E BS i We Ly 1 5 55542 20 cae 7 CCE Cte rcr oc See a c OO o uiam gt 425 00942 8 Figure 39 Connection bars 541 542 551 552 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 4 LAY OUT OF THE POWER TERMINALS WHEN A DC REACTOR IS REQUIRED When a DC reactor is required for SINUS PENTAS 15 20 30 40 50 this must be specified when ordering the equipment The terminals changed for the connection of DC reactor are 22 0 shading CAUTION Models 505 4 cannot be changed for the connection of a DC reactor 515 520 Terminal board NOTE 47 D 47 48 Use terminals 47 and 48 B if an external braking resistor is to be installed S30 Terminal board 47 D 47 Use termi
261. input MDI4 terminal 12 cannot be used The ground of multifunction digital inputs is available also on terminal 2 in the auxiliary terminal board 355 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 6 16 1 WIRING IP54 INVERTERS WITH OPTIONAL LOC O REM KEY SELECTOR SWITCH AND EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON dT Mix FILTE ja Bev E L T DIFFERENTIAL 6 ANALOG INPUT 1 7 310 gt JIFFERENTIAL 4 1 20 8 ANALOG INPUT 2 TC ul VOIG ECHA NI 5 20 18 FIN 1 1 I 356 373 24 12 me E 24V 200mA ISOLATED POWER GROUND 54 INVERTE SWI WITH OPTIONAL 10 0 KE SELECTOR EMERGENC ITC CY SH BUTTO Figure 174 Wiring diagram for IP54 inverters SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 7 NORMATIVE REFERENCES The inverters of the SINUS PENTA line comply with the following e Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004 108 CE e Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 CE 7 1 Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive In most systems the processing control also requires additional devices such as computers captors and so on that are usuall
262. inputs must not exceed the maximum allowable value To reduce noise for a differential input do the following ensure a common path for the differential torque connect the source common to CMA input in order not to exceed the common mode input voltage use a shielded cable and connect its braiding to the terminal located next to the inverter terminal boards ES847 Board is also provided with an auxiliary supply output protected by a fuse which can be used to power external sensors Do not exceed the max current ratings Wiring is shown in the figure below P000270 B Differential voltage analog input Analog output 10V max 55 OV control board Fuses 1 i CMA N Optional common connection 15V 15V 15V CMA D NI Opt tional supply Upply connection Tor sensor device max 100mA Figure 160 Connection of a bipolar voltage source to a differential input Connecting terminal CMA to the signal source ground ensures better acquisition NOTE standards Wiring can be external to the shielded cable or it can consist of the optional common connection of the auxiliary supply NOTE circuits After wiring the inverter check output voltage because a permanent short circuit can damage the inverter Auxiliary supply outputs are electronically protected against temporary short 333 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 13 7 2 CONNECTION OF FAST CURRENT INPUTS Th
263. ipated 6 Modules Dimensions Weight Dissipated with 50 at Inom Braking lt 2 Duty 2 79 U o o o Colas 2 gt 5 gt 5 5 N o 2 x o 5 5 2 5 5 5 5 S Sl 5 9 9 2 sz 22 3 3 2 gt 2 62 2912 5 o gt gt l 2 595 3 5 gt c 0825 c E o E 2 za m gt 5 gt 5 v a 515 p 2 WHD WxHxD kg kg kg FW kW kW kW 0964 4 2 6 2230 1400 990 2 2 2 1 3 18 5 1130 4 2 6 560 2 25 2 4 1 5 20 4 12 47 2 6 2 dico ied 1100 2 75 26 09 229 S75 230x1400 2230 1400 0964 5T 6T 2 6 x480 x560 110 110 110 990 20 2 4 1 9 20 3 1130 5 2 6 2 2480x1400 100 2 4 13 250 x560 580 1296 5 6T 3 6 2 a 1210 1 9 32 12 273 When housing the control unit or the splitter unit the module depth is 560 mm Three inverter modules must be provided with an integrated splitter unit 30 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS d Inverter modules only Configuration inverter powered directly from a DC power supply source inverter used as a regenerative power supply unit for more details please refer to the technical documentation relating to the Regenerative Penta Drive Models where no parallel connected inverter
264. iption Order Code ES847 1 Signal conditioning 770101814 6 13 3 INSTALLING ES847 BOARD THE INVERTER SLOT Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter remove voltage from DANGER the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electrical shock hazard Electrical shock hazard do not connect disconnect the signal terminals or the power CAUTION terminals when the inverter is on This also prevents the inverter from being damaged All the screws used to fasten removable parts terminals cover serial interface NOTE connector cable plates etc are black round head cross head screws When wiring the inverter remove only this type of screws If different screws or bolts are removed the inverter warranty will be no longer valid gt gt gt 1 Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 15 minutes 2 Remove the whole inverter covering by loosening the four hexagonal screws located on the top side and bottom side of the inverter to reach the fixing spacers and the signal connector Figure 158 Slot connecting the keypad to the control board to avoid damaging the link between Before removing the inverter cover draw out the keypad and disconnect the cable CAUTION the keypad and the control board OPEN BY 7mm PIPE KEY OPEN BY STAR SCREWDRIVER P00202 0 Figure 158 Removing the inverter co
265. is results in a reading error of approx 1 C every 10 metres To perform measure calibration instead of the sensor connect a PT100 sensor emulator set to 0 or a 1000 0 1 resistor to the line terminals then enable the measure reset function More details are given in the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual PT100 emulator allows checking the measure before connecting the sensor P00027 4 B PT100 RTD Thermoresistors inputs x P ADC OV control board 27 29 31 33 28 30 32 34 Figure 163 Connecting thermoresistors PT100 to analog channels XAIN8 11 T1 4 Software settings must be consistent with DIP switch settings Otherwise unpredictable results for real acquisition are produced NOTE A voltage current value exceeding the input range will be saturated at minimum or maximum value NOTE Inputs configured as voltage inputs have high input impedance and must be closed when active The disconnection of the conductor relating to an analog input configured as a voltage input does not ensure that the channel reading is zero Proper zero reading occurs only if the input is connected to a low impedance signal source or is short circuited Do not series connect relay contacts and inputs to obtain zero reading CAUTION gt 335 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 13 7 6 CONNECTING ISOLATED DIGITAL INPUTS All digital inputs are galvanically i
266. isolated 200mA 24V isolated Figure 165 Connecting the incremental encoder to fast inputs XMDI7 and XMDI8 The encoder shall have PUSH PULL outputs its 24V power supply is delivered directly by the isolated supply internal to the inverter terminals 24V 49 and CMD 50 The maximum allowable supply current is 200mA and is protected by a resettable fuse Only encoders described above can be acquired directly by the terminal board of the SINUS PENTA encoder signals shall have a maximum frequency of 155kHz corresponding to 1024 pulse rev at 9000 rpm Input XMDI8 can also acquire a square wave frequency signal ranging from 10kHZ to 100kHz which is converted into an analog value to be used as a reference Frequency values corresponding to the min and max reference can be set up as parameters Do not exceed the allowable duty cycle ratings for the frequency inputs Signals are sent from a 24V Push pull output with a reference common to terminal CMD 50 as shown in Figure 166 Figure 166 Signal sent from a 24V Push pull frequency output 337 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 13 7 8 CONNECTION TO ISOLATED DIGITAL OUTPUTS Multifunction outputs XMDO1 8 terminals 51 62 are all provided with a common terminal CMDO1 8 which is isolated from the other outputs They can be used to control both PNP and NPN loads based on the wiring diagrams shown in Figure 167 and Figure 168 Electrical conductivity si
267. istor resistance transient temperature of at least one of the series connected thermistors but does not display the real temperature of the motor windings An alarm trips even if a short circuit condition is detected in the thermistor circuit wiring 117 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Maximum six 6 series connected PTCs can be acquired Motors usually have NOTE three or six series connected PTCs one or two per phase If multiple sensors are series connected a false alarm trip may occur even when the motor is cold Do the following to use the thermistor 1 Configure analog input AIN2 PTC by setting SW1 3 Off SW1 4 On SW1 5 On 2 Connect the motor thermal protection terminals between terminals 7 and 8 in the control board 3 In the Thermal protection menu set the motor protection method with PTC refer to SINUS PENTA s Programming Manual PTCs are located inside the motor winding coils CAUTION Make sure that their isolating features comply with the requirements for double insulation or reinforced insulation SELV circuit 118 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 4 4 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR ANALOG INPUTS Specification Min Type Max Unit of m Input impedance in voltage configuration REF input 10K Q Input impedance in voltage configuration differential inputs AINT AIN2 80K Q Input impedance in curr
268. ith DB9 connectors be used Connect both ends of the cable shield so that it is the same PE voltage as the inverter The shielded cable shall have at least one twisted pair for signals RS485 A and B Two additional conductors and one additional twisted pair for the conductors of the inverter auxiliary power supply 9VM and OVM are also required Make sure that the cable length and cross section are adequate thus avoiding excessive voltage drop For cable length up to 5m the recommended minimum cross section is 0 2mm AWG24 for the signal conductors and the power supply conductors Recommended connection to the Master It is recommended that a shielded cable with at least one twisted pair be used The cable shield shall be connected to the SHIELD terminal of the connector The connection of the cable shield allows full exploitation of the suppressors located on the Master conductors The shielded cable shall have at least one twisted pair for signals RS485 A and B and shall propagate the common signal OVE The following specifications are recommended for the shielded cable Type of cable Shielded cable composed of a balanced pair named D1 DO common conductor Common Recommended cable model Belden 3106 distributed from Cavitec Min cross section of the AWG24 corresponding to 0 25 sq mm For long cable length larger cross conductors sections up to 0 75 recommended Max cable length 500 metres b
269. ith internal optional comms board 14 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 2 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS AVAILABLE ON SINUS PENTA INVERTERS Beside basic parameterization PENTA inverters also implement operating modes and optional functional modes named APPLICATIONS which can be obtained through the firmware updating and or through additional interface boards Optional operating modes available for the inverters of the PENTA series are multipump control application and regenerative inverter control application In the future additional optional operating modes will be available which include application software instruction manual and dedicated interface board if any They implement the most common automation applications thus replacing PLCs or dedicated control board and they reduce to a minimum the electric equipment required thus ensuring lower maintenance costs In order to install your application SW and update the firmware packets of your NOTE SINUS PENTA you can use our RemoteDrive software Refer to the user manual for detailed instructions 1 The Multipump application MUP allows obtaining a divided pumping plant with pressure delivery control flow control or level control this application does not need any PLC because the inverter is capable of controlling multiple pumps at a time 2 The Regenerative application RGN allows PENTA inverters to be used as AC DC converters for the DC supply of multiple inv
270. its Energy Counter option XAIN8 9 10 11 Four slow sampling inputs 12 bit configurable as 0 10V f s 0 20 mA f s 0 100 mV f s temperature acquisition via two wire thermistor PT100 XAIN12 13 Two slow sampling analog inputs 12 bit O 10V f s VAP VBP VCB Three voltage inputs for ADE Energy Counter option IAB IBP IC Four current inputs for ADE Energy Counter option XMDI1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Eight PNP 24V multifunction digital inputs three of them are fast propagation inputs and can be used for the acquisition of a PUSH PULL 24V encoder XMDO1 2 3 4 Six multifunction digital outputs OC outputs free from potential to be used both as PNP and NPN inputs Vomax 48V lomax 50mA providing short circuit protection through a resettable fuse Not all I Os are controlled from all the products of the SINUS PENTA series CAUTION Please refer to the DIP switch Note column in ES847 Board Terminals and to the User Manuals of the Sinus Penta s applications Multipump and Regenerative di CAUTION If ES847 board is mounted in slot C ES919 cannot be mounted in slot B see ES919 COMMUNICATIONS BOARD SLOT B P000266 B 3 dip switch vai eei D JB 104 c EB TTL 7 e 22 gt Fast Analog Slow Analog Digital Digital Inputs Inputs Inputs Outputs Figure 157 Signal conditioning and additional I Os board ES847 325 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 13 2 IDENTIFICATION DATA Descr
271. ive the Machine Directive and the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 3 1 PRODUCTS COVERED IN THIS MANUAL This manual covers any inverter of the SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA BOX SINUS PENTA CABINET series equipped with the following application software standard functionality IFD VTC and FOC Any detail concerning optional functionality is given in separate manuals covering SINUS PENTA s SW applications 18 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 2 DELIVERY CHECK Make sure that the equipment is not damaged and that it complies with the equipment you ordered by referring to the nameplate located on the inverter front part The inverter nameplate is described below If the equipment is damaged contact the supplier or the insurance company concerned If the equipment does not comply with the one you ordered please contact the supplier as soon as possible If the equipment is stored before being started make sure that the ambient conditions do not exceed the ratings mentioned in INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT section The equipment guarantee covers any manufacturing defect The manufacturer has no responsibility for possible damages occurred when shipping or unpacking the inverter The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages or faults caused by improper and irrational uses wrong installation improper conditions of temperature humidity or the use of corrosive substances The manufacturer is not responsib
272. kW to 6 1 5 0006 0000000000000 00 0 4 226 6 5 KEYPAD REMOTING KITS secet oes ERR Re SEDE RE e Pe pe deese 230 6 5 1 Remoting the Keypad on the Cabinet 2 2 6000000 0000000000 99 230 6 5 2 Remoting a Keypad Controlling Multiple Inverters 22 230 629 201 t Kit Component Parts eee 230 6 9 2 2 Operating Conditions 231 6 5 2 3 Connecting the Keypad eee Rer te eh 231 6 5 2 4 The Communications 9 232 6 5 2 5 233 6 65 dene EEUU 234 6 6 1 Iriputaridictance se tr Cede es RHET ERE RUE 234 6 6 2 12 phase Connecti n inis or eei RE ER He teils 237 6 6 3 Output Inductance DU DT 238 6 6 4 Applying the Inductance to the 1 222 2 eene 239 6 6 4 1 2T Class and DC 239 6 6 4 2 5T 6T CLASS AC and DC 240 6 6 4 3 5T 6T CLASS AC and DC Inductance eene rere 242 6 6 4 4 2T AT CLASS Interphase
273. l filters a The sinusoidal filter reduces the voltage peak in the motor terminals The overvoltage in the motor terminals may reach 100 under certain load conditions b The sinusoidal filter reduces the motor losses c The sinusoidal filter reduces the motor noise The motor noise can be reduced of approx 8 dBA because the high frequency component of the current flowing in the motor and the cables is reduced A noiseless motor is particularly suitable for residential environments d The sinusoidal filter reduces the probability of EMC disturbance When the cables between the inverter and the motor are too long the square wave voltage produced by the inverter is a source of electromagnetic disturbance e The sinusoidal filter allow controlling transformers Normal transformers can be powered directly from the inverter that do not need to be properly dimensioned to withstand the carrier frequency voltage f The inverter can be used as a voltage generator at constant voltage and constant frequency Ll ec ptem 1 I 2 e 4 Jf AA x d 001042 253 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 7 ENCODER BOARD ES836 2 in SLOT A Board for incremental bidirectional encoder to be used as a speed feedback for inverters of the SINUS series It allows the acquisition of encoders with power supply ranging from 5 to 15VDC adjustable output voltage with complementary outputs line driver push
274. le for possible faults due to the inverter operation at values exceeding the inverter ratings and is not responsible for consequential and accidental damages The equipment is covered by a 3 year guarantee starting from the date of delivery Product codification SINUS PENTA 0005 4 T 2 3 4 5 6 7 UJ gt gt lt N 1 Product line SINUS stand alone inverter SINUS BOX inverter contained inside a box SINUS CABINET inverter contained inside a cabinet 2 PENTA control 3 Inverter Model 4 Supply voltage 2 Power supply 200 240VAC 280 340VDC 4 Power supply 380 500VAC 530 705VDC 5 Power supply 500 600VAC 705 845VDC 6 Power supply 600 690VAC 845 970VDC 5 Type of power supply T three phase C direct current 6 Braking module X no braking chopper optional external braking chopper B built in braking chopper 7 Type of EMC filter no filter provided 1 integrated filter EN 61800 3 issue 2 FIRST ENVIRONMENT Category C2 EN55011 gr 1 cl A for industrial and domestic users A2 integrated filter EN 61800 3 issue 2 SECOND ENVIRONMENT Category C3 EN55011 gr 2 cl A for industrial users B integrated input filter type 1 plus external output toroid filter EN 61800 3 issue 2 FIRST ENVIRONMENT Category C1 EN5501 1 gr 1 cl B for industrial and domestic users 8 Control panel X no control panel provided display keypad K control panel and a
275. le of the computer the first command will create a static entry assigning the matching between the MAC address of the board and the static IP address The ping command queries the interface board to check the connection and returns the transit time of the data packet between the computer and the board through the network as shown in Figure 137 296 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS B C gt ping 10 0 254 177 Pinging 108 8 254 177 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 1 8 254 177 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 128 Reply from 10 0 254 177 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 128 Reply from 18 8 254 177 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 128 Reply from 10 0 254 177 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 128 Ping statistics for 1 8 254 177 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost z loss gt Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum ms Average Gms 00520 Figure 137 Example of the ping command to the IP address of the inverter interface board When the interface board is sent the data packet it gets the MAC address IP address match as a permanent match then it compiles and saves an ethcfg cfg file where the IP address 10 0 254 177 is stored as its own address each time the inverter is turned on Command number 3 is optional and removes the static match IP MAC related to the inverter Ethernet board from the ARP table of the inverter Connection with a computer through a LAN equipped with a
276. les The control unit may be installed separately or inside a module Mounting options are shown below a Control unit integrated into the inverter Fixing Templates mm Modules Fitted Single Module Inverter Size X Y 01 D2 Fastening 564 565 570 574 575 580 Screws POWER SUPPLY UNIT 178 1350 11 25 M10 2 2 3 INVERTER 178 1350 11 25 M10 2 2 2 2 INVERTER WITH INTEGRATED 178 1350 11 25 M10 CONTROL UNIT INVERTER WITH INTEGRATED AUXILIARY POWER 178 1350 11 25 M10 1 2 SUPPLY UNIT INVERTER WITH INTEGRATED 178 1350 11 25 M10 3 3 3 SPLITTER UNIT b Control unit separate from the inverter module Fixing Templates mm Modules Fitted Single Module Inverter Size MODULE X Y D1 D2 Fastening S64 S65 S70 S74 S75 S80 Screws POWER SUPPLY UNIT 178 1350 11 25 M10 2 2 3 INVERTER 178 1350 11 25 M10 2 3 3 3 3 INVERTER WITH INTEGRATED AUXILIARY POWER 178 1350 11 25 M10 1 2 SUPPLY UNIT INVERTER WITH INTEGRATED 178 1350 11 25 M10 3 3 3 SPLITTER UNIT CONTROL UNIT 184 396 6 14 M5 1 1 1 1 1 1 49 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Lt M SN ON 49
277. llow No active limit Voltage or current limit active Reference on BRAKE LED Yellow RUN LED Green Normal operation Either one is active DC current brake braking Ramp extension Motor not powered 542 Motor powered no torque idle Motor powered e and running L CMD LED Green Commands sent from ALARM LED Red Inverter OK sources other than keypad tripped Commands sent both 2 from keypad _terminal board Commands sent from keypad only _TX and RX LEDs Green No parameter transfer in progress Upload waiting 1S for confirmation Parameter downloading from keypad to inverter Parameter uploading from inverter to keypad L REF LED Green Reference sent from sources other _than keypad Reference sent both Fd from keypad 71 terminal board Reference sent from keypad only e LED off FWD and REV LEDs Green LED flashing 147 Total reference 0 LED on fixed Total reference of frequency speed torque is being sent and is positive Total reference of frequency speed torque is being sent and is negative Figure 64 Display keypad 126 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
278. lly or upside down Do not mount any heat sensitive components on top of the inverter to prevent them from damaging due to hot exhaust air CAUTION The inverter rear panel may reach high temperatures make sure that the inverter bearing surface is not heat sensitive CAUTION gt gt gt 3 3 1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION STORAGE AND TRANSPORT Any electronic board installed in the inverters manufactured by Elettronica Santerno is tropicalised This enhances electrical insulation between the tracks having different voltage ratings and ensures longer life of the components It is however recommended that the prescriptions below be strictly followed 0 40 C with no derating Operating ambient temperatures from 40 C to 50 C with a 2 derating of the rated current for each degree beyond 40 C Ambient temperatures for storage 25 70 transport Pollution degree 2 or higher Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to Installation environment conductive dust corrosive gases vibrations water sprinkling or dripping except for IP54 models do not install in salty environments Up to 1000 m above sea level Altitude For higher altitudes derate the output current of 1 every 100 m above 1 000 m max 4 000 m From 5 to 95 from 1g m to 29g m non condensing and non Operaing Ambient freezing class 3k3 according to EN50178 From 5 to 95 fro
279. ltage from DANGER the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electrical shock hazard Electrical shock hazard do not connect disconnect the signal terminals or the power ewes terminals when the inverter is on This also prevents the inverter from being damaged All the screws used to fasten removable parts terminals cover serial interface NOTE connector cable plates etc are black round head cross head screws gt gt gt When wiring the inverter remove only this type of screws If different screws or bolts are removed the inverter warranty will be no longer valid 1 Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 15 minutes 2 Remove the cover allowing to gain access to the inverter control terminals The fixing spacers and the signal connector are located on the left 000321 Figure 115 Position of slot A for the installation of the encoder board Fit the encoder board and make sure that all contacts enter the relevant housing in the signal connector Fasten the encoder board to the fixing spacers using the screws supplied 4 Configure the DIP switches and the jumper located on the encoder board based on the connected encoder Check that the supply voltage delivered to the terminal output is correct 5 Power on the inverter and set up parameters relating to the encoder feedback see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual 001
280. ltiple conductors shall have the same length and must run parallel to each others thus ensuring even current delivery at any frequency value Paths having the same length but a different shape deliver uneven current at high frequency Also do not exceed the tightening torque for the terminals to the bar connections For connections to bars the tightening torque relates to the bolt tightening the cable lug to the copper bar The cross section values given in the tables below apply to copper cables The links between the motor and the Penta drive must have the same lengths and must follow the same paths Use 3 phase cables where possible 85 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 9 1 2T VOLTAGE CLASS Cable Cross section Fitting the Terminal Cable Stripping Tightening Torque Cable Cross section to Mains and Motor Side Fast Fuses 700 Disc Switch SINUS PENTA Magnetic Circuit Breaker ACI Contactor mm AWG kcmils Nm mm AWG kcmils A A A 0 5410 20 6AWG 1 5 1 5 2 5 12AWG 16 16 25 16 16 25 1 5 4 10AWG 20 25 25 20 25 25 25 25 25 10 8AWG 32 32 45 5 25 20 4 AWG 10 6AWG 16 6AWG 25 4AWG 0 5 25 20 4 AWG 25 4AWG 4 25 12 4 AWG 25 4AWG 25 50 61 0 AWG 35 2AWG 50 1 0
281. ly ratings DC supply voltage deriving directly from the inverter terminals 200 to 800 Vdc for BU700 2 4 400 to 1200 Vdc for BU600 5 6 3 Output current 300A average current average current in output cables 600A max max current in output cables 4 Minimum value of the resistor to be connected to the output terminals see application tables below 6 3 2 OPERATING MODE The braking module is powered and controlled directly by the inverter 192 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 3 SPECIFICATIONS Power Dissipated at Average Braking Current W BU700 2 4T 700 350 200 240Vac 0 54 700 BU700 2 4T 700 350 380 500Vac 1 1 700 BU600 5 6T 600 300 500 600Vac 1 6 700 BU600 5 6T 600 300 600 690Vac 1 8 700 Average Braking Min Braking Penta Supply Voltage Resistor 9 Max Braking Current A ae 6 3 4 INSTALLING THE BRAKING UNIT 6 3 4 1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BRAKING UNIT INSTALLATION STORAGE AND TRANSPORT Operating ambient temperatures 0 40 C with no derating from 40 C to 50 C with a 2 derating of the rated current for each degree beyond 40 C Ambient temperatures for storage 25 70 transport Installation environment Pollution degree 2 or higher Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to conductive dust corrosive gases vibrations water sprinkling or dripping do not install in salty envi
282. m 1g m to 29g m non condensing and non Porade Abeni humidity freezing class 1k3 according to EN50178 Max 95 up to 60g m condensation may appear when the Ambient hurnidity doting transport equipment is not running class 2k3 according to EN50178 Storage and operating atmospheric From 86 to 106 kPa pressure classes 3k3 and 1k4 according to EN50178 Atmospheric pressure during transport From 70 to 106 kPa class 2k3 according to EN50178 As environmental conditions strongly affect the inverter life do not install the equipment in places that do not have the above mentioned ambient conditions CAUTION CAUTION Always transport the equipment within its original package gt 21 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 2 AIR COOLING Make sure to allow adequate clearance around the inverter for the free circulation of air through the equipment The table below shows the min clearance to leave with respect to other devices installed near the inverter The different sizes of the inverter are considered side clearance side clearance C bottom top clearance Size reds two clearance inverters mm ee NU Low po o9 22 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Minimum Maximum Maximum Maximum side side id id Clearance learance isi p between
283. mal overload thus stopping dialoguing with some of the connected devices RS485 Serial communication ratings Configurable between 1200 115200 bps default value 38400 Baud rate bps Data format 8 bit Start bit 1 Parity 1 EVEN ODD default Stop bits 2 1 default 2 Protocol MODBUS RTU 03h Read Holding Registers Supported functions 10h Preset Multiple Registers Device address Configurable between 1 and 247 default value 1 Electric standard RS232 Waiting time between packets Configurable between 0 and 50 ms default value 20 ms Timeout Configurable between 0 and 1000 ms default value 500 ms 1 Ignored when receiving communication messages 318 373 SINUS PENTA 6 12 3 3 COM1 CONFIGURATION AND WIRING INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS DB flying connector COM1 brings CN3 CN11 connector of ES851 1 board outside the inverter this should be fastened to a bracket mounted on the right side of the inverter frame The type of port RS232 or RS485 to be used can be selected The flying cable is to be connected to CN3 or CN11 RS232 or RS485 respectively factory setting CN3 Use SW4 1 to activate the port you chose SWA default Function 1 ON ON RS232 Interface activated OFF RS485 Interface activated 2 OFF Not used 3 OFF Both ON to activate RS485 terminator 4 OFF Both OFF to deactivate RS485 t
284. mensions of IP23 Box resistors nnne nenne 226 Position of electrical connections in box resistors 0 226 Wiring diagram of the keypad remoting kit controlling multiple 232 Wiring diagram for optional inductance 234 Amplitude of harmonic currents approximate enne 236 Layout of a 12 phase connection esses ener nennen nennen rene 237 Output inductance Wiring 0002s eei tette ee e iter e e caus ete re HER Ma eden 238 Mechanical features of a 3 phase inductance 245 Mechanical features of the DC 2 10 0 0000 00000000000 247 Mechanical features of the 3 phase du dt inductance 0 248 Mechanical features of 3 phase inductance for 2T 4T Class in IP54 251 Mechanical features of single phase output inductance 252 err mee ne OE ORO N SR EHE 253 Encoder board ES836 2 3 5 de eee Re ribera 254 Position of slot A for the installation of the encoder board 256 Encoder board fastened
285. milar to a closed contact is to be found between terminal MDO2 and CMDO2 when the output is active i e when the fi symbol is displayed next to the output Loads connected as PNP or as NPN are activated Outputs be powered by the inverter isolated power supply or by an external source 24 or 48V see dashed lines in the figure below Optional external power supply 24V 48V OV isolated P0002 8 B Optional exernal power supply 24V 48V OV isolated Figure 168 Connection of an NPN output for relay control 338 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS a CAUTION When inductive loads e g relay coils are connected always use the freewheel diode which is to be connected as shown in the figure NOTE supply to power the isolated digital outputs Dashed lines in the figures are alternative to standard wiring Digital outputs XMDO1 8 are protected from a temporary short circuit by a Do not simultaneously connect the isolated internal supply and the auxiliary NOTE resettable fuse After wiring the inverter check the output voltage as a permanent short circuit can cause irreversible damage 6 13 8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Operating temperature ambient temperature O to 50 C contact Elettronica Santerno for lower higher temperatures Relative humidity 5 to 9596 non condensing Max operating altitude 4000 m 5 1 339 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1
286. modules are installed S64 Modules Dimensions Weight Power Dissip ted at Inom lt N o 1 _ E gt 2 5 amp s O 22 258 3 2 _5 seS 2 3 3 328 38 2 22 4 52 8 Bes 3 6 29 443 58 5 2 929 t P lt o gt 5 2 za 5 9 9 2 42 2 Ee amp o 2 gt 5 gt z WxHxD WxHxD kg kg kg kW kW 0598 AT 1 2 2 5 7 5 0748 AT 1 2 2 75 8 25 0831 4 1 2 3 3 9 9 0250 5 6 1 2 1 3 3 9 0312 5 6 1 2 1 6 4 8 0366 5 6 1 2 230 1400 730 1400 1 8 5 4 364 0399 5T 6T i 2 x480 560 21 6 3 0457 5T 6T 1 2 2 4 7 2 0524 5T 6T 1 2 2 6 7 8 0598 5T 6T 1 2 2 95 8 85 0748 5 6 1 2 3 25 9 75 0831 5 6 1 2 3 9 11 7 9 When housing the control unit or the auxiliary power supply unit the module depth is 560 mm One inverter module must be provided with an integrated auxiliary power supply unit Models including parallel connected inverter modules S74 Modules Dimensions Weight Power Dissipated at Inom o 5 x a um oO ya t 3 5 2 2g 59 E 7258 5 5 6 9 ese se ses SS 9 8 5 5 8 ZA 2 3 588 2 5 gt gt 9 2 E 5 lt 55 8
287. ms Terminals 27 28 122 3 5 5 3 Relay Outputs Terminals 22 34 0 nnne 123 3 5 5 4 Technical Sheet for Digital Outputs 124 3 5 6 Analog Outputs Terminals 10 to 13 125 3 5 6 1 Technical Sheet for Analog 12 124 020212 2 2 2040 000000000000 125 3 6 OPERATING AND REMOTING THE 126 3 6 1 Indicator LEDs on the 126 3 6 2 Fonction Keysia ioco o vasa coves 127 3 6 3 Setting the Operating Mode 128 3 6 3 1 Adjusting the Display Contrast 128 3 6 3 2 Adjusting the Display Contrast Back light and 2 128 3 6 4 Remoting the Display Keypad sse eene nennen nennen nennen 129 3 6 5 Using the Display keypad for Parameter Transfer 132 372 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS 133 3 7 1 General Featuress iie tees E e caged A RR Ee Pe RR oa cag e ERR 133 3 7 2 Direct Gonheclior 134 3 7 3 Multidrop Network eene eene ner erre eren nennen 134 esos nace etri 134 3 7 3 Line Ternin i o eet 136 3 7 4 How to
288. n error and offset Digital resolution Value of voltage LSB Permanent overload over inputs with no damage Input filter cut off frequency 1st order low pass filter Value Max Unit Lee 200 ppm C Lopep es aT pep Cet Te 10 Sampling time depending on the software being used 1000 ms Value Slow Sampling Analog Inputs Configured 0 20mA mode Min Type Max Unit Input impedance 124 5 Q Offset cumulative error and gain with respect to full scale value 0 5 Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset 200 ppm C Digital resolution 12 bit Value of current LSB 4 90 15 Permanent overload over inputs with no damage 3 7 3 7 V Input filter cut off frequency 1st order low pass filter 13 Hz Sampling time depending on the software being used 10 1000 ms Value Slow Sampling Analog Inputs Configured in 0 100mV mode Min Type Max Unit Input impedance 1 MQ Offset cumulative error and gain with respect to full scale value 0 2 Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset 50 ppm C Digital resolution 12 bit Value of voltage LSB 24 7 uV LSB Permanent overload over inputs with no damage 30 30 V Input filter cut off frequency 1st order low pass filter 13 Hz Sampling time depending on the software being used 10 1000 ms 341 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS
289. n with control OV Control board zero Volt 23 IAP Current analog input from CT phase R 1 50mA Rin 33Q PR Energy Counter Option Resolution 12 bits 24 IBP Current analog input from CT phase S Ifs 1 50mA Rin 339 PR Energy Counter Option Resolution 12 bits 25 ICP Current analog input from CT phase T Ifs 1 50mA Rin 330 PR Energy Counter Option Resolution 12 bits 26 CMA OV for analog inputs common with control OV Control board zero Volt PD Used from the Sinus Penta firmware only PR Used from the firmware of the Regenerative application when the Energy Counter option is installed 328 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 SW1 3 Vfs 10V Rin 30kQ SW1 1 2 4 OFF Sim SW1 4 ON Slow configurable auxiliary analog input number 8 Vfs 100mV Rin IMQ SW1 1 2 3 OFF _ how SW1 2 ON 27 XAINS TI lfs 20mA Rin 124 5 SW1 1 3 4 OFF ae measure with SW1 1 4 ON Thermistor temperature measure number 1 Compliant with IEC 60751 or he OFF DIN 43735 a 28 1 OV for analog inputs for XAIN8 return Control board zero Volt 501 7 Vfs 10V Rin 30kQ SW1 5 6 8 OFF 5 a s Tu SW1 8 ON Slow configurable auxiliary analog input number 9 5 100mV Rin IMQ SW1 5 6 7 OFF E T SW1 6 ON 29 XAIN9 T2 Ifs 20mA Rin 124 5 Q SW1 5 7
290. nals 47 and 48 if an external braking resistor is to be installed S40 Terminal board 47 D 47 79 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS S50 Connection bars AN CAUTION No external braking resistor can be connected 80 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 5 S60 CONNECTION BARS E 4 Mel eh T WIRE ACCORDINGL Si je f FN or DEFAULT 500V Figure 40 60 Connection bars Figure 40 shows the location and dimension of the bars connecting S60 SINUS PENTA drives to the mains and the motor The figure also shows the position and the wiring instructions for the built in power supply transformer The transformer must be wired based on the rated supply voltage being used Connection bars 47 D and 47 are short circuited as a factory setting The CAUTION DC choke if any shall be linked between bars 47 D and 47 after removing the short circuit Please contact Elettronica Santerno if DC supply is to be applied to SINUS CAUTION PENTA S60 81 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 6
291. nce generate larger harmonic currents than power drives which do have an inductance The inductance may be installed both on AC side as a 3 phase inductance on the supply line and on DC side as a single phase inductance installed between the rectifier bridge and the capacitor bank inside the inverter Even greater benefits are obtained if inductance is installed both on AC side and on DC side Unlike DC inductance AC inductance filters also high frequency components with greater efficiency A DC side inductance can be connected only to inverters sizes S05 2T S12 S41 51 42 52 S60 and modular sizes If a DC side inductance is required for the remaining inverter sizes it must be specified when ordering the equipment see Lay out of the Power Terminals when a DC Reactor is Required CAUTION When a DC side inductance is used it can happen that no braking resistor can be CAUTION connected when an external braking unit is connected and vice versa see Lay out of the Power Terminals when a DC Reactor is Required gt gt 235 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Harmonic currents in the inverter power supply The amplitude of harmonic currents and their incidence on the mains voltage is strongly affected by the features of the mains where the equipment is installed The ratings given in this manual fit most applications For special requirements please contact Elettronica Santerno s After sales service For more det
292. nd heat 201 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 6 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR BU600 5T 6T The wire cross sections given in the table relate to one wire per braking resistor NOTE DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C The power dissipated by the braking resistors may be the same as the rated power of the connected motor multiplied by the braking duty cycle use a CAUTION proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects CAUTION Do not connect to the inverter any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value given in the tables DOM 6 3 6 1 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 10 5T CLASS Braking Resistors Braking Unit Model Resistors to be used Wire Cross Type of section Connection Valve 3 mm AWG Qty Quy Recommended Power Degree of kemils Value kW Protection 15 8 15 8 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 202 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 6 2 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 20 5T CLASS Braking Resistors Braking Unit Resistors to be used Wire Cross Type of section Value 2 Q Q Recommended Power Degree of biu ad Value kW Protection 15 16 15 16 50 1 0 50 1 0 25 3 25 3 25 3 35 2 35 2 50 1 0
293. nfiguration section Although communication is made through RS485 serial port the board shall be CAUTION 6 11 7 1 RS485 CONNECTOR The communications port includes the positive pole the negative pole and the ground 309 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 7 2 LEDS ON THE FFP485 PROTOCESSOR MODULE ON Module powered ew OFF Module not powered ON flashing 1Hz Normal operation OFF PANIC ON flashing 1Hz Normal operation OFF PANIC ON goes solid after 45 60s Normal operation OFF during the first 45 60s YELLOW Flashing when a message is received on the field port YELLOW Flashing when a message is sent on the field port RED RED RED vO 4115 23S s50 8069 220 20 2 1 85 P001031 B 1 Figure 148 LED BACnet 6 11 7 3 TROUBLESHOOTING TiPS If PWR LED does not come on and LA and LB do not flash please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service If PWR LED does not come on but the LA and LB flash then the PWR LED is faulty If LA and LB do not start flashing this may indicate a problem with the ProtoCessor Contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service If GP105 never comes on please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service If TX and or RX do not flash this may indicate a problem with the field wiring the configuration in the ProtoCessor on the field side incorrect polling parameters such as COMM properties like baud parity etc 310 373
294. ng Instructions manual Power Down and DC Braking menus 0 p 103 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA Motor not running because the PID value is disabled number 3 fixed see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual parameters P254 and P255 Motor not running because the PID value is disabled number 4 fixed see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual parameters P065 and 066 IFD enabled but waiting for the START signal number 6 fixed IFD enabled and START signal on but waiting for reference number 7 fixed the actual value of the reference is below the minimum value Waiting for pre load number 8 fixed inverter is waiting for VDC current inside the capacitor to exceed the minimum running value Inverter enabled power devices activated a segment rotates to form an 8 shaped figure Emergency condition 3 digit alarm code cyclically flashes on the display the example shows alarm A019 Inverter condition Hardware Software Failure The self diagnostics function integrated to the control board detected a hardware software failure Please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service 104 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Updating of the operating software flash memory Symbol or sequence displayed Inverter condition Fl
295. ng modes REF Analog input voltage input and two current analog inputs AINT AIN2 Voltage analog outputs Terminator RS 485 off 3 5 2 3 CONFIGURATION JUMPERS The inverter control board is provided with two configuration jumpers called J1 and J2 for the setup of the inverter size These jumpers are factory set based on the inverter size required and must not be tampered with When a spare control board is installed jumper J1 only is to be set up accordingly In that case the spare control board is supplied in Spare mode Jumper Position 1 2 IU CAL J1 2 3 IU LEM See SINUS PENTA SPARE ES821 USER MANUAL J2 Leave position unchanged 108 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 3 DIGITAL INPUTS TERMINALS 14 TO 21 All digital inputs are galvanically isolated with respect to zero volt of the inverter control board Consider isolated power supply on terminals 23 and 22 or 24V auxiliary supply before activating the inverter digital inputs The figure below shows the different control modes based on the inverter supply or the output of a control system e g PLC Internal supply 24 VDC terminal 23 is protected by a 200mA self resetting fuse P000280 B OV isolated control isolaed control board board 24V isolated isolated 24V Fuse Figure 51 PNP command active to 24V A through a voltage free contact B outcoming from a different device PLC digi
296. ng the cover allowing to gain access to the inverter control terminals 303 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 5 ES919 BOARD FOR METASYS N2 ES919 board for Metasys N2 uses RS485 serial port to communicate with the system via the communication protocol Metasys 2 by Johnson Controls http www johnsoncontrols com ES919 board includes the ProtoCessor ASP 485 module Board Enabled Data Reception Transmission P001029 R Figure 143 ES919 Board for Metasys N2 6 11 5 1 CONFIGURATION Fieldbus Port Inverter Port Protocol MetasysN2 MODBUS RTU Default Baud 9600 8N1 38400 8N2 Default Station ID 11 1 6 11 5 2 RS485 CONNECTOR The communications port includes a positive pole a negative pole and the ground G 304 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 5 3 LEDS ON THE ASP485 PROTOCESSOR MODULE BLUE ORANGE YELLOW L8 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1 COMMS RUN NO DEFAULT ERROR ON Field Port packet received OFF Field Port response sent ON Inverter Port Send Poll OFF Inverter Port Receive Valid Response ON flashing 2Hz ProtoCessor is running normally OFF ProtoCessor is not running BLUE BLUE ORANGE ORANGE Not Used ON MODBUS Slave address set by DIP switch OFF MODBUS Default Address at factory default 11 ON Baud Rate set by DIP switch OFF Baud Rate at factory default 9600 ON Bad Poll No Map Descriptor found OFF Once Exc
297. ng the display keypad module 130 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 Connect the keypad to the inverter using the wire supplied On the keypad side the wire is provided with a telephone connector and a loop lug connected to the wire shielding braiding Fasten the loop to the panel grounding using one of the mounting jig fastening screws Tighten the screw in an uncoated area of the panel to ensure it is electrically connected to the ground Panel grounding must comply with the safety regulations in force 7 Fit the display keypad to its housing side tabs snap make sure that the telephone connector is connected both to the keypad and to the inverter Avoid stretching the keypad wire The remoting kit ensures degree of protection IP54 for the front panel gt gt CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION Figure 66 Front rear view of the display keypad and its shell Never connect and disconnect the keypad when the inverter is on Temporary overload may lock the inverter due to alarm trip Only use wires supplied by Elettronica Santerno for the keypad wiring Wires with a different contactor arrangement will cause irreparable damages to the inverter and the display keypad A remoting wire with different specifications may cause disturbance and affect communications between the inverter and the display keypad Properly connect the remoting wire by grounding its braiding as explained above The remoting wire m
298. nnector RS 485 and to dipswitch SW3 from the inside of the front door covering wires and cables DIP switch functionality is detailed in the tables below DIP switch SW1 analog input configuration Switch es Functionality 5 1 1 OFF REF voltage input DEFAULT ON REF analog input current input SW1 2 OFF AIN1 voltage input ON analog input current input DEFAULT SW1 3 OFF AIN2 voltage input or AIN2 analog input current input protection PTC acquisition DEFAULT 5 1 4 Both OFF AIN2 current input or voltage Both AIN2 input for motor protection PTC SW1 5 input based on SW1 3 DEFAULT acquisition DIP switch SW2 analog output configuration Switches Functionality SW2 1 1 2 OFF AO voltage output 12 OFF 2 ON AO current output SW2 2 DEFAULT 2 3 3 4 OFF AO2 voltage output 3 OFF 4 AO2 current output SW2 4 DEFAULT SW2 5 5 ON 6 OFF AOS3 voltage output 52 OFF 62 ON current output SW2 6 DEFAULT 107 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS DIP switch SW3 interface RS 485 terminator Switches Functions SW3 1 Both OFF RS 485 terminator disabled Both ON RS 485 terminator enabled SW3 2 DEFAULT DIP switch factory setting is as follows ON 2 SW1 All OFF except 2 and 3 SW2 Odd numbers ON SW3 OFF P000526 B Factory setting provides the following operati
299. nnectors The LAN topology is a star one with each node connected to the Hub or the Switch through its cable gt gt P000518 B Pin PNI gt Pd gt Ca 2d GreewWhite Ra 0 PIM Orange a Male Ls eene cae 3 I TE I Figure 154 Cable of Cat 5 for Ethernet and standard colour arrangement in the connector AWT ITA EIN TIA Et 322 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS If you did not purchase the option for the connection to the Internet LINK service ES851 can be connected to the LAN so that ES851 and the plant can be detected from the LAN ONLY once the DataLogger parameters have been programmed accordingly Please refer to the Programming Instructions manual of ES851 DataLogger for more details Connection through a router If you purchased the LINK service for the connection to the Internet the Internet connection through a router is obtained by connecting ES851 to the router using the cable supplied Point to point connection Special software programming is required for the point to point connection Please refer to the Programming Instructions manual of ES851 DataLogger for more details Direct point to point connection is obtained with a Cross Over Cable TIA EIA 568 B cat 5 This type of cable performs a cross over of the pairs so that the TD TD pair corresponds to the RD RD pair and vice versa The table belo
300. no for higher ambient temperatures Relative humidity 5 to 9596 non condensing Max operating altitude 4000 m 5 1 265 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SINUS PENTA Electrical Specifications Value Adjustment range for encoder supply voltage 12V mode Min Typ Max Unit Encoder supply current 24 V protected with resettable fuse 200 mA Electronically protected encoder supply current 12V 400 mA Electronically protected encoder supply current 5V 1000 mA Adjustment range for encoder supply voltage 5V mode 4 4 5 0 7 3 V 10 4 12 0 17 3 V Input channels Three channels A B and zero notch Z Type of input signals Complementary line driver Voltage range for encoder input signals 4 30 V Pulse max frequency with noise filter On 77kHz 1024pls 4500rpm Pulse max frequency with noise filter Off 155kHz 1024pls 9000rpm ISOLATION The encoder supply line and inputs are galvanically isolated from the inverter control board grounding for a 500VAC test voltage for 1 minute The encoder supply grounding is in common with control board digital inputs available in the terminal board 266 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 4 INSTALLING THE LINE DRIVER BOARD ON THE INVERTER SLOT A Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter remove vo
301. not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects CAUTION Do not connect to the inverter any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower gt gt than the value given in the tables 6 4 6 1 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 10 5T CLASS Braking Type of section 2 Q Recommended Power Degree of Connechdn Ha y Value Q kw Protection 0250 0312 0366 0399 865 0457 0524 0598 0748 0831 575 580 3 4 48 64 64 48 B 14 5000 4 4 6 4 8 i23 B 12 50 0 8 123 8 105 95 4 0 95 4 0 500 0 95 4 0 4 123 09 95 0 8 123 501 0 18 23 06 9504 0 _ 16 4 98 053 954 0 6 Bs 0 A A 1 8 1 6 8 A 4 1 8 A 1 8 1 6 2 70270 8 70 270 0964 1130 580 1296 o c 2 s ss ndn nili OF S x ET 218 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 6 2 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 20 5T CLASS Braking Resistor Braking Unit Mam ion Type of section 1 2 Q Recommended Power Degree of LL d a Value Q kW Protection IP23 IP23 B 2 5 0250 1 2 460 32 0312 1 2 50 48 2 5 0 8 5 0 8 4 S70 1296 37 Ne poe 3 90 Jp amp o 05 270070 6 4 6 3 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 50 5T CLASS Braking Resistor Braking Unit SIZE Model Resistors to be used Wire Cross Type of
302. ntinued 37 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS continued 0312 300 4900 S50C 0366 2T AT 1200 350 5600 0399 350 6400 0313 350 4400 S51C 0367 2T AT 1200 350 4900 2000 600 0402 350 6300 0290 350 5950 0314 370 6400 S52C 5T 6T 1200 0368 370 7000 0401 370 7650 0457 586 7400 560 2 4 1600 0524 586 8400 0598 854 9750 0748 4 854 10750 0831 854 12900 0250 854 5000 0312 854 6100 565 0366 2000 854 6900 0399 854 8000 5 6 0457 2350 800 854 9150 0524 854 9800 0598 854 11250 0748 854 12450 570 0831 5 6 2200 1007 14900 0964 17200 11 AT 30 1468 8900 75C 1296 3000 21100 0964 18400 1130 5T 6T 22800 1700 S80C 1296 3400 24900 Dimensions weights may vary depending on optional components required 38 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AVAILABLE OPTIONAL FEATURES Disconnecting switch with line fast fuses Line magnetic circuit breaker with release coil Line contactor in Front key operated selector switch for LOCAL REMOTE control and EMERGENCY pushbutton Line input impedance Motor side output impedance Additional terminal board for input output wires Output toroid filter Motor forced cooling circuit Braking unit for size S40 H Anticon
303. numeric display and the parameter menus and submenus The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series are provided with the following standard features four classes of power supply 2T 200 240Vac 4T 380 500Vac 5T 500 600Vac 6T 600 690Vac EMC filters for industrial environment incorporated in any inverter Size EMC filters for domestic environment incorporated in Sizes S05 and 12 DC power supply available as a standard feature built in braking module up to Size S30 serial interface RS485 with communications protocol according to standard MODBUS RTU degree of protection IP20 up to Size S40 possibility of providing IP54 up to Size S30 3 analog inputs O 10 VDC 0 4 20 mA one input may be configured as a motor PTC input 8 optoisolated digital inputs PNP inputs 3 configurable analog outputs O 10 V 4 20 mA 0 20 mA 1 optoisolated open collector static digital output optoisolated push pull high speed static digital output at high commutation ratio 2 relay digital outputs with change over contacts Fan control in Sizes S05 S12 41 42 S51 552 A comprehensive set of diagnostic messages allows a quick fine tuning of the parameters during the equipment starting and a quick resolution of any problem during the equipment operation The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series have been designed and manufactured in compliance with the requirements of the Low Voltage Direct
304. nus Penta s Programming Instructions Manual The operating mode gain offset and filtering time constant if any may be defined by the user The inverter software allows four operating modes that must match with the setup of the configuration DIP switches Type of acquisition set for Hardware Full scale value and notes the inverter parameters configuration for SW2 10V Voltage output 10V 10V 0 10 Voltage output 0 10V 0 20 mA Current output OmA 20 4 20 Current output 4 20mA Never deliver input voltage to analog outputs Do not exceed max allowable current CAUTION Digital outputs MDO1 and MDO2 are protected against transient short circuits by NOTE a self resetting fuse After wiring the inverter make sure that the output voltage is correct as a persistent short circuit may damage the equipment gt gt 3 5 6 1 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS Specification Min Type Max Unit of m Load impedance with voltage outputs 2000 Q Load impedance with current outputs 500 Q Max allowable load to be connected to voltage outputs 10 nF Offset cumulative error and typical gain related to full scale value 1 5 96 Temperature coefficient of gain error and offset 300 ppm C Digital resolution in voltage configuration 11 bit Digital resolution in current configuration 10 bit Value of voltage LSB 11 1 mV Value of current
305. nverter remove voltage from DANGER the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electrical shock hazard Electrical shock hazard do not connect disconnect the signal terminals or the power terminals when the inverter is on This also prevents the inverter from being damaged CAUTION All the screws used to fasten removable parts terminals cover serial interface NOTE connector cable plates etc are black round head cross head screws When wiring the inverter remove only this type of screws If different screws or bolts are removed the inverter warranty will be no longer valid gt gt gt 1 Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 15 minutes 2 Remove the inverter cover for accessing the control terminals The fixing spacers and the signal connector are located on the right P000309 B Fixing spacers mu hn I SE uu ud A 3 14151617 18 19 20 212223 2425 26 27 28 m3 qo 34 667 8 9 101112 1 Va uuuuu nann nenne rerrrirrrrr Figure 142 Position of the slot for ES919 board 3 Fit ES919 board and make sure that all contacts enter the relevant housing in the signal connector Fasten the encoder board to the fixing spacers using the screws supplied 4 Enable the communication port with switch SW1 5 Close the inverter frame by reassembli
306. o check if alarm messages are displayed In the MEASURES MENU check the reference speed M001 the supply voltage to the control section M030 the DC link voltage M029 and the condition of control terminals M033 Check to see if the readout matches with the measured values When parameter POO3 Standby Only condition required for altering C parameters you can alter Cxxx parameters in the CONFIGURATION menu only when the drive is DISABLED or STOPPED whereas if POO3 Standby Fluxing you can alter Cxxx parameters when the motor is stopped but the drive is enabled You can write down any custom parameters in the table on the last pages of the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual If an alarm trips find the cause responsible for the alarm and reset the drive Enable input MDI3 terminal 16 for some time or press the RESET key on the display keypad When the IFD control algorithm is used only speed references can be set up 141 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 4 2 VTC Motor Control 1 Wiring 2 Power on 3 Parameter setting 4 Autotune 5 Overload 6 Startup 142 373 Follow the instructions given in the CAUTION STATEMENTS and INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT sections Power on the drive and do not close the link to the START input to prevent the motor from running Make sure that the display keypad is on For easier startup of the Sinus Penta you can activate the Start U
307. oCessor 307 6 11 6 3 Troubleshooting Tips eere ri eere eee E eke E cede ee Cep 307 6 11 6 4 Board Configuration ene ce e tle reto ence tee c ee ne a E venia 308 6 11 7 5919 Board for 5485 eene nennen 309 6 11 7 1 RS5485 Eis 309 6 11 7 2 LEDs on the FFP485 ProtoCessor Module 2 310 6 11 7 3 Troubleshooting Tips essen eene 310 6 11 7 4 Board Configutrdflon E o e Pete tad PEE 311 6 12 5851 DATALOGGER BOARD SLOT 2 2 1 0 000000000000 nnns 312 6 12 1 Identification ie RE EE EE Re eo NAR 313 6 12 2 Installing ES851 Board on the inverter Slot B ssssssssss 313 6 122357 ConrnecliVilyiss totom n inen ae rase erie tiens 315 6 12 3 1 Wiring RS232 Serial ite eee isle rectas 316 6 12 3 2 Wiring RS485 Serial Link e enne 317 6 12 3 3 COMI Configuration and Wiring sss eene 319 6 12 3 4 Configuration and Wiring 2 22 9 321 6 12 3 5 Types of Ethernet Connections ener 322 6 12 3 6 Ethernet Port Wiring sie ere PRESTO MET estes PI REPRE 324 6 13 I O EXPANSION BOARD ES847 in SLOT
308. of six series of two resistors V Two units each of them including a braking resistor connected to two parallel connected braking resistors MD Two units each of them including a braking module connected to four braking resistors parallel connection of two series of two resistors MF Two units each of them including a braking module connected to eight braking resistors parallel connection of four series of two resistors The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heat CAUTION resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of the cables must be 0 6 1kV 221 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 7 AVAILABLE BRAKING RESISTORS The specifications given for each resistor model also include the mean power to be dissipated and the max operating time depending on the inverter voltage class Based on these values parameters C211 and C212 concerning braking features in the Resistor Braking menu can be set up See relevant section in the Sinus Penta s Programming Manual The max operating time set in C211 is factory set in order not to exceed the allowable time for each resistor model see section below Parameter C212 represents the max duty cycle of the resistor and is to be set to a value lower than or equal to the value stated in the dimensioning table see sections above DANGER
309. of the bus if cables of Type A are used Allowable Baudrate Length for Cable of Type A 9 6 kbits s 1 2 km 19 2 kbits s 1 2 km 45 45 kbits s 1 2 km 93 75 kbits s 1 2 km 187 5 kbits s 1 km 500 kbits s 400 m 1 5 Mbits s 200m 3 Mbits s 100m 6 Mbits s 100m 12 Mbits s 100m We recommend that Profibus FC FastConnect connectors be used They offer the following benefits welding required for the connections inside the cable ingoing cable and one outgoing cable can be used so that connections of intermediate nodes can be stubless thus avoiding signal reflections The internal resistors can be connected through a switch located on the connector frame Profibus FC connectors are provided with an internal impedance adapting network to compensate for the connector capacity If you use Profibus FC connectors with internal terminators you can activate NOTE either the connector terminal or the board terminals in the first last device only i N Do not activate both terminators at a time and do not activate terminators in intermediate nodes A comprehensive overview of the Profibus is given at http www profibus com In particular you can download the Installation Guideline for PROFIBUS DP FMS containing detailed wiring information and the document named Recommendations for Cabling and Assembly containing important guidelines to avoid the m
310. of the motor casing should follow a separate path to avoid possible interferences ALWAYS PROVIDE PROPER GROUNDING OF THE MOTOR CASING AND THE INVERTER FRAME If a differential relay against electric shocks is intended to be used this must be a B type differential relay The inverter may generate an output frequency up to 1000 Hz this may cause a motor rotation speed up to 20 twenty times the rated motor speed for 50Hz motors never use the motor at a higher speed than the max allowable speed stated on the motor nameplate ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Never touch the inverter electrical parts when the inverter is on always wait at least 15 minutes after switching off the inverter before operating on the inverter Never perform any operation on the motor when the inverter is on Do not perform electrical connections on the motor or the inverter if the inverter is on Electrical shock hazard exists on output terminals U V W and resistive braking module terminals B even when the inverter is disabled Wait at least 15 minutes after switching off the inverter before operating on the electrical connection of the motor or the inverter MECHANICAL MOTION The inverter determines mechanical motion It is the operator s responsibility to ensure that this does not give rise to any dangerous situation EXPLOSION AND FIRE Explosion and fire hazard exists if the equipment is installed in presence of flammable fumes Do not install
311. on 10 bits SW2 2 On 11 AO2 Analog output 2 to be configured either as a voltage output Vout 10V loutmax 5mA SW2 3 On or as a current output Resolution 11 bits SW2 4 Off default 0 4 20 mA Voutmax 10V SW2 3 Off Resolution 10 bits SW2 4 On 12 Analog output to be configured either as a voltage output Vout 10V loutmax 5mA SW2 5 On or as a current output Resolution 11 bits SW2 6 Off default 0 4 20 mA Voutmax 10V SW2 5 Off Resolution 10 bits SW2 6 On 13 CMA OV for main reference connected to control OV 14 START Active input inverter running Inactive input main ref is Optoisolated digital inputs 24 VDC reset and the motor stops with a deceleration ramp positive logic PNP active with 15 ENABLE Active input inverter running enabled greater signal with respect to CMD MDI2 Inactive input motor idling regardless of control mode terminal 22 inverter not commutating In compliance with EN 61131 2 as 16 MDI3 Alarm reset function type 1 digital inputs with rated Multifunction digital input 3 voltage equal to 24 VDC Max 17 Multifunction digital input 4 response time to processor 500 us 18 MDI5 Multifunction digital input 5 19 MDI6 ECHA Multifunction digital input 6 Encoder dedicated input Optoisolated digital inputs 24 VDC FINA push pull 24 V single ended phase A frequency input A positive logic PNP active with 20 MDI7 ECHB
312. on data log parameter setup and data reception transmission storage from and to a computer scan function for the automatic detection of the connected inverters up to 247 inverters may be connected Please refer to the RemoteDrive Instruction Manual for the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series manufactured by Elettronica Santerno The inverter is provided with two serial communication ports The basic port Serial Link 0 see Programming Instructions manual is provided with a male D connector described in the wiring section above the second port Serial Link 1 see Programming Instructions manual which is provided with RJ 45 connector is used for the connection of the display keypad When the display keypad is not used a master MODBUS device such as a computer where the RemoteDrive is installed can be connected to Serial Link 1 port through a DB9 RJ45 adaptor see also Remoting a Keypad Controlling Multiple Inverters 133 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 7 2 DIRECT CONNECTION Electrical standard RS485 may be connected directly to the computer if this is provided with a special port of this type In case your computer is provided with a serial port RS232 C or a USB port a RS232 C RS485 converter or a USB RS485 converter is required Elettronica Santerno may supply both converters as optional components Logic 1 normally called a MARK means that terminal TX RX A is positive with respect to terminal TX RX B vi
313. onfiguration DIP switch SW3 line termination over line RS 485 To gain access to DIP switches SW1 and SW2 remove the front cover of the control terminals by loosening the relevant fastening screws SW1 DIP switch Analog inputs configuration 5 2 DIP switch Analog oulpuls configuration Terminal cover fixing screws Threaded holes Figure 48 Gaining access to DIP switches SW1 and SW2 To gain access to DIP switch SW3 remove the protecting cover for connector RS 485 SINUS PENTA S05 to S20 DIP switch SW3 is located on the control board next to interface connector RS 485 remove the inverter upper cover to gain access to DIP switch SW3 P000057 B SW 3 Dip switch Termination resistors 5 485 serial line connector setting gh e arp Ad Figure 49 Gaining access to DIP switch SW3 and connector RS 485 SINUS PENTA 505 to 520 SINUS PENTA S30 to S60 interface connector RS 485 and DIP switch SW3 are located next to the control terminal board cover SINUS PENTA 65 and S70 to gain access to DIP switch SW3 remove the cover located on the rear part of the control board 106 373 SINUS PENTA P000546 B SW3 Dip switch Termination resistors setting RS 485 serial line N connector Figure 50 Position of DIP switch SW3 and connector RS 485 SINUS PENTA 530 to 560 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS For IP54 inverters you can gain access to serial port co
314. onfigured both through the on board DIP switches and automatically network assignation through a DHCP protocol The communications board performs automatic negotiation with the mains if the baud rate is set to 10 or 100 Mbits s The module also supports IT Information Technology functionality with FTP HTTP SMTP standard protocols allowing exchanging files through the internal storage operating as Web Servers with dynamic pages and sending e mail messages These functions can be used by advanced users and are detailed in the Instruction Manual contained in the CD ROM supplied with the communications board The main features of the interface board are the following Parameter configuration for Ethernet connection through DIP switches DHCP BOOTP ARP or internal Web server Modbus TCP slave functions of class class 1 and partially class 2 Possibility of supporting EtherNet IP level 2 I O Server ControlNet amp DeviceNet Transparent socket interface for potential implementation of over TCP IP dedicated protocols Ethernet interface galvanically isolated through a transformer E mail SMTP functionality Resident WEB pages that can be downloaded through an FTP server 000516 Board status indicator LED Ethernet IP address Ethernet status connector dip switch indicator LEDs Figure 133 Ethernet Fieldbus Communications Board 291 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIO
315. onnected devices The line terminator in serial link 1 which is available on the keypad connector is always ON and cannot be disabled This avoids any multidrop connection of multiple inverters A multidrop network can be used for point to point communications with CAUTION the master computer or for the first last inverter in a multidrop chain If a multidrop network is connected to serial link 1 port communications will not take place and the network connected devices will be damaged by the large resistive load of the parallel connected terminator resistors 136 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 7 4 USE ISOLATED SERIAL BOARD ES822 OPTIONAL ES822 option board allows the connection to a serial link RS485 or RS232 ES822 board to be installed inside the inverter allows the inverter to be connected both to a computer through RS232 with no need to use additional devices and to serial link RS485 Board ES822 also provides galvanic isolation between the serial link and the control board grounding of the inverter thus avoiding ground loops and enhancing immunity to disturbance of the serial link For more details see ISOLATED SERIAL BOARD ES822 in SLOT B The activation of ES822 results in the automatic commutation of serial link 0 which is electrically suppressed from the standard serial connector of the inverter 3 7 5 THE SOFTWARE The serial communication protocol is MODBUS RTU standard Paramete
316. onnection of the motor or the inverter Yellow LED L3 CB run In Sinus Penta Drives it never turn on Green LED L4 4 15V ok It comes on when it detects positive analog power supply 15V If it does not turn on when the inverter is normally operating this means that the power supply unit or the control board is faulty Green LED L5 15V ok It comes on when it detects negative power supply 15V If it does not turn on when the inverter is normally operating this means that the power supply unit or the control board is faulty Green LED 16 5V ok It comes on when it detects power supply 5V It turns off to indicate the following conditions o Short circuit over the power supply delivered to connector RS 485 output o Short circuit over the power supply delivered to the connector output of remotable keypad o Parameter quick storage and autoreset procedure due to VDC undervoltage The messages appearing on the 7 segment display are the following Normal operation and alarms Symbol or sequence displayed Inverter condition Inverter initialization stage Inverter ready waiting for the enable command digit 0 NOT flashing Inverter ready waiting for the ENABLE command 0 gt 1 number 1 fixed see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual parameter C181 Inverter ready waiting for the START command 0 gt number 2 fixed see Sinus Penta s Programmi
317. or multiplied by the braking duty cycle use a CAUTION 1 a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect to the inverter any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value given in the tables CAUTION 6 1 1 1 APPLICATIONS WITH BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 10 2T CLASS BRAKING RESISTORS Model T Degree of Type of Value tinc PP Protection Connection Q 2 Resistor Q AWG 0007 IP55 A 56 5 14 56Q 350W 2 560 350W 2 560 350W 2 560 350W 2 560 350W 3 560 350W 3 560 350W 150 1100W 10Q 1500W 10Q 1500W 2 150 1100W 2 150 1100W 50 4000 50 4000 50 4000 50 4000 50 4000 3 3Q 8000W 3 3Q 8000W 3 30 8000W 3 30 8000W B B B B B B A A A B A A A A A A A A A A Type of connection A One resistor B Two or multiple parallel connected resistors 172 373 SINUS PENTA ZN CAUTION 6 1 1 2 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heat the cables must be 450 700V CLASS resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of APPLICATIONS WITH BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 20 2T BRAKING RESISTORS
318. oss section Tightening Motor Cable Cross 8 PENTA Current Fitting the Terminal Torque section TE Model Nm mm AWG kcmils AWG kcmils 0598 900 1000 Bus bar 35 3x240 3x500kcmils 564 0748 1000 1100 Bus bar 35 3x240 3x500kcmils 0831 1200 1400 Bus bar 35 4x240 4x500kcmils 0964 1480 1750 Bus bar 35 6x150 6x300kcmils S74 1130 1700 2000 Bus bar 35 6x185 6x350kcmils 1296 1950 2280 Bus bar 35 6x240 6x500kcmils installed on the DC power supply line Failure to do so will cause the non compliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed Always use the correct cable cross sections and activate the protective devices CAUTION 91 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 9 4 UL APPROVED FUSES 4T VOLTAGE CLASS UL approved semiconductor fuses which are recommended for the SINUS PENTA drives are listed in the table below In multiple cable installations install one fuse per phase NOT one fuse per conductor Fuses suitable for the protection of semiconductors produced by other manufacturers may be used provided that they have the same ratings and are approved as UL R C Special Purpose Fuses JFHR2 UL approved Fuses Manufactured by SIBA Sicherungen Bau GmbH Bussmann Div Cooper UK Ltd 200 kAgus Symmetrical A I C 100 200 kAgys Symmetrical 1 Ratings Mod No Mod No 12 500V 500V A sec Vac
319. ost common wiring errors 283 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 4 PROFIDRIVE FIELDBUS BOARD Any detail is given in the User Manual for the PROFIdrive COMMUNICATIONS BOARD 6 10 5 DEVICENET FIELDBUS BOARD The DeviceNet communications board allows interfacing a Sinus PENTA drive with an external control unit through a communications interface using a CAN protocol of the DeviceNet 2 0 type The baud rate and the MAC ID can be set through the on board DIP switches Max 512 bytes for input output data are available some of them are used for the interfacing with the inverter Refer to the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual for more details on the inverter control modes through the DeviceNet fieldbus board The main features of the interface board are the following Baud Rate 125 250 500 kbits s DIP switch for baud rate and MAC ID selection Optically isolated DeviceNet interface Max 512 bytes for input amp output data Max 2048 bytes for input amp output data through mailbox DeviceNet Specification version Vol 1 2 0 Vol 2 2 0 Configuration test version A 12 P000512 B 27 32 140 Aya xt 2 2 ay Zw Board status indicator LED Se M M ge DeviceNet terminal Configuration Fieldbus status dip switch indicator LEDs Figure 129 DeviceNet Fieldbus communications board 284 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION I
320. p Menu The Start Up Menu is a wizard allowing programming the main parameters for the connected motor Set the following from the Start Up menu 1 The actual supply voltage of the Penta in 008 You can select a range for the rated mains voltage or the power supply from DC Bus stabilised from a Regenerative Penta 2 VIC as the control algorithm in 3 Motor ratings C015 fmot1 Rated frequency C016 rpmnom1 Rated RPM C017 Pmot1 Rated power C018 Imot1 Rated current C019 Vmot1 Rated voltage C029 Speedmax1 Max desired speed Open the ENABLE command and access the AUTOTUNE MENU and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 0 All Ctrl no rotation Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until tune is complete Warning W32 Open Enable is displayed The drive has computed and saved the values for C022 stator resistance and C023 leakage inductance If alarm A097 Motor Wires KO trips check the motor wiring If alarm A065 Autotune KO trips this means that the ENABLE command has opened before autotune was complete In this case reset the drive sending a command from terminal MDI3 or press the RESET key in the display keypad and perform the autotune procedure again In parameter 048 set the torque limit expressed as a percentage of the rated motor torque Activate the ENABLE input terminal 15 and the START input terminal 14 and send a speed reference The RUN LED and RE
321. pact crusher debarker edger hydraulic power pack mixer rotary table sanding machine bandsaw disk saw separator shredder chopper twister spinner industrial washer palletizer extruder etc Conveyor belt drier slicer tumbler mechanical press forming machine shears winding unwinding machine drawplate calender screw injection moulding machine etc Piston compressor loaded conveyor screw crusher jaw mill ball mill hammer mill roller mill planer pulper vibrating screen hoist and crane displacement loom etc Mandrel axis control lifting application hydraulic power pack injection press etc The tables contained in the following pages state the power of the motors to be connected to SINUS PENTA inverters based on their overload classes Data contained in the tables below relate to standard 4 pole motors MAKE SURE THAT The rated current of the connected motor is lower than Inom tolerance 5 If multiple motors are connected the sum of their rated current values must not exceed Inom The ratio between the inverter maximum current and the rated motor current is included in the overload class required 151 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS EXAMPLE Application Bridge crane Motor used 37kW Rated current 68A Rated voltage 400V Required overload 160 Heavy application Inverter ratings Inom At least 68A
322. peak 1 27mH 17Arms 3 phase Eza IM0126084 IM0140154 0126084 0 7mH 32Arms 2 8mH 32 5A 40 5Apeak 0 7 32 3 phase 0020 0023 IM0126124 0140204 IM0126124 12 0 51mH 43Arms 2 0mH 474 58 5 Apeak 0 51mH 43Arms 3 phase 0033 0140254 1 2mH 694A 87 Apeak TE 0 3mH 68Arms E 0 32mH 8Arms 3 phase 1 0140284 515 IMO126164 0 96mH 100A 160Apeak IMO126164 0049 0 24mH 92Arms 0 24mH 92Arms 3 phase 0060 S20 0126204 0140304 0126204 EE 0 16mH 142Arms 0 64mH 160A 195Apeak 0 16mH 142Arms 3 phase p 13 530 0129 IM0126244 0140404 1 0126244 0150 0 09mH 252Arms 0 36mH 275A 345Apeak 0 09mH 252Arms 3 phase IM0126284 0140504 0126284 0200 0 061mH 362Arms 0 24mH 420A 520Apeak 0 061mH 362Arms 3 phase EM 0250 0 054mH 410Arms 0 216mH 460A 580Apeak 0 054mH 410Arms 3 phase 0180 1M01266282 0140454 0138200 SAI 0 063mH 360Arms 0 18mH 420A 520Apeak 0 070mH 360Arms 3 phase 0126332 0140604 0138250 0260 0 05 mH 455Arms 0 14mH 520A 650Apeak 0 035mH 440Arms 3 ER 0126364 IMO140654 IMO126364 0399 0 033mH 662Arms 0 132mH 740A 930Apeak 0 033mH 662Arms 3 phase 0313 012372 IM0140664 0138300 0367 9 031mH 720Arms 0 09mH 830A 1040Apeak 0 025mH 700Arms 3 phase 60 Em IM0126404 0140754 IM0126404 0 023mH 945Arms 0 092mH 1040A 1300Apeak 0 023mH 945Arms 3 phase
323. peed reference MOOO the reference speed processed by the ramps M002 the supply voltage of the control section MO30 the DC link voltage M029 the condition of the control terminals M033 Check to see if these readouts match with the measured values 146 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 11 Additional For the optimization of the motor performance manually adjust parameters C021 parameter no load current 024 mutual inductance C025 rotor time constant Consider alterations the following C021 Too high values Lower torque especially at rated speed because most part of the voltage imposed by the drive is used to magnetize the motor instead of generating a proper motor torque C021 Too low values Because of the motor flux weakening higher current ratings are needed C024 Mutual inductance This is computed each time the no load current level is altered This is not binding for the motor control but strongly affects the correct estimation of the output torque in case of overestimation decrease C024 and vice versa C025 Optimum value gt To obtain the optimum value of the rotor time constant the best way consists in performing several attempts with a constant load but with different values of C025 The optimum value is the one ensuring to obtain the output torque with the lower current see MO26 in the Motor Measures Menu When parameter Standby Only condition required fo
324. port 502 is provided by the Ethernet interface Port 502 is to be used for all the Modbus transactions 297 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Connection Details Connect Using Remote TCP IP Server IP Address 100254177 Service 502 rG OTT reiron Baud Rate 5600 Ward Length 8 f Belay fi ms ater RTS betore transmitting Tirsticharacter Panty IME v wait or GTETram slave Delay meste last character Stop Bits z befare releasing ATS Harrware Fl w 7 vaittarDsmtramsiave Protocol Selections 000524 Figure 139 Setting ModScan for Modbus TCP connection Figure 140 shows a ModScan shield related to the 10 output variables of the inverter These variables are acquired in real time and are provided by the Modbus TCP protocol Refer to Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual Fieldbus section for any detail about the map and the meaning of the input output variables ModScan32 9 1 Connection Setup View Window Help ojja le Rae alte Device Id Address 0001 Number of Polls 1128 LEN MODBUS Point Type Valid Slave Responses 1123 Length OS HOLDING REGISTER 21 Reset cus P000525 B Figure 140 Display of the output variables of the inverter through the Modbus TCP protocol 298 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Unlike the Modbus R
325. power supply to any other terminal can cause the inverter fault Always make sure that the supply voltage ranges between the limits stated in the inverter nameplate Always connect the ground terminal to avoid electrical shock hazard and to limit disturbance Always provide a grounding connection to the motor if possible ground the motor directly to the inverter The user has the responsibility to provide a grounding system in compliance with the regulations in force After connecting the equipment check the following dll wires must be properly connected no link is missing no short circuit is occurring between the terminals and between the terminals and the ground Do not start or stop the inverter using a contactor installed over the inverter power supply line The inverter power supply must always be protected by fast fuses or by a thermal magnetic circuit breaker Do not apply single phase voltage Always mount antidisturbance filters on the contactor coils and the solenoid valve coils At power on if the inverter commands ENABLE terminal 15 and START terminal 14 are active the motor will immediately start when the main reference is other than zero This may be very dangerous To prevent the motor from accidentally starting see the Programming Manual to set configuration parameters accordingly In that case the motor will start only after opening and closing the command contact on terminal 15 SI
326. pplications is used a motor coast to stop may cause the load to drop In that case always provide a mechanical locking device brake for the connected load gt gt gt gt 110 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 3 4 CONNECTING THE ENCODER AND FREQUENCY INPUT TERMINALS 19 TO 21 Functionality of the programmable digital inputs is given in the Programming Manual Digital inputs MDI5 MDI6 MDI7 may acquire fast digital signals and be used for the connection of an incremental encoder push pull encoder single ended encoder and or for the acquisition of a frequency input An incremental encoder must be connected to fast inputs MDI6 ECHA FINA 19 and MDI7 ECHB 20 as shown in the figure below 00281 power supply 24 outputs 24V 24V isolated Figure 52 Connecting an incremental encoder An incremental encoder must have PUSH PULL outputs and must be powered at 24V directly to the inverter isolated power supply delivered to terminals 24V 23 and CMD 22 Max allowable feeding current is 200mA and is protected by a self resetting fuse Only encoders of that type may be connected to SINUS PENTA s terminal board Max signal frequency is 155kHz for 1024 pls rev at 9000 rpm To acquire different encoder types or to acquire an encoder without engaging any multifunction input fit option board for encoder acquisition in SLOT A The encoder acquired via terminal board is indicated as
327. pply Digital inputs f um i lt 1111 M RU mS m m Figure 44 Control terminals Relay outputs Digital outputs SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 1 1 GAINING ACCESS TO CONTROL TERMINALS AND POWER TERMINALS FOR MODELS IP20 AND IPOO Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter remove voltage from DANGER the inverter and wait at least 15 minutes Wait for a complete discharge of the internal components to avoid any electrical shock hazard Do not connect or disconnect signal terminals or power terminals when the DANGER inverter is on to avoid electrical shock hazard and to avoid damaging the inverter All fastening screws for removable parts terminal cover serial interface NOTE connector cable path plates etc are black rounded head cross headed screws Only these screws may be removed when connecting the equipment If other screws or bolts are removed the product guarantee will be no longer valid To access the inverter control terminals loosen the two fastening screws shown in the figure below and remove the cover TERMINAL BLOCK COVER FIXING SCREW SERIAL LINK CONNECTOR TERMINAL BLOCK COVER FIXING SCREW CONTROL CABLE SLOT j gt PM 12 PULSE CONNECTOI P000943 B POWER CABLE TERMINALS Figure 45 Gaining access to the control terminals Size S05 S15 remove the cover to reach power terminals as well Uppe
328. processed by the ramps 002 the supply voltage of the control section MO30 the DC link voltage MO29 the condition of the control terminals M033 Check to see if these readouts match with the measured values When parameter POO3 Standby Only condition required for altering C parameters you can alter Cxxx parameters in the CONFIGURATION menu only when the drive is DISABLED or STOPPED whereas if POO3 Standby Fluxing you can alter Cxxx parameters when the motor is stopped but the drive is enabled You can write down any custom parameters in the table on the last pages of the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual If an alarm trips find the cause responsible for the alarm and reset the drive Enable input MDI3 terminal 16 for some time or press the RESET key on the display keypad 143 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 4 3 FOC Motor Control 1 Wiring Follow the instructions stated in the CAUTION STATEMENTS and INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT sections 2 Power on Power on the drive and do not close the link to the START input to prevent the motor from running Make sure that the display keypad is on 3 Parameter setting For easier startup of the Sinus Penta you can activate the Start Up Menu The Start Up Menu is a wizard allowing programming the main parameters for the connected motor Set the following from the Start Up menu 1 The actual supply voltage of the Penta in 008 You
329. propagating disturbance to Ethernet cables they NOTE must be segregated and kept as far as possible from the other power cables and signal cables in the cubicle Disturbance propagation to Ethernet cables may affect the correct operation of the inverter and the other devices computers PLCs Switches Routers connected to the same LAN The maximum length of the LAN cable cat 5 UTP allowed by IEEE 802 standards results NOTE from the max transit time allowed from the protocol and is equal to 100m longer the cable length the higher the risk of communications failure i For Ethernet wiring only use cables certified for LAN cables of 5 UTP category or higher NOTE For standard wiring avoid creating your own cables Straight Through or Cross Over cables should be purchased from an authorised dealer For a proper configuration and utilisation of the communications board the user should know the basics of the TCP IP protocol and should get familiar with the MAC address the IP address and the ARP Address Resolution Protocol The basic document on the Web is RFC1180 A TCP IP Tutorial NOTE 293 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 7 3 BOARD CONFIGURATION The first step in configuring the Ethernet interface board consists in communicating with the board through a computer in order to update the configuration file etccfg cfg stored to the non volatile memory of the board The configuration procedure is dif
330. put gt frequency input from a master inverter to a slave inverter allows a high resolution transfer up to 16 bits of a reference between the two inverters This also provides disturbance immunity because data are digitally transferred and the control board grounding is galvanically isolated A single master inverter may also control several slave inverters To do so use a shielded cable to perform a star connection a wire for each slave inverter will come from the output frequency 1 Optional external power supply 24V ABV MDO1 FOUT P000289 B Figure 59 PNP output wiring for relay control 120 373 SINUS PENTA gt gt INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Optional external power supply 24V 48V 00290 VMDO1 MDI6 FINA MDI8 FINB OV isolated 00291 Figure 61 Cascade connection frequency output gt frequency input CAUTION Always use a freewheeling diode for inductive loads e g relay coils Diode wiring is shown in the figure Connect either isolated inverter supply or auxiliary supply to power the output NOTE S RR dashed lines in the figure 121 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 5 2 OPEN COLLECTOR MDO2 OUTPUT AND WIRING DIAGRAMS TERMINALS 27 28 Multifunction output MDO2 terminal 27 is provided with common terminal CMDO2 terminal 28 which is galvanically isolated from the other outputs Output MDO2 may be used for PNP and NPN conn
331. r 343 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 14 RELAY I O EXPANSION BOARD ES870 Slot C ES870 board is an expansion board for the digital I Os of all the products of the SINUS PENTA series ES870 board includes XMDI1 2 3 4 Four 24V multifunction digital outputs type PNP XMDO1 2 3 4 5 6 Six multifunction relay digital outputs Vomax 250 VAC lomax 5A Vomax 30 VDC lomax 5A 344 373 t 4 Digital Inputs x r3 1933157 Lal mi isolated 1 4 commom 2 Digital Outputs 2 Digital Outputs 2 Digital Outputs voltage M4 1 2 RELAY 3 4 RELAY 5 6 RELAY MV con igurahon configuration 2 4 Digital Inputs isolated 5 8 commom M4 001036 6 14 1 IDENTIFICATION DATA Description Order Code Relay I O Board ZZ0101840 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 14 2 INSTALLING ES870 BOARD ON THE INVERTER SLOT C Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter remove voltage from DANGER the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electrical shock hazard Electrical shock hazard do not connect disconnect the signal terminals or the power CAUTION terminals when the inverter is on This also prevents the inverter from being damaged All the screws used to fasten removable parts terminals cover serial interface NOTE
332. r Disturbance may also occur in appliances installed on machines with the same grounding or metal and mechanical interconnections A possible solution is to enhance the inverter motor and cabinet grounding as high frequency currents flowing in the grounding between the inverter and the motor capacity distributed to the ground of the motor cable and casing may cause a strong difference of potential in the system 7 1 1 1 THE POWER SUPPLY MAINS Disturbance and radiated interference occur in the mains Limiting disturbance results in weakening radiated interference Disturbance on the mains may interfere with devices installed on the machine or devices installed even some hundred meters far from the machine and which are connected to the same mains The following appliances are particularly sensitive to disturbance computers radio receivers and TV receivers biomedical equipment weighing systems machines using thermoregulation telephone systems Mains disturbance may be limited by installing a mains filter to reduce RFI ELETTRONICA SANTERNO adopted this solution to suppress RFI 7 1 1 2 OUTPUT TOROID FILTERS Ferrite is a simple radiofrequency filter Ferrite cores are high permeable ferromagnetic materials used to weaken cable disturbance in case of three phase conductors all phases must go through the ferrite in case of single phase conductors or 2 wire line both phases must go through the ferrite in
333. r BACnet Ethernet 6 11 6 1 ETHERNET CONNECTOR The standard RJ45 connector IEEE 802 located on the module can be used only for an Ethernet 10 100 100Base T 10Base T connection Pins are located as in any computer card Pins are as follows P000517 0 N Name Description TD Positive signal transmission line 2 TD Negative signal transmission line 3 RD Positive signal reception line 4 Term Terminated pair not used 5 Term Terminated pair not used 6 RD Negative signal reception line 7 Term Terminated pair not used 8 Term Terminated pair not used 306 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 6 2 LEDS ON THE FFP485 PROTOCESSOR MODULE COLOUR DESCRIPTION ON Module powered OFF Module not powered ON flashing 1Hz Normal operation OFF PANIC ON flashing 1Hz Normal operation OFF PANIC RED ON goes solid after 45 60s Normal operation OFF during the first 45 60s YELLOW Flashing when a message is received on the field port YELLOW Flashing when a message is sent on the field port RED RED vO TE 339 Fa 85 2 25m Ep 3 5 P001031 B eS Figure 145 BACnet LED 6 11 6 3 TROUBLESHOOTING TIPS If PWR LED does not come on and LA and LB do not flash please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service If PWR LED does not come on but the LA and LB flash then the PWR LED is faulty If LA and LB do no
334. r altering C parameters you can alter Cxxx parameters in the CONFIGURATION menu only when the drive is DISABLED or STOPPED whereas if POO3 Standby Fluxing you can alter Cxxx parameters when the motor is stopped but the drive is enabled Before altering any parameters remember that the correct code for parameter POOO must be previously set up You can write down any custom parameters in the table on the last pages of the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual 12 Reset If an alarm trips find the cause responsible for the alarm and reset the drive Enable input MDI3 terminal 16 for some time or press the RESET on the display keypad 147 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 5 Power Range kW connected motor voltage range 0 55 630kW 200 240Vac 3phase 1 1170kW 380 415Vac 3phase 1 1340kW 440 460Vac 3phase 1 1460kW 480 500Vac 3phase 83 1670kW 575Vac 3phase 100 2010kW 660 690Vac 3phase Degree of protection size STAND ALONE IP20 from Size 505 to Size 540 IPOO from Size 541 to Size S80 IP54 from Size S05 to Size S30 BOX IP54 CABINET IP24 and IP54 Overvoltage category refer to EN6 1800 5 1 Specifications for motor wiring Motor voltage range precision 0 2 Current torque to motor time 105 200 for 2 min every 20 min up to S30 10520096 for 1 min every 10 min from 540 Starting torque max time 24096 for a short time Output frequency resolution 0
335. r sizes removing the cover allows reaching control signals only 99 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 1 2 GAINING ACCESS TO CONTROL TERMINALS AND POWER TERMINALS IN IP54 MODELS Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter remove voltage from DANGER _ the inverter and wait at least 15 minutes Wait for a complete discharge of the internal components to avoid any electrical shock hazard Do not connect or disconnect signal terminals or power terminals when the DANGER inverter is on to avoid electrical shock hazard and to avoid damaging the inverter All fastening screws for removable parts terminal cover serial interface NOTE connector cable path plates etc are black rounded head cross headed screws gt gt gt Only these screws may be removed when connecting the equipment If other screws or bolts are removed the product warranty will be no longer valid To reach the control terminals and power terminals remove the front panel by removing its fastening screws The following can be accessed control terminals power terminals serial interface connector For ingoing outgoing cables pierce some holes in the inverter front plate To remove the inverter front plate remove its fastening screws mU CS ansa can Bottom plate fixing screw holes 3 dei EN Pomona For ingoing outgoing cables through the invert
336. r the description of the suitable braking resistors When choosing the braking resistor consider the inverter supply voltage voltage class the braking resistor Ohm value and rated power The voltage class and the Ohm value determine the instant power dissipated in the braking resistor and are relating to the motor power the rated power determines the mean power to be dissipated in the braking resistor and is relating to the duty cycle of the equipment i e to the resistor activation time with respect to the duty cycle full time the duty cycle of the resistor is equal to the motor braking time divided by the equipment duty cycle It is not possible to connect resistors with a Ohm value lower than the min value acknowledged by the inverter The following pages contain application tables stating the resistors to be used depending on the inverter size the application requirements and the supply voltage The braking resistor power is given as an approximate empirical value the correct dimensioning of the braking resistor is based on the equipment duty cycle and the power regenerated during the braking stage 171 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 BRAKING RESISTORS The wire cross sections given in the table relate to one wire per braking resistor NOTE DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C The power dissipated by the braking resistors may be the same as the rated power of the connected mot
337. raking unit is covered by a 12 month guarantee starting from the date of delivery 6 4 1 1 NAMEPLATE FOR BU1440 220063040 Braking Unit 01440 input DC200 800V output average 800A max 1600A Inverter Voltage Supply Minimum load 2T 200 240Vac 0 24 ohm 4T 380 480Vac 0 48 ohm Wire size sqmm see user manual A I FOR USE AND INSTALLATION SEE USER MANUAL Pa C MADE IN ITALY P000553 0 Figure 81 Nameplate for BU1440 1 Model BU1440 braking unit 2 Supply ratings 200 to 800 VDC for BU1440 DC supply voltage deriving directly from the inverter terminals 3 Output current 800A average mean current in output cables 1600A max maximum current in output cables 4 Minimum value of the resistor to be connected to the output terminals see application table 207 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 2 OPERATION Each size of the braking unit can be used with a braking resistor avoiding exceeding the max instant current stated in its specifications The braking unit is controlled directly by the control unit Braking units cannot be parallel connected when applied to modular inverters 6 4 3 RATINGS Dissipated power at average braking current Max brakin Average Min braking 9 braking current Inverter supply voltage resistor current A A a W 160 800 380 500Vac 1800 BU1440 5 6T 140 800 500 600Vac 2100 1600 BU1440 4
338. ram in Figure 97 243 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 5 INDUCTANCE RATINGS 6 6 5 1 2T AT CLASS AC 3 PHASE INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE DIMENSIONS HOLE LOSSES MODEL TYPE RATINGS mH L H P M E1GI mm kg 0126004 Input output 2 00 11 A 120 125 75 25 67 55 5 2 9 29 0126044 Input output 1 27 17 A 120 125 75 25167 55 5 3 48 0126084 Input output 0 70 32 B 150 130 115 50 125 75 7 14 5 5 70 0126124 Input output 0 51 43 B 150 130 115 50 125 75 7 14 6 96 0126144 Input output 0 30 68 B 180 160 150 60 150 82 7 14 9 150 0126164 Input output 0 24 92 B 180 160 150 60 150 82 7x14 9 5 183 0126204 Input output 016 142 B 240 210 175 80 200 107 7x14 17 272 0126244 Input output 0 09 252 B 240 210 220 80 200 122 7x14 25 342 0126284 Input output 0 061 362 C 300 260 185 100 250 116 9x24 36 407 0126282 Inputonly 0 063 360 C 300 286 205 100 250 116 9x24 44 350 0126324 Input output 0 054 410 C 300 260 205 100 250 116 9x24 39 5 423 IM0126332 Inputonly 0 05 455 300 317 217 100 250 128 9x24 54 410 0126364 Input output 0 033 662 C 300 290 235 100 250 143 9x24 53 500 IM0126372
339. rature Temperature Reading 50 C 125 C Disconnection alarm or short circuit with Thermistor PT100 sensor if resistance measure is lower higher than the default preset range Software settings must be consistent with DIP switch settings Otherwise A NOTE n unpredictable results for real acquisition are produced NOTE A voltage current value exceeding the input range will be saturated at minimum maximum value Inputs configured as voltage inputs have high input impedance and must be closed when active The disconnection of the conductor relating to an analog CAUTION input configured as a voltage input does not ensure that the channel reading is zero Proper zero reading occurs only if the input is connected to a low impedance signal source or is short circuited Do not series connect relay contacts to inputs to obtain zero reading 332 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 13 7 WIRING DIAGRAMS 6 13 7 1 CONNECTION OF FAST DIFFERENTIAL ANALOG INPUTS A differential input allows weakening disturbance due to ground potentials generated when the signal is acquired from remote sources Disturbance is weaker only if wiring is correct Each input is provided with a positive terminal and a negative terminal of the differential amplifier They are to be connected to the signal source and to its ground respectively Common voltage for the signal source ground and the ground of the CMA auxiliary
340. re precharge circuit failure inverter overload conditions for long duration unconnected motor encoder if any failure overspeed oa Warning INVERTER OK INVERTER ALARM acceleration constant rpm deceleration Operating data Frequency torque speed reference output frequency motor speed torque demand generated torque current to motor voltage to motor DC bus voltage motor absorbed power digital input condition digital output condition trip log last 5 alarms operating time auxiliary analog input value PID reference PID feedback PID error value PID regulator output PID feedback with programmable multiplying factor Serial link Standard incorporated RS485 multidrop 247 drops MODBUS RTU communication protocol Field bus Profibus DP CANopen Device Net Ethernet MODBUS TCP IP Interbus ControlNet Lonworks with optional internal board SAFETY REQUIREMENTS EN 61800 5 1 EN 618000 5 2 EN60204 1 Marking 149 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 CHOOSING THE PRODUCT The inverter of the SINUS PENTA series are dimensioned based on allowable current and overload The SINUS PENTA series is characterized by 2 current values nom is the continuous current that can be delivered max is the max current that can be delivered in overload conditions for a time period of 120s every 20 min up to 30 and for a time period of 60s every 10 m
341. ree fast low impedance analog inputs are available which are capable of acquiring sensors with current output The correct wiring is shown in the diagram below P000272 B 4 20mA sensor Current analog input Sensor pow supply e Figure 161 Connection of 0 20mA 4 20mA sensors to fast current inputs Do not use 24V power supply available on terminals 44 and 49 in ES847 board to power 4 20mA sensors because it is to be used for the common of the digital inputs CMD terminals 43 50 not for the common of the analog inputs CMA Terminals 44 and 49 are galvanically isolated and must be kept galvanically isolated 6 13 7 3 CONNECTING SLOW ANALOG INPUTS TO VOLTAGE SOURCES Use a shielded pair data cable and connect its braiding to the side of ES847 board Connect the cable braiding to the inverter frame using the special conductor terminals located next to the terminal boards Although slow acquisition analog channels have a cut off frequency slightly exceeding 10Hz and the mains frequency which is the main disturbance source is weakened make sure that wiring is correct particularly if the full scale value is 100mV and if wires are longer than 10 m The figure below shows a wiring example for the acquisition of a voltage source Properly set the DIP switches for the configuration of the analog channel being used set the full scale value to or to 10
342. rews supplied 4 Configure DIP switches and the jumper located on the encoder board based on the connected encoder 5 Close the inverter frame by reassembling the cover allowing to gain access to the inverter control terminals 273 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 5 SETTING ES822 BOARD 6 9 5 1 JUMPER FOR RS232 RS485 SELECTION Jumper J1 sets ES822 board to operate as RS485 interface or as RS232 interface With a jumper between pin1 2 CN3 RS 85 is enabled default With a jumper between pin2 3 CN2 RS 232 is enabled ya CN ye IN Figure 121 Jumper setting RS232 RS485 274 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 5 2 DIP SWITCH FOR RS485 TERMINATOR Please refer to the SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS section For serial link RS485 in ES822 board the line terminator is selected through DIP switch SW1 as shown in the figure below When the line master computer is located at the beginning or at the end of the serial link the line terminator of the farthest inverter from the master computer or the only inverter in case of direct connection to the master computer shall be enabled Line terminator enables by setting selector switches 1 and 2 to ON in DIP switch SW1 The line terminator of the other inverters in intermediate positions shall be disabled DIP switch SW1 selector switches 1 and 2 in position OFF default setting To use line RS 232 DTE no adjustment of DIP switch SW1 is required
343. rithm allowing the first startup of the equipment The default functions of the drive terminals are given in the table below For more details please refer to the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual 1 Wiring 2 Power on 3 Parameter setting 4 Autotune 5 Overload 6 Startup 140 373 Follow the instructions stated in the CAUTION STATEMENTS and INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT sections Power on the drive and do not close the link to the START input to prevent the motor from running Make sure that the display keypad is on For easier startup of the Sinus Penta you can activate the Start Up Menu The Start Up Menu is a wizard allowing programming the main parameters for the connected motor Set the following from the Start Up menu 1 The actual supply voltage of the Penta in C008 You can select a range for the rated mains voltage or the power supply from DC Bus stabilised from a Regenerative Penta 2 Motor ratings C015 fmot1 Rated frequency C016 1 Rated RPM C017 Pmot1 Rated power C018 Imot1 Rated current C019 Vmot1 Rated voltage C029 Speedmax1 Max desired speed 3 The type of V f pattern of the motor in C013 If the connected load has a quadratic trend of the torque in respect to the rpm centrifugal pumps fans etc set C034 preboost1 to 0 Although it is not strictly necessary for the IFD control algorithm the Autotune function is always recommended Open t
344. rogramming Instructions manual 137 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 8 AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY The VTEST auxiliary supply pin is located on the connector of serial port O If 9DC voltage in respect to GND is delivered to the VTEST input the inverter control board activates as well as the keypad and the option boards if any This mode is very useful when you need to 1 read and write the inverter parameters with no need to apply AC 3 phase supply 2 keep ON the control board the keypad and the option boards in case of AC 3 phase supply loss backup functionality When auxiliary supply is applied and no AC 3 phase supply is delivered the alarms relating to the power section are disabled and the motor cannot be started up The auxiliary supply input features are the following Features Min Type Max Unit of m Auxiliary supply voltage 7 5 9 12 VDC Absorbed current 1 1 1 8 Inrush current at power on 3 A The power supply unit voltage and current delivery capacity must meet the requirements of the test supply Lower ratings than the supply test can cause the control board failure and the irreparable loss of the user defined parameters On AN CAUTION the other hand higher ratings can cause irreparable damage to the inverter control board Switching power supply units installed in the control board are characterized by strong inrush current at power on Make sure that th
345. rol unit to driver board in inverter arm W W fault signal from control unit to bus voltage detecting board installed on inverter arm U VB signal optical fibre connections Imm double standard plastics 0 22dB m typical attenuation with Agilent HFBR 4516 connectors HFBR 4516 Duplex Latching DUPLEX CRIMP z RING HFBR 4526 P000049 B Figure 37 Double optical fibre connector The following links are required from control unit to driver board in inverter arm U top and bottom IGBT control signals from control unit to driver board in inverter arm V top and bottom IGBT control signals from control unit to driver board in inverter arm W top and bottom IGBT control signals 73 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR 564 SINUS PENTA Signal Pee ee Component Board Connector Component Board Connector 3 inverter auxiliary control signals for pole shielded with auxiliary power P zabl CPS 1 control unit ES842 CN4 auxiliary P CN3 supply power SUpp y supply unit n A s for control unit ES842 CN14 phase U ES841 CN3 d s for dod id control unit ES842 CN11 phase V ES841 CN3 ND for ied C W control unit ES842 CN8 phase W ES841 CN3 inverter arm auxiliary 2A4V control unit unipolar cable with auxiliary power MRI 1 control unit ES842 MRI 1
346. ronments Altitude Up to 1000 m above sea level For higher altitudes derate the output current of 1 every 100m above 1000m max 4000m Operating ambient humidity From 5 to 95 from 1g m to 25g m non condensing and non freezing class 3k3 according to EN501 78 Storage ambient humidity From 5 to 95 1g m to 25g m non condensing and non freezing class 1k3 according to EN50178 Ambient humidity during transport Max 9596 up to 60g m condensation may appear when the equipment is not running class 2k3 according to EN501 78 Storage and operating atmospheric From 86 to 106 kPa classes 3k3 and 1k4 according pressure to EN50178 Atmospheric pressure during transport From 70 to 106 kPa dass 2k3 according to EN50178 Ambient conditions strongly affect the inverter life Do not install the CAUTION equipment in places that do not have the above mentioned ambient conditions 193 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 4 2 MOUNTING Install braking unit BU600 BU700 in an upright position on the left of the inverter inside a cabinet Its overall dimensions and fixing points are given in the figure below i Weight Dimensions mm Fixing Points mm lke W H D X Y D1 D2 248 881 5 399 170 845 12 24 M8 MIO 72 912 845 12 Figure 79 Dimensions and fixing points of BU600 BU700
347. rs are queried as they are read using the keys and the display Parameter alteration is also managed along with the display keypad Note that the inverter will always consider the latest value set either via serial link or by the inverter The terminal board inputs may be controlled by the field or the serial link depending on the condition of the relevant parameters see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual However the ENABLE command is always to be sent via terminal board regardless of the inverter programming mode 3 7 6 SERIAL COMMUNICATION RATINGS Baud rate configurable between 1200 and 38 400 bps default value 38 400 bps Data format 8 bits Start bit 1 Parity 1 NO EVEN ODD Stop bit 2 1 Protocol MODBUS RTU Supported functions 03 h Read Holding Registers 10 h Preset Multiple Registers Device address configurable between 1 and 247 default value 1 Electric standard RS485 Inverter response delay configurable between 0 and 1000 ms default value 5 ms End of message timeout configurable between 0 and 10 000 ms default value ms Communications Watch Dog 2 configurable between and 65 000 s default value disabled 1 Ignored when receiving 2 Ifset up an alarm trips if no legal message is sent within the timeout period A NOTE For the parameters relating to the configuration of the serial communications see Sinus Penta s P
348. s PROFIBUS DP EN 50170 DIN 19245 Part 1 with protocol version 1 10 Automatic detection of the baud rate ranging from 9600 bits s to 12 Mbits s Communications device PROFIBUS bus link type A or B as mentioned in EN50170 Type of fieldbus Master Slave communications max 126 stations in multidrop connection Fieldbus connector female 9 pin DSUB connector Wire copper twisted pair EIA RS485 Max length of the bus 200m 9 1 5Mbits s can be longer if repeaters are used Isolation the bus is galvanically isolated from the electronic devices via a DC DC converter The bus signals link A and link B are isolated via optocouplers PROFIBUS DP communications ASIC chip Siemens SPC3 Hardware configurability bus terminator switch and rotary switch assigning the address to the node Status indicators indicator Led for board status and indicator Led for fieldbus status Board status indicator led ll Fieldbus status indicator leds ver VN ana A T 7H 2 7 Fieldbus Line termination Fieldbus address connector dip switch Rotary switch POoODO30S B Figure 126 PROFIBUS DP fieldbus communications board 280 373 SINUS PENTA 6 10 3 1 PROFIBUS FIELDBUS CONNECTOR Female 9 pin D sub connector Pin location INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS BOARD N Name Description Shield Connector frame connected to PE
349. s key again to change the reference sign gt 00W 0 00 00000 Parameter increment or decrement flashing cursor is immediately effective or is enabled after quitting the programming mode fixed cursor depending on the NOTE parameter type Numeric parameters activate as soon as they are altered alphanumeric parameters activate after quitting the programming mode Please refer to the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions Manual for any detail 127 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 6 3 SETTING THE OPERATING MODE The display keypad allows selecting two different configuration modes To do so press the SAVE key for a few seconds or press TX RX SAVE for a few seconds If the SAVE key is pressed only the LCD contrast may be adjusted press TX RX SAVE to adjust the display contrast enable or disable the buzzer and turn on off the display backlight 3 6 3 1 ADJUSTING THE DISPLAY CONTRAST Press the SAVE key for more than 5 seconds TUNING is displayed the indicator Leds come on and configure as a 5 dot bar extending proportionally to the contrast value set Press NZ or AX to adjust the display contrast Press SAVE for at least 2 seconds to store the new contrast setting 3 6 3 2 ADJUSTING THE DISPLAY CONTRAST BACK LIGHT AND BUZZER Press RX SAVE for more than 5 seconds Press NZ or A to scroll through seven parameters relating to the display keypad Press the PROG key to enable parameter al
350. s the following component parts N 1 Interface converter provided with one RJ45 plug on one side and with a 9 pole female sub D connector on the other side N 1 230 VAC 9 VAC power supply unit for separate supply from standard keypad DESCRIPTION ID NUMBER Adaptor kit for keypad connection via RS485 720101850 230 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 5 2 2 OPERATING CONDITIONS Operating temperature to 50 C ambient temperature contact Elettronica Santerno for higher ambient temperatures Relative humidity 5 to 9596 non condensing Max operating altitude 4000 m 5 1 Max consumption over 9 V 300 mA supply Max baud rate 38 400 bps 6 5 2 3 CONNECTING THE KEYPAD Inverter side connection use a 9 pole male D connector To gain access to the D connector just remove the cover on top of the inverter size 505 515 or remove the cover from the inverter bottom located next to the control terminals size S20 If multiple inverters are connected to the same network use a connector having the same features as the connector installed on the inverter The connector pins are detailed in the table below PIN FUNCTION 1 3 TX RX A Differential input output A bidirectional according to standard RS485 Positive polarity with respect to pins 2 4 for one MARK 2 4 TX RX B Differential input output B bidirectional according to stan
351. shut off up to 250VAC Do not touch the terminal board or the control board circuits to avoid electrical shock hazard when voltage exceeds 50VAC or 120VDC Never exceed max voltage and max current values allowed by relay contacts see relay specifications Use freewheeling diode for DC inductive loads Use antidisturbance filters for AC inductive loads Like any multifunction output relay outputs may be configured based on a comparison to an analog value see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual In that case particularly if enabling delay time is set to zero relays will cyclically energize de energize and this will strongly affect their durability We suggest that output MDO1 or MDO2 be used which is not affected by repeated energizing de energizing 123 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 5 4 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR DIGITAL OUTPUTS Specification Min Type Max Unit of m Voltage range for MDO1 and MDO2 outputs 20 24 50 V Max current to be commutated for outputs MDO1 and MDO2 50 mA Voltage drop for output based on deactivated CMDO1 or based on 3 V activated VMDO1 Voltage drop for activated MDO2 output 2 V Current leakage for deactivated MDO2 output 4 uA Duty cycle for MDO1 output used as a frequency output at 100kHz 40 50 60 Isolation test voltage between CMDO1 26 and CMDO2 27 based on 500Vac 50Hz Imin GNDR 1 and GNDI 9 Voltag
352. signals on the inverter connector Using ES914 board is recommended for galvanic insulation between the control circuits of the inverter and the external communication circuits 3 zone insulation is provided the 24Vdc supply input section the RS485 section on the Master side and RS485 9Vdc supply output on the inverter side are electrically isolated see Figure 172 ES914 board transmits data in just one direction at a time half duplex transmission Transmission is typically started by the Master device that transmits a poll packet When receiving the start bit and the poll packet the communication channel of the Master port opens towards the inverter port and it is kept open until the whole packet is received for a time over 4 byte time at allowable minimum baud rate When the transmission time is over both ports go idle The inverter then transmits the response packet When the start bit of the response packet is received the communications channel opens on the inverter side towards the Master port when a second delay time has elapsed the transmission cycle is complete ES914 board is equipped with two indicator LEDs indicating RS485 communication failures Wiring mismatch if any is also detected ES914 board is provided with transient voltage suppressors TVS for the suppression of surge transients caused bad weather events affecting RS485 serial communication cable reaching the Master device the external device dialoguing with
353. sion line 3 RD Positive signal receiving line 4 Terminated pair not used 5 Term Terminated pair not used 6 RD Negative signal receiving line 7 Terminated pair not used 8 Term Terminated pair not used ES851 can be connected through Ethernet interface to an Ethernet control device with a master PC in one of the following ways Through a LAN Ethernet business network Through a router e g ISDN ADSL GPRS starting from SW version DL166X of ES851 control board Through a direct point to point connection connection to the Internet CAUTION The link to a router is available only if you purchased the LINK service for the If you purchased the LINK service for the connection to the Internet the Internet connection through a LAN is obtained by connecting ES851 to the LAN using a standard Straight Through Cable TIA EIA 568 B of class 5 UTP Patch cable for LAN as shown in Figure 154 In that case the plant can be accessed from any remote computer that can be connected to the Internet Connection through a LAN The DHCP DNS function shall be available for the LAN Also the LAN must be connected to the Internet CAUTION The Ethernet interface board cannot be connected to old LANs using Thin Ethernet 10 2 coaxial cables Connection to this type of LANs is possible using a Hub NOTE provided with both Thin Ethernet 10base2 connectors and 100Base T or 1 co
354. sistor and the polarization resistors is incorporated into the inverter and can be activated via DIP switches The figure above shows the termination network for the devices located at both ends of the network where the terminator must be installed For multidrop connections 1 to 128 devices may be connected Make sure that the ID of each device is properly configured see the Programming Instructions manual pertaining to ES851 DataLogger board 317 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS All the devices connected to the communication multidrop network should be grounded NOTE to the same conductor OV to minimize any difference of ground potentials between devices that can adversely affect communications Provide a linear wiring not a star wiring for multidrop line RS485 the first device in the multidrop connection will have only one outgoing line while the last device will have only one incoming line The line terminator is to be installed on the first device and the last device The line master device ES851 is typically placed at the beginning or at the end of a multidrop connection in that case the line terminator of the farthest inverter from the master computer shall be ON Communication does not take place or is adversely affected if multidrop terminators are NOTE not properly set up especially in case of high baud rate If more than two terminators are fitted some drivers can enter the protection mode due to ther
355. solated from zero volt of the inverter control board To activate isolated digital inputs use either isolated supply delivered to terminals 44 and 49 or 24Vdc auxiliary supply Figure 164 shows the digital input control mode exploiting power inside the inverter and exploiting the output of a control device such as a PLC Internal supply 24 Vdc terminals 44 and 49 is protected by a 200mA self resetting fuse P000275 B OV isolated control OVisolaed OV control board board 24V isolated isolated 24V Fuse Fuse Figure 164 PNP input wiring PNP Command active to 24V sent via a voltage free contact PNP Command active to 24V sent from a different device PLC digital output board etc 336 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 13 7 7 CONNECTION TO AN ENCODER OR A FREQUENCY INPUT Auxiliary digital inputs XMDI6 XMDI7 and XMDI8 are capable of acquiring fast digital signals and can be used to be connected to a push pull single ended incremental encoder or for the acquisition of a frequency input When fitting ES847 board encoder B functions are no more implemented by the basic terminal board of ES821board but are implemented by ES847 board The incremental encoder must be connected to fast digital inputs XMDI6 and XMDI7 as shown in Figure 165 P000701 B R R power supply 24V _ Ov outputs 24V 2 Eve
356. sti 210 GAA Bs Wiring Diagrams ete eet ee cae dee e rhe edes hee tede eaa eee eee edu 211 6 4 5 Braking Resistors for 0144047 216 6 4 5 1 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10 AT Class 0 216 6 4 5 2 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 2096 AT Class 217 6 4 5 3 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 5096 AT Class 217 6 4 6 Braking Resistors for BU1440 5 61 218 6 4 6 1 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 1096 ST Class 99 218 6 4 6 2 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 2096 ST Class s 219 6 4 6 3 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 5096 ST Class 219 6 4 6 4 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10 6T Class ses 220 6 4 6 5 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 2096 6T Class e 220 6 4 6 6 Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50 6T Class 2 221 6 4 7 Available Braking ResistOrs REPRE REFERRE RARI 222 6 4 7 1 350W Models IP55 ice ette tee repe Leber ERR eet EIE ERN 222 6 4 7 2 1300W Models IP89 tiet ttr teeth 223 6 4 7 3 Models IP55 54 from 1100 2200 640000 224 6 4 7 4 Models IP20 from AKW 8kW 12KkW 225 6 4 7 5 1 23 Boxes from 4
357. supply unit Please refer to the REACTORS section 62 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 2 3 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR MODULAR INVERTERS S74 P000947 B CONTROL CARD ES821 CONTROL UNIT ES842 INTERFACE CARD INVERTER MODULE INVERTER MODULE 455 l lt 2 gt M F 1 23 a Z239 ue INVERTER 899097 INVERTER MODULE WITH ALX SUPPLY UNIT AUXILIARY AC SUPPLY Figure 27 External connections for modular inverters S74 The capacitors inside the DC power supply unit must always be precharged CAUTION Failure to do so will damage the inverter as well as its power supply unit NOTE Please refer to the REACTORS section As shown in the figure above use wires with the same length for each of the two CAUTION parallel connected inverters to obtain separate links reaching the connected motor Three phase links are recommended gt gt gt 63 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 2 4 12 PHASE CONNECTION FOR MODULAR INVERTERS 12 phase connection allows reducing current harmonics in the inverter supply line The basic wiring diagram of 12 phase connection is shown below POWER INTERPHASE TRASFORMER REACTOR AC POWER SUPPLY INVERTER POWER SUPPLY P000544 B Figure 28 Layout of 12 phase connection For more details refer to the REACTORS section For 12 phase connection only two power supply uni
358. t 306 BACNet RS485 tete ete ere een 309 Board Datal oggetto et ot re toan 312 Encoder ecrire t dT EE ates 254 256 FieldbUs3 iie ete oem HI e 276 VO cle ai eens 302 325 Line Driver 98 265 267 Power 348 Relay Expansion 344 Braking Resist rs 171 BU T4407 207 terere nee 178 89600 Ri rhe Redi 192 7 192 stc ete ete 37 361 Carrier 148 165 Choosing the 150 Gurrent ev qe 146 D Declarations of 366 Dissipated power tinn iaia iae 24 25 Disturbance dee ee AE 360 127 Enable 110 Encoder e ois e tee top etes 111 337 Configuration eese 258 Configuration 259 Terminals oti sete ov ES 257 iu 145 264 Environmental requirements 21 148 ES822 ite dE I ie reet ace uve eS 271
359. t gt gt Type of connection A One resistor B Two or multiple parallel connected resistors The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heot T CAUTION resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of the cables must be 0 6 1kV 177 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 BRAKING UNIT BU200 for S40 S50 S60 An external braking unit is available to be connected to terminals and of the inverter for sizes 540 550 S60 This type of braking unit can be used when a high braking torque is needed particularly when a prompt braking is needed for high inertial loads e g fans The braking power required to brake a rotating object is proportional to the total moment of inertia of the rotating object to speed variations and to absolute speed while it inversely proportional to the deceleration time required This braking power is dissipated to a resistor external to the braking unit with an Ohm value depending on the inverter size and the average power to be dissipated 6 2 1 DELIVERY CHECK Make sure that the equipment is not damaged and it complies with the equipment you ordered by referring to its front nameplate see figure below If the equipment is damaged contact the supplier or the insurance company concerned If the equipment does not comply with the one you ordered
360. t Auxiliary 24V voltage To be connected to the 0 25 1 5 3 24VE generated internally 24 10mA thermoswitch in the braking AWG SAAE to the braking module resistor 5 0 22 0 25 4 To be connected to the Input for the braking 0 24V with 24V i os 0 25 1 5mm 4 PTR resistor thermoswitch braking resistor OK braking AWG 24 16 Terminals M3 Cable Cross section Fitting Tightening N Name Description Features NOTES the Terminal Torque mm Nm AWG kcmils Normally closed Change over contact a 1 RL1 NC contact for braking when the relay is yes DRE 0 22 0 25 module fault relay energized the Common for braking common is closed To be usedforremovin 0 257 1 5mm X ie g 2 RLI C module fault relay m on Sower inverter AWG 24 16 0 22 0 25 re 3A Set case of braking module 30 Vde fault consider that during Normally open l3 t the system supply transient x 3 3 ind contact for braking Tho relay is the relay is not energized 22112 0 22 0 25 module fault relay energized when the braking module is efficient Terminals M4 Cable Cross section Fitting Tightening N Name Description Features NOTES the Terminal Torque mm Nm AWG kcmils Normally closed Change over contact 0 25 1 5mm 1 RL2 NC contact for braking when the relay is AWG 24 16 0 22 0 25 module OK relay energized the 2 RL2 C Common for braking common is closed 0 25 1 5 mm module OK relay with NO terminal AWG 24
361. t Resistors to BET used Wire Cross Type of section 2 Recommended Power Degree of e Value sii Protection 1 25 3 1 i 25 3 1 35 2 1 35 2 1 50 1 0 1 50 1 0 1 70 2 0 6 3 5 5 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 20 AT CLASS Braking Resistors Braking Unit Model to used Wire Cross Type of section M 2 Q Recommended Power Degree of prb y Value hi Protection 0180 1 1 IP23 A 3 6 50 1 0 541 0202 1 1 IP23 A 3 0 50 1 0 0217 1 1 8 ds IP23 A 2 8 70 2 0 0260 1 1 2 4 48 IP23 A 24 70 2 0 0313 1 1 1 8 64 IP23 A 1 8 95 4 0 S51 0367 1 1 1 8 64 IP23 A 1 8 95 4 0 0402 1 2 2 8 48 IP23 B 14 70 2 0 6 3 5 6 APPLICATIONS WITH DUTY CYCLE 50 AT 55 Braking Resistors Braking Unit SIZE Model to used Wire Cross Type of section 2 E rm Power Degree of copnection piu Value Q kW Protection 6 6 48 6 0 64 200 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Type of connection A One resistor B Two or more parallel connected resistors D Four resistors parallel connection of two series of two resistors CAUTION resistance features suitable for the application Based on the duty cycle the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of the cables must be 0 6 1kV The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features a
362. t modules are required to obtain size 1296 6T class 64 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 2 5 INTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR MODULAR SINUS PENTA INVERTERS S65 S70 The following connections are needed N 2 power connections to copper bar 60 10mm between power supply and inverter arms for DC supply N 5 connections with 9 pole shielded cable S70 or N 4 connections with 9 pole shielded cable S65 for analog measures Type of cable shielded cable n of wires 9 diameter of each wire AWG20 24 0 6 0 22mm connectors 9 pole female SUB D connectors connections inside the cable Connector Female SUB D Female SUB D conn conn pin 1 gt 1 2 gt 2 pin 3 gt 13 pin 4 4 pin 5 gt 5 pin 6 gt 6 pin 7 gt 7 pin 8 gt 8 pin 9 gt 9 The following connections are required from control unit to supply 1 supply 1 control signals from control unit to supply 2 size S70 only supply 2 control signals from control unit to inverter arm U phase U control signals from control unit to inverter arm V phase V control signals from control unit to inverter arm W phase W control signals N 4 connections with unipolar cable pairs type AWG17 18 1mm for AC low voltage supply from supply 1 to control unit power supply 24 V control unit from supply 1 to driver boards of each power arm supply line can run from supply to one driver
363. t Toroid Filters ege o eae 361 7 151 3 The etta septi osse aoe PRU 361 7 1 1 4 Input and Output Filters E enne rrr nennen 364 7 2 Low Voltage Directive teer te Te eo IE EHI STUART EYES DR E Ee eee Ex 365 7 3 D clarations of Conformity cio itte de e e e t eet ida eet 366 372 8 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 0 2 FIGURES Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 17 Figure 18 Figure 19 Figure 20 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 23 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 26 Figure 27 Figure 28 Figure 29 Figure 30 Figure 31 Figure 32 Figure 33 Figure 34 Figure 35 Figure 36 Figure 37 Figure 38 Figure 39 Figure 40 Figure 41 Figure 42 Figure 43 Figure 44 Figure 45 Figure 46 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 Figure 51 Figure 52 Figure 53 Figure 54 Figure 55 20 Clearance to allow when installing the Inverter Power supply unit modules 23 Fixing points for STAND ALONE models from 505 to 552
364. t or the system Sensitive signals and perturbator signals must never exist within a cable Avoid that cables carrying sensitive signals and perturbator signals run parallel at short distance whenever possible paths of cables carrying sensitive signals and perturbator signals should be reduced to a minimum Move away as much as possible any cables carrying sensitive signals and perturbator signals The distance between segregated cables should be proportional to the cable length Whenever possible cable crossing should be perpendicular Wires connecting the motor or load mainly generate disturbance Disturbance is important in inverter power drive systems or the devices installed on the machine and could interfere with any equipment installed on the machine or with local communication circuits located near the inverter radiotelephones mobile phones Follow the instructions below to solve these problems Provide for a motor cable path as short as possible Shield the power cables to the motor ground shielding both to the inverter and to the motor Excellent results are obtained using cables in which the protection connection yellow green cable is external to the shielding this type of cables are available on the market with a cross section up to 35mm per phase if no shielded cable having a suitable cross section is available segregate power cables in grounded metal raceways Shield signal cables and ground shielding on the inverter s
365. t short circuit may damage the equipment 119 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 5 DIGITAL OUTPUTS TERMINALS 24 TO 34 SINUS PENTA is provided with four digital outputs one push pull output one open collector output and two relay outputs All outputs are optoisolated push pull output and open collector output are isolated by an optoisolator relay outputs are isolated by their relays Each output has a common terminal segregated from the others thus allowing connecting it to different devices without creating any ground loop 3 5 5 1 PUSH PULL OUTPUT MDO1 AND WIRING DIAGRAMS TERMINALS 24 TO 26 Push Pull MDO1 output terminal 25 may also be used as a frequency output thanks to its powerful passband Below you will find the wiring diagrams relating to the control of PNP NPN loads and the cascade connection of multiple inverters through frequency output and input Because supply line and common terminal of output MDO1 are isolated you can use both 24V supply and auxiliary supply 24V or 48V see dashed lines in the figures Output MDO1 is active positive voltage related to CMDO1 when it is controlled by the load control symbol displayed next to output MDO1 parameter M056 As a result a load connected as a PNP output and powered between output MDO1 and common CMDO1 will activate whereas a load connected as a NPN output between supply line VMDO1 and output MDO1 will deactivate Cascade connection frequency out
366. t start flashing this may indicate a problem with the ProtoCessor Contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service If GP105 never comes on please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service If TX and or RX do not flash this may indicate a problem with the field wiring the configuration in the ProtoCessor on the field side incorrect polling parameters such as COMM properties like baud parity etc 307 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 6 4 BOARD CONFIGURATION The BACnet fieldbus communication kit contains the BACnet configuration software This software allows the user to set parameters for a specific BACnet installation After installation run the Sinus Penta BACnet configurator exe file which will load the BACnet configuration software i Sinus Penta BACnet configurator B zini xj Downlnad Settings Output Hein 6 BACnet IP C BACnet MSTP Ping BACnet geteway IP addrees each box 0 26 55 25 pes fh Bs a MET E E EE aa la EE m enabies auto IP Download IP data fle nod 065525 Restat BACnet device BACnet device instance 1 4194903 Number 1 65535 Hasiera eattinos Z SANTERNO GRUPPO CARRARO Figure 146 BACnet IP Configuration To configure and download the settings follow the steps below 1 Set up a connection on IP address 192 168 1 X from the host PC Defa
367. table event error Flashing red green the module is performing a self test at power on 3 Off The IP address has not yet been assigned NETWORK Green At least one active Ethernet IP connection is in progress STATUS Flashing green No active Ethernet IP connection is in progress Flashing red Timeout of one or more links performed directly to the module Red The module has detected that its IP is used by another device in the LAN Flashing red green The module is performing a self test at power on 4 ACTIVITY Flashing green A data packet is being transmitted or received 6 10 9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL BOARDS Operating temperature to 50 C ambient temperature contact Elettronica Santerno for higher ambient temperatures Relative humidity 5 to 9596 non condensing Max operating altitude 4000 m a s l 301 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 6 11 ES919 COMMUNICATIONS BOARD SLOT B ES919 communications board makes other communications protocol available in addition to the protocols described in OPTION BOARDS FOR FIELDBUS SLOT B These communications boards allow Metasys N2 and BACnet based systems Metasys 2 BACnet CAUTION CAUTION gt gt gt METASYS COMPATIBLE 000973 0 If ES919 board is mounted in slot B ES847 board cannot be mounted in slot C see I O EXPANSION BOARD 5847 in SLOT E
368. tal output board etc Terminal 23 digital input zero volt is galvanically isolated from terminals 1 9 13 control board zero volt and from terminals 26 and 28 common terminals of the digital outputs The digital input condition is displayed on the inverter display keypad in the Measure menu as measure M033 Logic levels are displayed as Li for the inactive input and as Bi for the active input The inverter software acknowledges all inputs as multifunction inputs Dedicated functions assigned to terminals START 14 ENABLE 15 RESET 16 MDI6 ECHA FINA 19 MDI7 ECHB 20 and MDIB FIN B 21 are also available 3 5 3 1 START TERMINAL 14 To enable the Start input set the control modes via terminal board factory setting When the START input is active the main reference is enabled otherwise the main reference is set to zero The output frequency or the speed motor drops to zero with respect to the preset deceleration ramp 109 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 3 2 ENABLE TERMINAL 15 The ENABLE input is always to be activated to enable the inverter operation regardless of the control mode If the ENABLE input is disabled the inverter output voltage is always set to zero so the motor performs a coast to stop The internal circuit managing the ENABLE signal is redundant and is more efficient in avoiding sending any commutation signal to the three phase converter Certain applications
369. tance when several inverters and their connected motors are networked segregating the inverter wires from the motor wires will avoid capacitive couplings between the wiring of each motor An adverse effect can also be the stress produced on the motor insulation due to the high du dt ratio at the inverter output Using du dt filters is always recommended when the motor cable length is over CAUTION 100m The output inductance is always required when using parallel connected inverters The inductances stated in the tables above may be used when the inverter output frequency is not over 60 Hz except for the inductances for S41 S42 CAUTION 551 552 that can be used up to 120Hz For higher output frequency a special inductance for the max allowable operating frequency must be used please contact Elettronica Santerno S p A When using parallel connected motors always consider the total length of the cables being used sum of the cable length of each motor NOTE MOTOR _ 3 4 e L 4 Figure 98 Output inductance wiring 238 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 4 APPLYING THE INDUCTANCE TO THE INVERTER 6 6 4 1 2T 55 AC AND DC INDUCTANCE SINUS SIZE PENTA Pee DC INDUCTANCE AC OUTPUT INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE MODEL 0007 IMO126004 0140054 0126004 2 0mH 11Arms 8mH 10 5A 12 8Apeak 2 0mH 1 1Arms 3 phase 0008 IM0126044 0140104 0126044 0010 1 27mH 17Arms 5 1mH 17A 21A
370. tch 1 OV for main reference connected to control OV Control board zero volt 2 REF Input for single ended main reference to be configured Vis 10 V Rin 50 SW1 1 Off either as a voltage input or as a current input Resolution 12 bits default 0 4 20 mA Rin 250 SW1 1 On Resolution 11 bit 3 10VR Negative reference supply output for external 10V potentiometer Imax 10mA 4 10VR Positive reference supply output for external potentiometer 10V Imax 10 5 AIN1 Differential auxiliary analog input 1 to be configured either 10 V Rin 50k Q SW1 2 Off as a voltage input or as a current input Resolution 12 bits 6 AINI 0 4 20 mA Rin 250 Q SW1 2 On Resolution 11 bits default 7 AIN2 PTC1 Differential auxiliary analog input 2 to be configured either yt 10 V Rin 50k Q SW1 3 Off as a voltage input or as a current input or to be configured Resolution 12 bits SW1 4 5 Off 8 AIN2 PTC2 as a PTC acquisition input for motor protection 0 4 20 mA Rin 250 SW1 3 On Resolution 11 bits SW1 4 5 Off default Motor protection PTC reading SW1 3 Off according to DIN44081 DIN44082 SW1 4 5 On 9 CMA OV for auxiliary inputs connected to control OV 10 1 Analog output 1 to be configured either as a voltage output Vout 10 V loutmax 5 mA SW2 1 On or as a current output Resolution 11 bits SW2 2 Off default 0 4 20 mA Voutmax 10V SW2 1 Off Resoluti
371. ted together for loopback RTS CTS 272 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 4 INSTALLING ES822 BOARD ON THE INVERTER SLOT B Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter remove voltage from DANGER the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electrical shock hazard Electrical shock hazard do not connect disconnect the signal terminals or the power AUTI one terminals when the inverter is on This also prevents the inverter from being damaged All the screws used to fasten removable parts terminals cover serial interface NOTE connector cable plates etc are black round head cross head screws gt gt gt When wiring the inverter remove only this type of screws If different screws or bolts are removed the inverter warranty will be no longer valid Turn off the inverter and wait at least 15 minutes 2 Remove the cover allowing to gain access to the inverter control terminals The fixing spacers for the encoder board and signal connector are located on the right P000309 B spacers MCI T mul x shih M hdi 1 bab 5 k Y Figure 120 Position of the slot for the installation of the serial isolated board 3 Fit ES822 board and make sure that all contacts enter the relevant housing in the signal connector Fasten the encoder board to the fixing spacers using the sc
372. teration and press NZ or A to decrement or increment the parameter value Press SAVE to store the new parameter value to non volatile memory The different parameters and their description are detailed in the table below Parameter Possible Description values SW Version Version of the software implemented in the display keypad cannot be modified Inactive parameter please refer to the Programming Instructions Manual to set Language new dialog language 4800 9600 Baudrate 19200 Baudrate in bps between the Penta and the display keypad 38400 Contrast value nnn Numeric value of the contrast register ranging from 0 low to 255 high KEY Buzzer beeps whenever a key is pressed Buzzer REM Buzzer controlled by the inverter Inactive function OFF Buzzer always off ON LCD back light always on Back light REM LCD back light controlled by the inverter Inactive function OFF LCD back light always off 0 Imposes scanning the addresses of multidrop inverters connected to the Mice display keypad 2 12247 MODBUS address of the inverter allows selecting an inverter among multidrop inverters connected to one display keypad Once new parameter values are set press the SAVE key for more than two seconds to return to the inverter ordinary operation 128 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 6 4 REMOTING THE DISPLAY KEYPAD The REMOTING KIT is required to remote the keypad The
373. termediate devices such as terminals or return connectors Use a model of encoder suitable for your application as for connection length and max rev number Preferably use encoder models with complementary LINE DRIVER or PUSH PULL outputs Non complementary PUSH PULL PNP or NPN open collector outputs offer a lower immunity to noise The encoder electrical noise occurs as difficult speed adjustment or uneven operation of the inverter in the worst cases it can lead to the inverter stop due to overcurrent conditions 264 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 ES913 LINE DRIVER ENCODER BOARD SLOT A Board for incremental bidirectional encoder to be used as a speed feedback for the inverters of the SINUS series allows the acquisition of encoders with power supply ranging from 5 to 24VDC adjustable output voltage with line driver outputs The encoder board is to be installed into SLOT A See Installing the Line Driver Board on the Inverter Slot A P001034 B Encoder supply voltage selection jumpers Encoder supply voltage adjustment trimmer Input configuration DIP switches Figure 114 ES913 Encoder board 6 8 1 IDENTIFICATION DATA COMPATIBLE ENCODERS DESCRIPTION ORDER CODE POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT HTL Encoder board ZZ0095837 5Vdc 24Vdc LINE DRIVER 6 8 2 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Operating temperature to 50 C ambient temperature contact Elettronica Santer
374. th and or contents for the User Parameters set while initializing the module does not match with the data length and or contents set while initializing the network 4 Hz Flash blinker Error while initializing the Fieldbus communications ASIC Off No error found 6 10 8 3 LEDs FoR DEVICENET BOARD DIAGNOSTICS In the DeviceNet board LEDs 1 and 4 are not used the remaining LEDs are described below 2 It indicates the status of the DeviceNet communications NETWORK Off The module is not On Line STATUS Green DeviceNet communications in progress and correct Flashing green The module is ready for communication but is not connected to the network Red A critical error occurred too erroneous data items and the module switched to the link failure status Flashing red A timeout occurred when exchanging data 3 It indicates the status of the communication module MODULE Off The module is off STATUS Green The module is operating Flashing green The length of the two data packets exceeds the preset value Red An unresettable event error occurred Flashing red A resettable event error occurred 300 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 8 4 LEDs FoR CANOPEN BOARD DIAGNOSTICS In the CANopen board LED 1 is not used the remaining LEDs are described below amp Function 2 RUN It indicates the status of the CANopen interface of the module
375. the braking resistor may reach 200 C The min rated voltage of the cables must be 0 6 1kV 206 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 BRAKING UNIT BU1440 FOR MODULAR INVERTERS A braking unit to be applied to modular inverters only is available The inverter size must be equal to or larger than S65 6 4 1 DELIVERY CHECK Make sure that the equipment is not damaged and that it complies with the equipment you ordered by referring to the nameplate located on the inverter front part see figure below If the equipment is damaged contact the supplier or the insurance company concerned If the equipment does not comply with the one you ordered please contact the supplier as soon as possible If the equipment is stored before being started make sure that temperatures range from 20 C to 60 C and that relative humidity is lt 95 non condensing The equipment guarantee covers any manufacturing defect The manufacturer has no responsibility for possible damages occurred while shipping or unpacking the equipment The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages or faults caused by improper and irrational uses wrong installation improper conditions of temperature humidity or the use of corrosive substances The manufacturer is not responsible for possible faults due to the equipment operation at values exceeding the equipment ratings The manufacturer is not responsible for consequential and accidental damages The b
376. the mains integrated braking unit Models where no parallel connected inverter modules are installed S65 and S70 SINUS PENTA Power Power Dissipated 6 Modules Dimensions Weight dissipated with 50 5 at Inom Braking 5 lt 2 Duty 8 6 20 U gt 2 2 gt 2 2 A Sloe amp g 9 9 3 NR SEC 3 a 22 5 9 515 8 22 0 9 gt 22 9 9 2 2 31 75 z 62 o3 52 83 5 o gt gt 0 E D gt gr 2 NO i 6 is D c 2 2 c w a 2 g oa gt g o 5 co o 2 5 5 7 WxHxD WxHxD kg kg kg kg kW kW kw kw 0598 AT 1 3 1 2 25 2 5 0 8 10 55 0748 4 1 3 1 2 5 2 75 0 9 11 65 0831 4 1 3 1 3 0 3 3 1 0 13 9 0250 5 6 1 3 1 1 1 1 3 0 5 5 5 0312 5T 6T 1 3 1 1 3 1 6 0 6 6 7 565 0366 5r T 1 3 550 18 07 76 0399 5 6 1 3 1 89 110 110 110 1 7 2 1 0 8 8 8 0457 5T 6T 1 3 1 1 95 2 4 0 9 10 05 0524 5T 6T 1 3 1 2 0 2 6 1 0 10 8 0598 5T 6T 1 3 1 2 4 2 95 1 2 12 45 0748 5 6 1 3 1 2 7 3 25 1 3 13 75 570 0831 5 67 2 3 1 Pees 660 1 6 39 15 149 When housing the control unit the module depth becomes 560 mm Models including parallel connected inverter modules S75 and S80 Power Power Diss
377. tinued 1287 1000 163011170 Penta s Supply 200 240Vac 380 500Vac Voltage 280 360Vdc 530 705Vdc The rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 5 of Inom Input and output choke is required for these models Legend Inom continuous rated current of the inverter Imax max current produced by the inverter for 120s every 20 min up to S30 for 60s every 10 min for S40 and greater Ipeak deliverable current for max seconds 160 373 SINUS PENTA 5 1 3 2 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 5T AND 6T VOLTAGE CLASSES 52 Inverter Model SINUS 0062 Applicable Motor Power 575Vac 660 690Vac 68 77 SINUS 0069 95 SINUS 0076 SINUS 0088 SINUS 0131 SINUS 0164 SINUS 0181 SINUS 0201 SINUS 0218 SINUS SINUS 0259 0290 SINUS 0314 SINUS 0368 SINUS SINUS 0401 0250 SINUS 0312 SINUS SINUS 0366 0399 280 380 334 330 450 328 355 480 420 400 550 390 375 510 432 450 610 440 SINUS 0457 SINUS 0524 SINUS 0598 SINUS 0748 SINUS 0831 800 1090 900 1000 1360 954 SINUS 0964 1000 1360 1145 1220 1660 1187 SINUS 1130 1170 1600 1360 1400 1910 1360 1480 1780 2136 1700 2040 2448 S80 SINUS 1296 134
378. to its slot esssssssssssseeeeee eene 256 Positions of DIP switches and their factory setting eene 257 LINE DRIVER or PUSH PULL encoder with complementary 260 PUSH PULL encoder with single ended eee 261 PNP or NPN encoder with single ended outputs and load resistors with external wiring 262 PNP or NPN encoder with single ended outputs and internal load resistors 263 SINUS PENTA Figure 113 Figure 114 Figure 115 Figure 116 Figure 117 Figure 118 Figure 119 Figure 120 Figure 121 Figure 122 Figure 123 Figure 124 Figure 125 Figure 126 Figure 127 Figure 128 Figure 129 Figure 130 Figure 131 Figure 132 Figure 133 Figure 134 Figure 135 Figure 136 Figure 137 Figure 138 Figure 139 Figure 140 Figure 141 Figure 142 Figure 143 Figure 144 Figure 145 Figure 146 Figure 147 Figure 148 Figure 149 Figure 150 Figure 151 Figure 152 Figure 153 Figure 154 Figure 155 Figure 156 Figure 157 Figure 158 Figure 159 Figure 160 Figure 161 Figure 162 Figure 163 Figure 164 Figure 165 Figure 166 Figure 167 Figure 168 Figure 169 Figure 170 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Wiring the ncoder 264 ES9 13 Encoder board ee ttti dose e estan YER S IRE RARE Ree casa TERR 265 Position
379. tocol TCP IP Install Linins Description Transmission Control wide area network protocol across diverse interconnect C Show icon in notification ar Notify me when this conne 000521 General tall ernet Protocol TCP IP Properties You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address IP address 182 188 000 001 255 255 255 0 Subnet mask Default gateway Obtain ONS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses Preferred DNS server Alternate DNS server Figure 135 Setting a computer for a point to point connection to the inverter 295 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS After configuring your computer as described above in the DIP switches of the communications board set a binary number different from O different from 255 and different from the number set in the low portion of the IP address of the computer For example number 2 can be set by lowering logic 1 only switch 7 as shown in the figure below 0 000522 0 MSB LSB Figure 136 Setting the DIP switches to set the IP address 192 168 0 2 If the comput
380. trimmer RV4 16 Fine tuning of pick up voltage through trimmer RV5 The rated voltage for the braking unit activation and its range to be set with the 4 trimmers is stated in the table below Minimum braking Rated brakin Mains voltage Vac Jumper Trimmer 9 braking voltage voltage Vdc Vde voltage Vdc Max values in the table above are theoretical values for special applications CAUTION only their use must be authorized by Elettronica Santerno For standard applications never change the factory set rated value P000655 0 Figure 72 Positions of BU200 adjusting trimmers 181 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 2 3 INDICATOR LEDs The indicator LEDs below are located on the front part of the braking units OK LED Normally on the equipment is running smoothly This LED turns off due to overcurrent or power circuit failure B LED Normally off this LED turns on when the braking unit activates TMAX LED Normally off this LED turns on when the thermoswitch located on the heatsink of the braking unit trips if overtemperature protection trips the equipment is locked until temperature drops below the alarm threshold P000655 0 Figure 73 Position of the Indicator LEDs 6 2 3 RATINGS INVERTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE and JUMPER POSITIONS 200 240Vac 380 480Vac 480 500Vac Max Average class 2T class 4T class 4T SIZE Braking Braking Current A Current A JA J3 J5
381. ue Features of the Digital Outputs Min Type Max Unit Working voltage range for outputs XMDO1 8 20 24 50 V Max current that can be commutated from outputs XMDO1 8 50 mA Voltage drop of outputs XMDO1 8 when active 2 V Leakage current of outputs XMDO1 8 when active 4 Isolation test voltage between terminals CMDO1 8 and CMA 500Vac 50Hz Imin 342 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 13 9 4 SUPPLY OUTPUTS Features of the Analog Supply Outputs Value Min Type Max Unit Voltage available on terminal 15V 4 with respect to CMA 6 14 25 15 15 75 V Voltage available on terminal 15V 5 with respect to CMA 6 15 75 15 V 14 25 Max current that can be delivered from 15V output and that can be 100 mA absorbed by output 15V Features of the Digital Supply Outputs Value Min Type Max Unit Voltage available on 24V terminals 44 49 with respect to CMD 43 21 24 27 V 50 Max current that can be delivered from 24V output 200 mA CAUTION Irreversible faults occur if the min max input output voltage ratings are exceeded The isolated supply output and the analog auxiliary output are protected by a NOTE resettable fuse capable of protecting the power supply unit inside the inverter against short circuits Nevertheless in case of short circuit it can happen that the inverter does not temporarily lock and does not stop the moto
382. ult IP address of the BACnet fieldbus card is 192 168 1 24 DISABLE ANY OTHER NETWORK CARD ANY FIREWALL OR ANITIVIRUS programs 2 Connect the host PC to the BACnet device using an Ethernet crossover cable or straight through cable if connecting from a Hub Switch 3 Ping the BACnet device using the Ping BACnet gateway button within the BACnet configurator software to ensure communication has been achieved A command window will appear containing the IP address of any BACnet fieldbus devices that the host PC can detect 4 Select your choice of BACnet IP within the BACnet configuration software 5 Enter a desired IP address Subnet mask and BACnet port and select DHCP if required 6 Enter the BACnet device instance and the Network Number 7 Click on Create Files 8 Click on Download config file to configure the BACnet fieldbus network card 9 Click on Download IP data file to configure the BACnet fieldbus network 10 Click on Restart BACnet Device after the download has completed 308 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 7 ES919 BOARD FOR BACNET RS485 The BACnet RS485 Module card uses RS485 serial port to communicate with the system via the BACnet MSTP communications protocol The card is composed of the ProtoCessor FFP 485 module and of a support interface board ES919 P001033 B Figure 147 ES919 Board for BACnet RS485 configured through the Ethernet port as explained in the Board Co
383. unction relay digital output 3 common terminal is open with NO Resistive load capability Vomax 250 VAC lomax 5A Vomax 30 VDC lomax 5A Inductive load capability L R 7ms Vomax 250 VAC lomax 1 5A 21 XDO3 NO Multifunction relay digital output 3 NO contact 22 XDO4 NC Multifunction relay digital output 4 NC contact 23 XDO4 C Multifunction relay digital output 4 common 24 XDO4 NO Multifunction relay digital output 4 NO contact 25 XDO5 NC Multifunction relay digital output 5 NC contact 26 XDO5 C Multifunction relay digital output 5 common 27 XDO5 NO Multifunction relay digital output 5 NO contact 28 XDO6 NC Multifunction relay digital output 6 NC contact 29 XDO6 C Multifunction relay digital output 6 common 30 XDO6 NO Multifunction relay digital output 6 NO contact Vomax 30 VDC lomax 1 5A Isolation test voltage between contacts and coil 2500Vac 50Hz 1 Min load 15mA 10Vdc 347 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 15 ES914 Power Supply Unit Board Figure 170 ES914 Power supply unit board Description of ES914 board ES914 board provides insulated power supply to the inverters of the SINUS PENTA series through RS485 connector see AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY It is supplied on a board holder support with rear plug connector for DIN rail type OMEGA 35mm ES914 board also provides insulation of RS485
384. uration of DIP switches for encoder selection push pull or line driver encoder in the optional encoder board e No connection to the encoder channel check wiring At least one Encoder channel is faulty replace the encoder 5 Autotune of the Open the ENABLE command and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 0 All Ctrl stator resistance and no rotation Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and leakage inductance wait until autotune is complete warning W32 Open Enable is displayed The drive has computed and saved the values for C022 and C023 If alarm A097 Motor wires KO trips check the motor wiring If alarm A065 Autotune KO trips this means that the ENABLE command has opened before autotune was completed In this case reset the drive sending a command from terminal MDI3 or press the RESET key in the display keypad and perform the autotune procedure again 6 Autotune of the Open the ENABLE command and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 1 FOC current loop Auto no rot Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until autotune is complete warning W32 Open Enable is displayed The drive has computed and saved the values for P155 and P156 If alarm A065 Autotune KO trips this means that the ENABLE command has opened before autotune was completed or that the autotune algorithm failed In this case reset the drive sending a command from terminal MDI3 or press th
385. use a tester to check voltage delivered from the ES913 board before wiring Do not use the encoder supply output to power other devices Failure to do so will CAUTION increase the hazard of control interference and short circuits with possible uncontrolled motor operation due to the lack of feedback The encoder supply output is isolated from the common terminal of the analog CAUTION signals incoming to the terminals of the control board Do not link the two common terminals together PP gt gt 270 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 ISOLATED SERIAL BOARD ES822 in SLOT B The isolated serial board RS232 485 controlling SINUS PENTA inverters allows connecting a computer through RS232 interface or allows a multidrop connection of Modbus devices through RS485 interface It provides galvanic isolation of interface signals relating to both the control board ground and the terminal board common of the control board P000555 B RS485 connector Ne e Jzzasa RS232 RS485 12 selection Jumper 1 On 123 M TAL AWLI NI 30v YF 2 z Termination resistor Dip Switch f gt 1 connector E J 850 288 Ss Figure 119 ES822 board Ca ee ee emer 6 9 1 IDENTIFICATION DATA Description Order Code Isolated serial board RS232 485 ZZ0095850 6 9 2 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Operating temperature higher ambient temp
386. ust not be parallel connected to the power wires connecting the motor or feeding the inverter This will reduce disturbance between the inverter and the display keypad connection to a minimum 131 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 6 5 SINUS PENTA USING THE DISPLAY KEYPAD FOR PARAMETER TRANSFER The display keypad can be used for parameter transfer between two inverters Do the following to transfer parameters from an inverter to the display keypad connect the display keypad to inverter 2 and download parameters from the display keypad to the inverter Follow the instructions given in section 3 6 4 to fit remove the display keypad from the inverter More details are given in the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual CAUTION CAUTION po 132 373 Never connect and disconnect the keypad when the inverter is on Temporary overload may lock the inverter due to alarm trip Only use wires supplied by Elettronica Santerno for the keypad wiring Wires with a different contactor arrangement will cause irreparable damages to the inverter and the display keypad A remoting wire with different specifications may cause disturbance and affect communications between the inverter and the display keypad SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 7 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS 3 7 1 GENERAL FEATURES The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series may be connected to peripheral devices through a serial link this enables both reading and
387. ver location of slot C 326 373 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 Insert the two contact strips supplied in the bottom part of ES847 board make sure that each contact enters its slot in the connector Insert ES847 board over the control board of the PENTA inverter make sure that each contact enters its slot in the signal connector Use the screws supplied to fasten board ES847 to the fixing spacers Figure 159 000268 0 4 Configure the DIP switches located board 5847 based on the type of signals to be acquired see relevant section 5 For the terminal board wiring follow the instructions given in the section below 6 Close the inverter frame by reassembling the cover allowing to gain access to the inverter control terminals 327 373 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 13 4 ES847 BOARD TERMINALS Screwable terminal board including 12 sections each section 1 5mm AWG 28 16 cables SINUS PENTA can be individually removed for 0 08 to N Name Description Features switch Notes 1 2 XAINT Fast differential auxiliary analog input 10V f s Vis 10V 10 XAINT number 1 Resolution 12 bits bd 3 CMA OV for analog inputs common to control OV Control board zero Volt 4 5 15VM Stabilized bipolar output protected from short V 15V lout max 100 15VM circuits for auxiliary circuits 6
388. voltage and current values for signals exceeding ground signals up to a preset maximum voltage value in common mode A differential input weakens disturbance due to ground potentials occurring when the signal is sent from a source that is located far from the inverter Disturbance is weakened only if wiring is correct Each input is provided with a positive terminal and a negative terminal of the differential amplifier Both terminals must be connected to the signal source and the signal grounding respectively Make sure that the common mode voltage between the signal source grounding and the grounding of auxiliary inputs CMA terminal 9 does not exceed the max allowable voltage value in common mode When an input is used as a current input the differential amplifier detects the voltage value in the terminals of a drop resistance low ohm value The max voltage for the negative terminal of the differential input must not exceed the voltage value in common mode see Technical Sheet for Analog Inputs AINT and AIN2 inputs are factory set as 4 0 20mA current inputs Do the following to obtain noise rejection benefits provide a common path of the differential torque make sure that the signal source grounding does not exceed input voltage in common mode The typical wiring is shown below Voltage analog input Analog output 10V AINx OUT 5 7 D gt gt H H Cv GND CMA 9
389. voltage from DANGER the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electrical shock hazard Electrical shock hazard do not connect disconnect the signal terminals or the power CAUTION terminals when the inverter is on This also prevents the inverter from being damaged All the screws used to fasten removable parts terminals cover serial interface NOTE connector cable plates etc are black round head cross head screws gt gt gt When wiring the inverter remove only this type of screws If different screws or bolts are removed the inverter warranty will be no longer valid 1 Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 15 minutes 2 Remove the cover allowing to gain access to the inverter control terminals The fixing spacers and the signal connector are located on the right P000309 B spacers T ac a d MTE M 34 507 9 104112 13 141516171 VaInamum namn nenno rerrrjrrrrr 1320 212223 2425 262728 D NS a Figure 151 Position of the slot for the installation of E5851 DataLogger board 313 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 Fit ES851 board and make sure that all contacts enter the relevant housing in the signal connector Fasten the board to the fixing spacers using the screws supplied Figure 152 ES851 DataLogger fitted into slot B 4 Connect the
390. w shows the colour matching on the connector pins for the Cross Over Cable and the cross over diagram of the two pairs used from 100Base T or 10Base T connection EIA TIA 568 standard patch cable UTP STP type cat 5 000689 1 BED EIA TIA 568B EIA TIA 568B EIA TIA 568 cross over cable UTP STP type cat 5 EIA TIA 568A EIA TIA 568B The inverter is typically installed with other electric electronic devices inside a cubicle Normally the electromagnetic pollution inside the cubicle is remarkable and is due to both radiofrequency disturbance caused by the inverters and to bursts caused by the electromechanical devices To avoid propagating disturbance to Ethernet cables they must be segregated as far as possible from the other power cables and signal cables in the cubicle Disturbance propagation to Ethernet cables may affect the correct operation of the inverter and the other devices computers PLCs Switches Routers connected to the same LAN The maximum length of the LAN cable cat 5 UTP allowed by IEEE 802 NOTE standards results from the max transit time allowed from the protocol and is equal to 100m The longer the cable length the higher the risk of communications failure For Ethernet wiring only use cables certified for LAN cables of 5 UTP category or NOTE higher For standard wiring avoid creating your own cables Stra
391. witch SW2 allows RS485 driver power supply to be set as internal via ES851 or as external and allows the line termination to be activated deactivated SW2 default Function 1 ON Both ON to activate the internal power supply of the driver 2 ON Both OFF to deliver external power supply 3 ON Both ON to enable line termination 4 ON Both OFF to disable the line terminator DB9 connector pins ES s mH m ges ma P000688 0 DB9 Connector Pin Name N Shield Frame of the connector connected to the PE 2 3 A Line RxD TxD positive according to RS485 specifications 4 PB_RTS Request To Send high active when sending 5 GND 2 of the bus isolated respect to OV of the 6 5V Bus driver supplied isolated from the control board circuits 7 8 B Line RxD TxD negative according to RS485 specifications 9 321 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 12 3 5 TYPES OF ETHERNET CONNECTIONS The Sinus Penta if supplied with ES851 DataLogger is provided with the standard RJ45 connector IEEE 802 for 10 100 100Base T 10Base T Ethernet connection Pins are arranged as follows same layout as in network boards used for personal computers 999517 0 Description 1 TD Positive signal transmission line 2 ID Negative signal transmis
392. y i atten Outputs Piercing templates Power 2 22222 Serial Serial communications Sinusoidal filters 53 55 17 55 99 100 97 113 117 p 256 265 267 273 277 303 313 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Slots ise eue eee e eee 326 345 Spare cate LI IRI LA et Se LEE 108 Speed loop ette tete mater cies 143 146 Speed regulator irem 143 146 Standard mounting 40 49 54 Nisl 17 109 eco ect ete 139 140 142 T Terminals Coritrol ee et teet uds 97 dope 76 Thermal 17 117 Through panel assembly 2 2 00 42 U UL Approved Fuses 88 92 Upload E 127 V Voltage Class 2TA 156 159 162 5 ISO T est heec tee 155 158 161 164 PEERS CORR ERE eu 13 14 142 W Wiring 22 57 59 373 373
393. y installed one next to the other thus causing disturbance Low frequency harmonics High frequency electromagnetic interference EMI High frequency interference High frequency interference is disturbance or radiated interference with gt 9kHz frequency Critical values range from 150kHz to 1000MHz Interference is often caused by commutations to be found in any device i e switching power supply units and drive output modules High frequency disturbance may interfere with the correct operation of the other devices High frequency noise produced by a device may cause malfunctions in measurement systems and communication systems so that radio receivers only receive electrical noise This may cause unexpected faults Immunity and emissions may be concerned EN61800 3 ed 2 EN61800 3 defines the immunity levels and the emission levels required for the devices designed to operate in different environments Drives manufactured by ELETTRONICA SANTERNO are designed to operate under the most different conditions so they all ensure high immunity against RFI and high reliability in any environment The table below defines PDS Power Drive Systems of EN61800 3 ed 2 Environment including domestic devices and industrial devices which FIRST ENVIRONMENT are connected directly to a low voltage mains with no intermediate transformer for domestic usage Environment including industrial connections different from First Environment
394. zation resistors is integrated into the inverter and can be activated via appropriate DIP switches Figure 69 shows the termination network in the devices at both ends of the chain The terminator must be inserted in those devices only 135 373 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Four pair data transfer cables of Category 5 are normally used for serial links Although their usage is not recommended cables of Category 5 can be used for short cable paths Note that the colours of such cables are different from the colours defined by MODBUS IDA association One pair is used for D1 DO signals one pair is used as a Common conductor while the remaining two pairs must not be connected to any other device or must be connected to the Common All devices connected to the communication multidrop network should be NOTE grounded to the same conductor to minimize any difference of ground potentials between devices that can affect communication The common terminal for the supply of the inverter control board is isolated from grounding If one or multiple inverters are connected to a communication device with a grounded common typically a computer a low impedance path between NOTE gt gt NOTE control boards and grounding occurs High frequency disturbance could come from the inverter power components and interfere with the communication device p p operation If this happens provide the communication device with a galvanically isolate

STADT PENTA USER MANUAL

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents